Environment News: September 2026 - Issue 658

Week Three September 2026: Issue 658 (published Sunday September 13)

 

additional H5 bird flu events in NSW: One at Dee Why - a Greater Crested Tern

Friday 11 September 2026

The Minns Government is responding to five new H5 bird flu events following positive tests from birds located at Dee Why, Goulburn, Hawks Nest and the south coast areas of Congo and Moruya.

These new events bring NSW to a total of 30 H5 bird flu events and 509 events for Australia.

The five new events are:

  • Greater Crested Tern at Dee Why
  • Greater Crested Tern in Goulburn
  • Greater Crested Tern in Hawks Nest
  • White fronted tern in Congo
  • Silver gull in Moruya

The event at Dee Why is the second event in the Sydney metropolitan area following the detection at Warriewood  on August 28, and confirmed last week - details below.

The day before, September 10, the NSW DPI reported three new events of H5 bird flu after samples were taken from Greater crested terns at Batemans Bay and Broulee and a Silver gull in Eden. A number of Greater crested terns have also tested positive but are additions to existing events.

These new events brought NSW to a total of 25 H5 bird flu events prior to Friday's announcement.

The NSW Government is working closely with the poultry industry based in Goulburn and across NSW to reduce the risk of the virus.

Bird flu has not been detected in commercial poultry flocks, or captive birds, and the risk to human health remains low.

The NSW Chief Veterinary Officer continues to advise that, where possible poultry are housed.

Any additional actions regarding housing of poultry will be determined by the Chief Veterinary Officer following a risk assessment.

There are no signs of any mass mortality in NSW and surveillance is continuing so we can detect any further cases early.

A national surveillance plan is in operation to monitor for any further detections and facilitate rapid, coordinated response.

If you see sick or dead wild birds, domestic birds, marine mammals or other wildlife showing signs of H5 bird flu - Avoid contact, Record what you see, Report it via the online reporting form or Emergency Animal Disease Hotline -1800 675 888.

The NSW Government webpage for more information is available at: www.nsw.gov.au/regional-and-primary-industries/biosecurity/bird-flu

Minister for the Environment, Penny Sharpe said:

“H5 bird flu is a serious and ongoing threat to wildlife, and there is no way to eradicate the disease once it is established in wild bird populations.

“The NSW Government has commenced a rollout of targeted vaccinations for vulnerable species of birds to help protect them against H5 avian influenza.

“We are focused on strong surveillance, preparedness and practical measures that reduce the spread of H5 bird flu and help protect our most vulnerable native wildlife.

"If you see a sick or dead bird, please ensure you and your pets avoid contact. Record what you see on your phone and report it via the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline.”

Minister for Agriculture, Regional and Western NSW, Tara Moriarty said:

"These further detections demonstrate how important it is for us all to work together, to remain vigilant with our ongoing surveillance and reporting, so we can monitor and respond.

“There have been no detections in commercial poultry or captive birds anywhere in Australia, and the risk to human health remains low.

“We're working closely with the poultry industry to reduce the risk of the virus spreading.

“NSW has recommended poultry owners voluntarily house birds and the NSW poultry industry continue to operate normally.

“Now is the time for everyone who has backyard chickens or pet birds in aviaries to take precautionary steps to ensure there are no interactions between their chooks and pets with wild birds.”

 

Crested Tern at Warriewood is Pittwater's First H5 Bird Flu Fatality

Fledgling Crested Tern at south Mona Vale Beach, picture by A J Guesdon, 2014
A Crested Tern reported to authorities by a Warriewood resident on August 28 has become Pittwater's first H5 Bird Flu fatality. 

The NSW Government officially announced the death on Thursday September 3, stating two other cases, another Crested Tern at Port Kembla, and a Hutton’s shearwater at Corindi in Coffs Harbour, were confirmed cases.

This is the first confirmed detection in a shearwater bird in NSW.

As of 3 September 2026, there are 20 H5 bird events in NSW and 468 across Australia.

FULL REPORT HERE

Worried your pet might catch bird flu? Here’s what you can do

A grey cat and a golden-coloured dog lie together on grass.
chendongshan/Getty
Sally Coggins, University of Sydney

As a veterinarian who studies infectious diseases in cats, I’ve been repeatedly asked whether Australia’s outbreak of the H5 bird flu poses a risk to pets. The short answer is yes.

As this lethal virus continues to infect more mammals, poultry farmers and backyard chook owners remain on high alert. But outbreaks overseas suggest pets – particularly cats – can also contract H5 bird flu and develop severe disease.

To date, Australia has not recorded any cases of the deadly H5 bird flu in pets and the risk to most cats and dogs remains very low. But if infection does happen, the consequences can be serious.

As a nation of pet owners – with 7.7 million Australian households sharing their homes with a pet – we must understand how cats and dogs may become infected, what signs to watch for and which practical measures can reduce exposure to H5 bird flu.

Not just birds

Cats and dogs can catch bird flu in four main ways:

  • direct contact with infected wildlife

  • being in places where infected wildlife have been

  • eating or drinking infected animal products

  • coming into contact with the virus at home, including via clothing, shoes or equipment.

H5 bird flu outbreaks abroad – including in Poland, South Korea and Belgium – suggest infected cats can deteriorate rapidly and often die within days of exposure. Dogs can also become infected but appear less vulnerable to severe sickness. Many develop only mild symptoms or none at all.

Currently, no vaccinations are available for pets, and there is limited data on whether existing influenza antivirals could be a safe and effective treatment for cats and dogs.

This means prevention is the most effective tool we have.

How would I know if my pet is infected?

The early signs of H5 bird flu infection resemble those of many common animal diseases.

Infected pets may initially look unwell, develop a fever, become lethargic and go off their food. Common respiratory signs include coughing, difficulty breathing and discharge from the eyes or nose.

In cats, H5 bird flu can quickly progress and lead to serious neurological symptoms such as tremors, seizures or sudden blindness.

If your pet develops any of these symptoms, don’t arrive at your veterinary clinic unannounced. Call ahead and discuss your concerns with a vet, telling them if your pet has recently had contact with wild birds, wildlife or raw animal products. This will allow your vet to assess your pet’s level of risk and determine the safest way to examine them.

If your vet suspects your pet may have bird flu, they may conduct an initial assessment outside the hospital and implement additional infection control measures, such as wearing protective clothing and caring for your pet separately from other animals. They may also consult with the government veterinarian coordinating the bird flu response in your area.

If directed to do so by the government veterinarian, your vet may collect samples – most commonly respiratory swabs similar to COVID tests – to determine whether H5 bird flu could be involved. Currently, there is no in-house test that veterinary clinics can perform, so samples must be sent to a dedicated government laboratory for analysis.

What you can do

Here are four practical steps owners can take to help keep their pets safe.

1. Avoid contact with wildlife

Leashing dogs and keeping cats indoors where possible will stop them from touching, scavenging or hunting infected wildlife. This also prevents pets from hunting healthy native wildlife, which need all the help they can get as this virus spreads.

2. Stay away from contaminated environments

H5 bird flu can be present in bird droppings, feathers, carcasses and contaminated water. Depending on environmental conditions, the virus can survive for days or even weeks. To protect your pet, bring food and water bowls inside when not in use and cover outdoor cat enclosures with roofing or tarp to keep contaminated bird droppings out. You can also shift bird baths and feeders from areas your pet frequents or remove them altogether.

3. Steer clear of raw animal products

H5 bird flu is likely to spread into poultry or other farmed animals, making raw animal products a potential source of infection.

Most feline cases overseas occurred when cats ate raw foods – including raw meat, unpasteurised dairy products and improperly processed pet food – later found to be contaminated with the virus. Owners should avoid feeding their pets such products. And it’s worth noting, freezing or freeze-drying food does not reliably kill or inactivate avian influenza viruses.

4. Don’t bring the virus home

To avoid accidentally infecting your pet, it’s important to boost hygiene measures. This is especially true if you work with birds, wildlife or farmed poultry.

Only handle sick or injured wildlife if you are trained to do so. If you do have contact with them, wash your hands thoroughly, disinfect any equipment and change clothing and footwear before returning home.

For most Australian pets, the risk of getting H5 bird flu is extremely low. Taking some simple precautions can help keep it that way.

If you encounter sick or dead wildlife, remember to “avoid, record and report” any sightings to the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline on 1800 675 888. You can stay informed about where H5 bird flu has been detected by regularly checking the Australian government’s bird flu website and detection map.The Conversation

Sally Coggins, Postdoctoral Research Fellow (Diseases and Treatment of Cats), University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Albanese Government's Broken plastics promise leaves councils and ratepayers carrying the cost

The Federal Labor government has quietly dropped its 2023 promise to set mandatory recycling rules for plastic packaging, citing concerns over increasing cost-of-living pressures.

Independent MP Kate Chaney has criticised the Albanese government for abandoning plans to introduce mandatory national packaging standards, calling the decision “deeply disappointing” and questioning the claim that the reforms would worsen cost-of-living pressures.

The federal government had committed to developing national rules aimed at reducing plastic waste, including minimum recycled-content requirements and restrictions on harmful chemicals in packaging. However, the Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water has now told stakeholders that a new Commonwealth packaging scheme will not be introduced during this term of government.

Instead, Environment Minister Murray Watt says the government will work with states and territories to harmonise existing packaging and recycling policies. The government argues this approach can improve environmental outcomes while reducing inconsistencies for businesses and minimising costs for consumers.

The reversal has angered recycling and sustainability groups, which say they were blindsided after years of consultation. Industry representatives warn that without mandatory national requirements, Australian recycling businesses face uncertainty and may struggle to compete with cheaper imported plastics. The decision comes as Recycling Plastics Australia, which previously received $20 million in federal funding, enters voluntary administration.

Ms Chaney said the government was walking away from a rare opportunity in which industry and communities were aligned on the need for reform.

"Industry wants certainty, communities want the pollution to stop, and both point to the same reform. This is a rare moment of alignment, and the government is letting it pass."

She also challenged the government's justification that mandatory standards could increase household costs. Chaney pointed to the existing cost of waste collection and clean-ups, saying kerbside collection and council services already cost ratepayers between $70 and $95 a year.

"The government points to cost of living, but the numbers don't support that," Ms Chaney said.

Waste industry consultant Mike Ritchie similarly questioned the government's position, noting that no regulatory impact statement had been completed for the proposed Commonwealth scheme. His modelling suggested mandatory recycling standards could add only around 0.3 cents per packaged item, or roughly 20 cents to a weekly shop containing 60 packaged products.

The government has not publicly provided economic modelling showing that national packaging standards would substantially increase living costs.

Australia continues to recycle or reuse only a relatively small proportion of its plastic packaging. In 2023-24, 28 per cent of rigid plastics and just 9 per cent of soft plastics were reused, recycled or reclaimed.

Other crossbenchers and the Greens have also criticised the decision. Independent MP Sophie Scamps accused the government of breaking another promise, while Greens waste spokesperson Steph Hodgins-May said the government had failed to demonstrate that costs justified delaying reform.

In July 2026 Independent Member for Mackellar Dr Sophie Scamps MP and Independent Member for Curtin Kate Chaney MP  released a joint policy paper outlining a practical national plan to tackle Australia's growing plastic pollution crisis – and are calling on the Government to implement the reforms this year.

Australia's packaging system is failing. In 2022, State and Federal Environment Ministers committed to strengthening packaging regulation, yet almost four years later, the promised national legislation still has not been delivered. In that time, Australia has failed to meet every national packaging target set in 2018.

The consequences of that inaction are catastrophic, reaching across our environment, climate and health. Every day of delay, more plastic goes to landfill, pollutes our oceans and waterways and breaks down into microplastics that are now found in our food, our water and our bodies, generating greenhouse gas emissions across its entire lifecycle.

Voluntary measures have failed, and instead Australians are paying the price twice over, with their health and their wallets. Households currently pay an estimated $70–95 a year through rates and levies to manage packaging waste, while producers continue to avoid responsibility for the waste they create.

The Recycling and Waste Reduction Act already gives the Federal Government a readymade mechanism to establish a mandatory Extended Producer Responsibility Scheme that holds industry accountable for the full lifecycle of the packaging it puts on the market.

Sophie Scamps and Kate Chaney have set out a plan for urgent, achievable reforms in 2026, most of which can be delivered using powers Parliament has already granted:

1. Establish a mandatory, nationally harmonised Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) scheme, made under the existing Recycling and Waste Reduction Act, with binding targets for waste reduction, reuse, recycling and recycled content, and a national, producer-funded soft plastics scheme designed from the end market backwards.

2. Phase out harmful industrial chemicals in plastics, through a national green/orange/red classification framework.

3. Invest in the research, innovation and education needed to make the whole system work.

The reforms rest on a simple principle: the polluter pays. Independent analysis finds an EPR scheme would add just 0.1 per cent to product costs - around 25 cents a week per household. Support is overwhelming and unusually united: the proposals have been tested with environmental groups, health groups, industry, and the Government's own consultation found 65 per cent of respondents backed a mandatory scheme.

The evidence is in, the mechanism exists. The time for action is now.

Dr Sophie Scamps - Federal Member for Mackellar, said:

"As a doctor, I'm increasingly worried about the impact of plastics on the health of Australians, particularly with the growing evidence linking microplastics to the rapid rise of cancers among young people. A precautionary approach means acting on the evidence we already have, not waiting until it’s too late.

“The health of all Australians is at risk as micro and nanoplastics pollute the air we breathe, the water we drink, the food we eat, and are now found throughout our bodies and organs.

“Relying on voluntary action by corporations has failed monumentally. Australia is one of the worst producers of plastic waste per person globally, we’ve missed all our plastics targets, and we recycle just 14% of our plastic waste. The government cannot afford to delay any longer, the risk to human health is too high.''

However, Federal Environment Minister Murray Watt has confirmed a national packaging scheme would not be introduced in this term of government, despite Federal, State and Territory governments committing to the plan three years earlier.

Chaney’s intervention centres on both environmental responsibility and economic certainty, arguing that the government has failed to take advantage of broad support from industry and the community for stronger national packaging rules.

Australian Local Government Association States Communities will carry the burden

The Federal Government’s decision to abandon its commitment to mandatory national packaging standards will leave councils, communities and ratepayers carrying an even greater share of Australia’s growing waste and recycling burden. 

Australian Local Government Association President Mayor Matt Burnett said councils were disappointed with that the Federal Government had shelved a 2023 promise to implement national packaging standards aimed at curbing plastic waste, after sustained calls for nationally consistent, regulated packaging reform to shift responsibility for waste from communities back to the companies producing it. 

In recent months ALGA has spoken in support of a mandatory national scheme that would require companies that use packaging to use more recycled content and meet the costs of managing their used packaging, rather than passing those costs to councils and ratepayers. ALGA advocates for full cost recovery for council services that industry uses to reclaim packaging, and minimum service requirements for regional, rural and remote communities. 

“This decision has serious consequences,” Mayor Burnett said. “It risks leaving Australia in no-man’s-land, after years of work by governments, councils and industry towards a nationally mandated system,” Mayor Burnett said. 

“Ratepayers and councils are already paying to deal with enormous volumes of packaging that producers put into the market, and without national regulated product stewardship, there is no mechanism to enable industry to help carry those costs.” 

Australia uses more than 1.3 million tonnes of plastic packaging each year, with more than one million tonnes ending up in landfill or as litter. 

The environmental costs of plastic packaging are projected to exceed $5 billion by 2050, with councils and communities left to shoulder much of that burden if national reform does not proceed. 

Mayor Burnett said the decision also threatened the viability of Australia’s recycling sector, reducing competition and potentially increasing waste costs for councils. 

“If recyclers close or divest because they cannot get the certainty they need to scale up, councils could have fewer providers to contract with, costs could rise, and even more material will end up in landfills that are already under significant pressure,” he said. 

“Without packaging reform, communities will be paying for growing landfills instead of things that make our communities vibrant and liveable, like libraries and parks, safer local roads, and community programs.” 

“The Commonwealth has invested more than $200 million of public money in new and upgraded recycling infrastructure through the Recycling Modernisation Fund. Walking away from the regulation needed to drive production of recycled materials puts the value of that investment at risk.” 

Mayor Burnett said the Government should urgently explain how it would prevent potential flow-ons from the decision, such as stockpiling, recycling facility closures, higher council waste costs and additional pressure on landfill capacity. 

“At a time when councils and households are under unprecedented financial pressure and packaging consumption is growing, walking away from the promised regulatory scheme shifts more of the cost onto ratepayers, indefinitely. 

“We have put a practical solution on the table. Industry support for this national solution has never been higher. Producers should be responsible for the full cost of the packaging they put into Australian communities, and councils need a seat at the table in designing and delivering the system. 

“National packaging reform was supposed to make producers responsible for the products they put into our communities. The Federal Government needs to reconsider this decision and provide a clear, binding pathway to nationally consistent and regulated product stewardship.” 

The need for effective, national and mandatory product stewardship is urgent. The full cost of managing packaging at end-of-life should be borne by producers, rather than being passed to councils and ratepayers to manage.

Sentiment across Australia, from business through to individuals is the Government must keep its promise to introduce national packaging reform and deliver mandatory rules that require packaging to be designed for recovery, reuse and recycling, and oblige brand owners to use recycled content in their plastic packaging.

Previously:

 

Hazard Reductions

HAZARD REDUCTION NOTIFICATION (given Friday September 11 for Saturday 12th September)  - Wirringulla HR Elvina Bay

The NSW RFS will be conducting the Wirringulla hazard reduction burn located at the Elvina Bay, if weather conditions allow on the day.

Operations will be starting at approximately 9am on Saturday, and patrols will be conducted at regular intervals until declared out. During this operation, we ask residents to be mindful of increased traffic around Elvina Bay in the vicinity of the Hazard Reduction. 
Firefighters have planned this hazard reduction burn carefully in consultation with the West Pittwater Rural Fire Brigade. 

Smoke from the operation may affect residents in the area. Please avoid the area if possible and help keep our crews safe. Fire may be visible within the burn area on Saturday evening. only call 000 if you see unattended fire.

As the prescribed burn will generate smoke, hot embers, and heat, it is important that you consider the following:
  • Keep doors and windows closed to prevent smoke entering homes.
  • Keep outdoor furniture under cover to prevent ember burns.
  • Retract pool covers to prevent ember damage.
  • Remove washing from clotheslines.
  • Ensure pets have a protected area.
  • If you have asthma or a lung condition, reduce outdoor activities. If smoke levels are high and if shortness of breath or coughing develops, take your reliever medicine, or seek medical advice
We're preparing for the risk of bush fires - are you? 
'Live Bush Fire Ready' follow fire preparedness advice from the NSW RFS. For updates please check the NSW Rural Fire Service website: www.rfs.nsw.gov.au

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service together with NSW Rural Fire Service will be conducting a hazard reduction burn of approximately 337 hectares in Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park, in Duffys Forest to reduce the bushfire hazard to the surrounding areas. 

HAZARD REDUCTION NOTIFICATION (given Friday September 11 for Saturday 12th September) Mount Murray Anderson

Dates: Saturday 12th, Sunday 13th, Monday 14th and Tuesday 15th September 2026 (this date is weather dependent, and the hazard reduction burn may be held anytime within the next 21 days subject to suitable conditions). 


The burn is expected to run over 2-4 days, followed by patrols for consecutive days to ensure the fire is extinguished and hazards are removed. It is normal for fire and smoke to be visible during this period as larger fuels burn out. 

Location: The burn area is bounded by the Perimeter Trail, Long Trail, Wilkins Trail and Smiths Creek.
Closures: 
  • Perimeter Trail between Cullamine Trail and Smiths Creek West Trail 
  • Smith’s Creek West Trail 
  • Wilkins Trail 
  • Long Trail 
  • Cowan Trail 
  • Echunga Trail 
  • All informal tracks close to the burn area 
Trails will remain closed for several days after the burn until assessed as safe. Drivers and cyclists are advised to take care as there may be reduced visibility due to smoke. People with asthma or who are susceptible to respiratory problems are advised to take necessary precautions and stay indoors where possible if in a smoke affected area. 

For further information on closures visit NPWS Alerts

More information on hazard reduction activities is available at: www.rfs.nsw.gov.au and the www.nsw.gov.au/emergency/hazards-near-me-app website and app. 

For health information relating to smoke from bush fires and hazard reduction burning, visit the www.nsw.gov.au/health (NSW Health website) or asthma.org.au (Asthma Australia website). 

HAZARD REDUCTION NOTIFICATION (given Friday September 11 for Saturday 12th September) Kimbriki Resource Recovery Centre

The NSW Rural Fire Service are planning to conduct a HAZARD REDUCTION BURN around Kimbriki's surrounding bushland. 
This will occur outside of our normal operating hours of 7am till 5pm - 7 days. 

The scheduled days are:
  • Friday 11th September 2026
  • Saturday 12th September 2026
  • Sunday 13th September 2026
Please be mindful that if you have any respiratory issues and are planning to visit Kimbriki this weekend, air quality may be impacted by residual smoke. 

Garigal + Ku-ring Gai National Park: 1080 Operation

NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPEs) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluroacetate) for the control of foxes. 

The program is continuous and ongoing between 1 August 2026 and 31 January 2027 in Garigal National Park. Don’t touch baits or ejector devices. Penalties apply for non-compliance. 

Ku-ring Gai Chase Applies from Fri 31 Jul 2026, 10.25pm to Mon 01 Feb 2027, 2.26am. 

NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPEs) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing between 1 August 2026 and 31 January 2027 in Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park.

All baiting locations are identifiable by signs.

Domestic pets are not permitted in NSW national parks and reserves. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

Fox baiting in these reserves is aimed at reducing their impact on threatened species.

For more information, contact the local park office on:

  • Forestville 9451 3479 (business hours)
  • NPWS after-hours call centre: 1300 056 294 (after hours)

Closed areas: West Head Army Track closed for essential works

Applies from Mon 07 Sep 2026, 7.00am to Fri 25 Sep 2026, 5.00pm. Last reviewed: Thu 03 Sep 2026, 3.19pm.

The West Head Army Track of Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park is closed for essential works on weekdays from Monday 7 September 2026 to Friday 25 September 2026.

Penalties apply for non-compliance.

For more information, contact the local NPWS office.

Safety alerts: America Bay walking track - condition alert

Applies to Fri 01 Jan 2027.

The America Bay walking track is currently in poor condition. Visitors should expect uneven surfaces and slip, trip and fall hazards along sections of the track.

If your are walking the track, exercise caution, wear suitable footwear and take extra care on steep, uneven or slippery sections.

National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) is undertaking an assessment of the track and considering future maintenance and improvement works.

NPWS appreciates the cooperation of park visitors and encourages all visitors to assess track conditions and their own capabilities before commencing any walk.

  • For more information contact the NPWS Forestville office on 02 9451 3479.

Closed areas: Unauthorised Muppet Track closed

Last reviewed: Tue 11 Aug 2026.

NPWS has closed the unauthorised Muppet Track in Terrey Hills, Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park, to protect an Asset of Intergenerational Significance (AIS) site. 

This area contains endangered Grevillea caleyi plants and Duffys Forest Endangered Ecological Community. The track was illegally constructed by recreational users through sensitive bushland.

A small section of the track will remain open to enable access between Terrey Hills and St Ives until a formal alternative can be established.

Penalties apply for non-compliance. For more information, contact the local NPWS office.

Mozzies are causing Buruli ulcers in more parts of Australia. Here’s what you need to know

A woman sits in her garden
PIKSEL/Getty Images
Cameron Webb, University of Sydney; Andrew Buultjens, The Peter Doherty Institute for Infection and Immunity, and Veronique Paris, The University of Melbourne

Warmer weather has arrived and mosquitoes will be buzzing about before you know it. As El Niño is expected to bring an early start to summer heat, it’s likely mosquitoes will make their presence felt earlier than usual.

The threat of mosquitoes depositing flesh-eating bacteria has been restricted to a few parts of the country. But while rare, research shows it is now showing up in more areas – including in backyards in Melbourne’s inner city.

So what exactly is Buruli ulcer, where is it now found, and how can you prevent it? Here’s what we know so far, and what researchers are currently developing to protect against the bacteria in future.

What are Buruli ulcers?

Buruli ulcer is a skin infection resulting from the bacterium Mycobacterium ulcerans.

It starts as small and often painless inflammation after a mosquito bite, which may not be seen until months after initial infection. It transforms into a disfiguring ulcer after many weeks.

If left untreated, it can continue increasing in size with a loss of skin and muscle.

A buruli ulcer is treated with an eight-week course of antibiotics. Recovery can be much slower than expected for other common skin infections, with healing time highly dependent on the condition of the ulcer when first treated. It may take more than four months for ulcers to heal.

How do people become infected?

Mycobacterium ulcerans can infect urban wildlife, such as possums, which suffer symptoms similar to those in humans.

Recent research has shown mosquitoes pass the bacterium to people.

The mosquito most closely associated with areas at risk of Mycobacterium ulcerans is Aedes notoscriptus. Commonly known as the Australian backyard mosquito, it is widespread in Australia and commonly found in water-holding containers in suburban areas.

There may be other pathways of infection but health authorities have strongly encouraged people to prevent mosquito bites as the best way to avoid Buruli ulcer.

Where is it found?

Buruli ulcer has been reported in more than 30 countries around the world, including in Africa, South America and the Western Pacific.

In Australia, it has been reported in several states, territories and regions, including Victoria, Far North Queensland, the Northern Territory and New South Wales.

Victoria has been hit hardest, with 426 cases reported in the state in 2025 alone.

Victorian cases have mostly been reported from coastal regions but Melbourne’s suburbs have also seen an increase in activity. Inner north-west suburbs such as Essendon, Brunswick West and Moonee Ponds are part of the new cluster.

With the potential for more cases, and in more locations, surveillance beyond known areas of activity is needed.

Aedes notoscriptus, commonly known as the Australian backyard mosquito, can spread the bacteria that causes Buruli ulcer. Cameron Webb

Since Buluri ulcer became a notifiable disease in NSW, there have been six cases reported from the NSW south coast.

There was concern this was because the Victorian outbreak had spread to the state and could also spread to new regions. But genomic analysis suggests the NSW cases are from a separate outbreak rather than spread from Victoria. This raises questions about how widespread this pathogen may be and what conditions are likely to give rise to human infections in new regions.

How best to stop the flesh-eating bacteria’s spread?

Australian health authorities have recommended insect repellents and reducing exposure to mosquitoes for decades to reduce the risks of mosquito-borne disease.

But while health authorities might ordinarily consider insecticides to control mosquito populations, they’re not likely to be an effective way to reduce numbers of mosquitoes buzzing about the local suburbs in the long term.

New research in Victoria led by two of us (Véronique Paris and Andrew Buultjens) tested a novel approach to mosquito control and found evidence that reducing mosquito numbers can also reduce a person’s risk of contracting Buruli ulcer.

Using mosquitoes as pest-controllers

Special devices, known as autodissemination stations, are designed to offer a breeding site to mosquitoes looking for somewhere to lay their eggs. A stinky mix of water and yeast draws them in.

Once inside, the mosquito is exposed to a gauze strip coated with the control agent pyriproxyfen (an insect growth regulator) and Beauveria bassiana (insect specific fungus).

When the mosquito leaves the station, its days are numbered due to the fungal infection. But before they die, they’ll transfer the mosquito control agent to other water-holding containers as they look for other places to lay their eggs.

The mosquitoes become accidental pest controllers themselves.

Author Véronique Paris (University of Melbourne) sets up a mosquito control station as part of the study.

How effective was it?

After eight-weeks of station deployment, mosquito egg counts (a measure of mosquito activity) were 70% lower in treatment areas compared with control areas.

Buruli ulcer presents an unusual challenge when trying to measure whether an intervention had impact on human disease because symptoms typically develop almost five months after infection.

To account for this delay, we had to work backwards to estimate when infection likely occurred and use forensic genomic analysis to determine which cases were acquired locally.

At the predicted peak of the mosquito-control effect, Buruli ulcer incidence was estimated to be 83% lower in the treatment areas than in the control areas.

The greater the reduction in mosquitoes, the greater the apparent protection from Buruli ulcer, providing further evidence that mosquito control can reduce disease risk.

The mosquito control stations used in the study are not yet available for purchase in Australia, but regulatory approval for their use is imminent and new products using similar approaches are also being tested.

However, in this study the control stations were deployed in high numbers, so it’s unclear what the impact of their use in a single household would be.

So how can you reduce your risk of Buruli ulcer this summer?

Current predictions are for hot and relatively dry conditions this summer in eastern Australia.

While this may mean there are fewer mosquitoes emerging from wetlands and other bodies of water, the mosquitoes closely associated with Mycobacterium ulcerans spread are found in our backyards.

Water will still be available for mosquitoes around the home in bird baths, rainwater tanks, blocked drains, sump pits and roof gutters, and water left out for wildlife. To prevent mosquitoes breeding in them, make sure you refill bird baths weekly, clear your gutters, cover water tanks, and empty and refill water for wildlife at least once per week.

It’s also a good idea to keep using insect repellents. Mosquito control, whatever form it takes, will never get rid of all the mosquitoes. Covering up with long-sleeve shirts, long pants and enclosed shoes when outdoors will also help stop the bites.The Conversation

Cameron Webb, Clinical Associate Professor, School of Medical Science & Sydney Infectious Diseases Institute; Principal Hospital Scientist, University of Sydney; Andrew Buultjens, Microbial Bioinformatician & Postdoctoral Research Fellow, The Peter Doherty Institute for Infection and Immunity, and Veronique Paris, Postdoctoral Research Fellow in Medical Entomology, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Unlocking faster and simpler assessments and approvals through environmental law reforms

Announced: Wednesday September 9, 2026

The rollout of the Albanese Government’s landmark national environmental laws is continuing at pace, with consultation now open on the next stage of the reforms, the government stated this week.

With a significant number of EPBC Act amendments having already commenced, this round of public feedback will help to finalise the landmark reforms that deliver better environmental protections and faster and clearer approvals for all proposals including vital housing, energy and minerals projects.

Consultation papers released today are seeking feedback on reforms for:

  • streamlining single project approvals
  • enabling landscape approvals
  • setting operating rules for the Restoration Contributions Holder
  • improving operational approaches to all pathways and increase transparency.

The new National Environmental Standards announced last month were a major step in the reforms, providing clearer, more consistent benchmarks that must be met for decisions made by the new, independent National Environmental Protection Agency.

Minister for the Environment and Water Murray Watt said public feedback was crucial as the Albanese Government rounds out its reforms to national environmental laws.

“These landmark reforms are helping to protect our environment while driving crucial housing, energy and minerals projects Australia needs,” Minister Watt said.

“I encourage all interested parties to have their say and to help shape the laws that will deliver the best outcomes for industry, the environment and our nation for generations to come.”

Consultation on this new stage of the environmental reforms is now open on the Department of Climate Change, Energy, Environment and Water’s Have Your Say website HERE.

The exposure draft will be released for public consultation later in the consultation period and submissions can be provided via the Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water’s online consultation hub.

This round of public consultation will close at 9pm AEDT on Tuesday, 13 October 2026.

Largest CBD Solar Farm in Southern Hemisphere coming to ICC Sydney

On Monday September 7 the ICC Sydney revealed plans to expand its rooftop solar network across the Convention Centre, Exhibition Centre and Entertainment Centre.

Once installed the urban solar farm will be more than 18 400 square metres and able to generate 2.6 gigawatt hours (GWh) annually or enough energy to power around 300 to 400 average Australian homes for an entire year.

The extra power will enable ICC Sydney to be powered by 100 per cent renewable electricity obtained through a combination of the rooftop solar and renewable energy procurement.

This project will place ICC Sydney among an elite group of convention centres worldwide leading the use of renewable energy. Based on annual solar generation, ICC Sydney will become the fourth-largest solar-powered convention centre in the world and the largest outside the United States.

The extra renewable generation will help the ICC reduce emissions, cutting approximately 1,800 to 2,000 tonnes of carbon dioxide emissions each year, which is equivalent to the annual carbon absorption capacity of around 100,000 mature trees.

''This is a great example of sustainable leadership from the Minns Government showing how we can unlock greater renewable energy generation and use in urban areas by taking advantage of building rooftops''.   the government stated in a press release

''This project will give ICC Sydney a business advantage as global event organisers place greater emphasis on reducing the carbon footprint of major events.

The ICC Sydney is already positioned as a global leader in sustainable events and venue operations and this project reinforced that, giving it a significant competitive edge in the global business events market.  

The investment in rooftop solar for the ICC compliments the work being undertaken by the Minns Government to roll-out Australia’s first urban renewable energy zone in the Illawarra.''

Minister for Planning and Public Spaces Paul Scully said:

“This is a great example of how we can unlock greater renewable energy generation and use in urban areas and power a vibrant city by taking advantage of building rooftops.

“Hosting the largest solar farm of any CBD in the Southern Hemisphere will help the ICC to reduce emissions and energy costs while also strengthening Sydney's competitiveness in attracting major international conventions and events.

“This is another example of the Minns Labor Government's commitment to powering a more sustainable future for all of NSW.”  

ICC Sydney Chief Executive Officer Adam Mather-Brown said:

"This investment represents another important milestone in ICC Sydney's sustainability journey and reflects our commitment to leading environmental performance across the global convention and exhibition sector.

"The expanded solar network will allow us to generate significant renewable energy on-site while supporting our clients' sustainability goals and helping reduce the carbon footprint of events hosted at ICC Sydney.

"As international event organisers increasingly prioritise sustainability in venue selection, this project further strengthens ICC Sydney's position as one of the world's leading sustainable convention, exhibition and entertainment centres." 

ICC going Solar. Photo: NSW Government

Six in the city: Secret sounds at the Sydney Opera House reveal some unexpected residents

September 7 2026

Six insect-eating bat species have been recorded at the Sydney Opera House and surrounds, highlighting the surprising biodiversity living in the heart of the city.

Over 7 nights in March, researchers detected more than 14,000 ultrasonic bat calls across the Sydney Opera House precinct, Royal Botanic Garden Sydney and The Domain. Insect-eating bats use ultrasonic echolocation to hunt, navigate and communicate.

Although these frequencies are usually too high for human hearing, each species has a unique acoustic signature, which was captured by acoustic detectors known as AudioMoths and later analysed to identify the species present.

Researchers were thrilled to see threatened species surviving in one of Sydney’s busiest areas.

One of the survey's most significant discoveries was the detection of the vulnerable eastern bent-winged bat on a monitoring device installed 67 metres above ground, right at the top of the Sydney Opera House sails.

The survey also found high bat activity along Sydney Harbour’s foreshore, particularly the vulnerable large-footed myotis, a species that forages over waterways.

These tiny bats, including three threatened species, were detected as part of the Bats in Backyards project, which is managed by the NSW Government’s Saving our Species program in partnership with NSW Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development.

It’s good news for locals, who can thank these tiny flying mammals for consuming mosquitoes and other insects. One bat can eat between 600 and 8,000 insects in one night, depending on its species and size. Bat species included:

  • Gould’s wattled bat
  • Eastern bent winged bat (threatened)
  • Little bent-winged bat (threatened)
  • Large footed myotis (threatened)
  • Ride’s free tailed bat
  • White-striped free-tailed bat.

The findings provide insights into how insect-eating bats use this highly urbanised landscape and highlight the important role harbour foreshores, waterways and green spaces play in supporting wildlife and threatened species.

Insect-eating bats play a critical role in our ecosystem by eating and helping to control insects including agricultural pests.

The Bats in Backyards project is collecting valuable data about bat distribution across NSW, thanks to a collaboration between citizen scientists, the NSW Government Saving our Species program, the NSW Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development, Western Sydney University, and Impact Ecology.

Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) Saving our Species Executive Director Ingrid Emery said:

"From the sails of the Sydney Opera House to the ponds and gardens of Royal Botanic Garden Sydney, we’ve gathered valuable new information about how bats use highly urbanised environments, showing that threatened species can live in some of the busiest parts of Sydney.

“It's not every day we can place an AudioMoth acoustic detector atop a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site in the name of threatened species conservation.

“These results highlight the importance of protecting and connecting urban habitats, and importantly, the project has helped connect thousands of visitors with the remarkable wildlife living alongside them every day."

Sydney Opera House Environmental Sustainability Manager Alexandra Morgan said:

“It’s been wonderful to be part of this project and to support research that deepens our understanding of biodiversity in and around Sydney Harbour.

At the Opera House, sustainability is something we work to embed across everything we do, and I hope this work encourages other treasured public places to see the role they can play in conservation."

Botanic Gardens of Sydney Director of Horticulture and Living Collections John Siemon said:

“Royal Botanic Garden Sydney and The Domain continue to provide an important refuge for wildlife in the centre of the city. These findings reinforce the value of green spaces for both people and nature."

Bat-detector at the Sydney Opera House-Photo: DCCEEW

IPART Review of the water pricing framework for NSW data centres: Have your say on terms of reference

Have your say on our Draft Terms of Reference

The NSW Government has issued IPART a Draft Terms of Reference to review the water pricing and regulatory framework for data centres.

IPART is seeking feedback from all interested stakeholders on the scope of our review and the matters set out in the Draft Terms of Reference.

The review would recommend a framework for how data centre operators fund the upfront and ongoing costs of providing water services to them. Once the Terms of Reference are finalised, we will commence the full review and consult further with all stakeholders throughout that process.

Submissions on the Draft Terms of Reference close on 2 October 2026.

You can read the Draft Terms of Reference and IPART's Fact Sheet, and make a submission via the IPART website.

In preparing its advice, IPART is to consider the following matters:

1. Forecast capital and operating costs of connecting data centres to metropolitan water services

2. Demand risks of connecting large, high-intensity water users to existing supply sources and the impact on existing and future water customers

3. Supply augmentation costs and how these are allocated between data centres, existing and future water customers, and any other parties (including consideration of stranded asset risk)

4. Service levels required by data centres and how they differ from other large water users

5. The water security requirements of data centres and how these might be addressed in a regulatory and pricing framework

6. Safeguarding long-term water security (including drought management/water restrictions)

7. Incentivising data centres to optimise their use of water with energy consumption implications

8. NSW’s competitive position in attracting new investment and the broader economic benefits to NSW that data centres may provide including jobs, and investment in skills and innovation

9. A regulatory framework that provides for competitive neutrality for the different suppliers of water services (public water utilities, and Water Industry Competition Act 2006 licensees)

10. The approaches in other equivalent jurisdictions, as relevant.

11. Any other relevant legislative, policy, or environmental considerations that IPART considers may affect the water pricing and regulatory framework’s application to data centres.

The Factsheet states there will be additional opportunities to provide feedback during the review once IPART receive the final Terms of Reference from the NSW Government. 

IPART Webpage for consultation: www.ipart.nsw.gov.au/review/water/review-water-pricing-framework-data-centres

Background in August 2026 report: Framework for NSW Data Centres Released

Proposed classification of proposed public land at Seaforth under Section 34 of the Local Government Act 1993: NBC Notice

Tuesday, 25 August 2026

In accordance with Section 34 of the Local Government Act 1993, the Northern Beaches Council hereby gives public notice of its intention to classify the land described below as Community Land.

  • Address: Rignold Street, Seaforth
  • Legal Description: Lot 1 DP 23224, Lot 3 DP 23224, Lot 4 DP 23224, Lot 5 DP 23224
  • Area: 9,244 square metres
  • Current Classification: Not classified
  • Proposed Classification: Community Land

Northern Beaches Council is proposing to acquire the subject land for public open space purposes and, if acquired, to classify it as Community Land, subject to a resolution of Council.

Submissions

Written submissions regarding the proposed land classification may be made to Council within 28 days of the date of this notice by:

Completing the submission form on Council's website

Emailing council@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Writing to Northern Beaches Council, PO Box 82, MANLY NSW 1655

All submissions received during the public notice period will be considered, and a further report will be presented to Council to determine the proposed classification of the land.

Submissions close 22 September 2026

Revamped lookout to deliver panoramic views across Western Sydney

The Minns Government has unveiled designs for a revamped lookout in Western Sydney which would provide a destination for walkers, runners and cyclists and great open space where visitors can gather, relax and enjoy natural beauty.

The plans look to transform ‘The Beauty Spot’ in Cecil Park which already offers spectacular panoramic views across the Sydney Basin to the Blue Mountains, creating a unique visitor experience within Western Sydney Parklands.

Located 40 kilometres from Sydney's CBD within Liverpool's LGA, ‘The Beauty Spot’ is one of the region's highest natural viewpoints at 149 metres above sea level.

The community is invited to 'have a say' on the plans which include an open viewing platform located on the ridgeline, allowing visitors to experience the landscape from multiple perspectives.

The draft concept design will be delivered in stages by the NSW Government and has been designed to complement the site's natural topography and open grassland character while showcasing Western Sydney's best views.

Stage 1 will deliver the lookout, pathways, seating, native landscaping and viewing areas with construction expected to begin in late 2026 and be completed mid-2027.

Future stages will incorporate shade structures and opportunities to celebrate First Nations culture through integrated interpretation and storytelling within the lookout. They will also explore opportunities to expand The Beauty Spot Lookout into a broader visitor destination, with improved access and entry points, visitor parking, amenities, shelters and spaces for gathering and recreation.

The project is part of Greater Sydney Parklands' Southern Parklands Framework, a long-term vision to enhance recreation, visitor experiences and connections to nature across the southern precinct of Western Sydney Parklands. Community feedback on the draft concept design is open from 31 August to 27 September at greatersydneyparklands.nsw.gov.au/beautyspot

Minister for Planning and Public Spaces Paul Scully said:

"This revamped lookout will celebrate the unique landscapes and expansive views of Western Sydney already offered by the Beauty spot.

"With this work we want to unlock the Beauty spot’s full potential so that it is a place where people can gather, relax and enjoy natural beauty.

"This is part of the Minns Labor Government’s long-term vision for the Southern Parklands, creating places that support community wellbeing, encourage active lifestyles and strengthen connections with Country."

Member for Leppington Nathan Hagarty said:

“South Western Sydney is growing quickly, and our investment in The Beauty Spot will give local families another great place to get outdoors and enjoy what our region has to offer.

“Whether you’re walking, running, cycling or spending time with family and friends, this lookout will open up some of Western Sydney’s most spectacular views for more people to experience.

“As our communities grow, we’re making sure quality parks, open spaces and recreation opportunities grow with them, so people can enjoy them close to home.”

Greater Sydney Parklands Chief Executive Joshua French said:

“As Western Sydney continues to grow, The Beauty Spot Lookout provides another opportunity to get outdoors and explore the natural beauty of Western Sydney Parklands.

"The design creates an open and expansive lookout experience along the ridgeline, encouraging visitors to slow down, immerse themselves in the landscape and take in the changing views across Western Sydney and towards the Blue Mountains."

Explore the draft proposal and have your say by Sunday 27 September 2026 via the online submission form here: www.greatersydneyparklands.nsw.gov.au/beauty-spot-lookout

Image: Artists concept picture of Stage 1 works at Beauty Spot Lookout lookout in Cecil Park within Western Sydney Parklands

Public comment opens on industrial port and dredging proposal threatening Exmouth Gulf-Ningaloo

  • WA EPA has released Gascoyne Gateway’s environmental review documents for its proposed industrial port in Exmouth Gulf for public scrutiny. 
  • AMCS-Protect Ningaloo is campaigning to stop the port that would attract shipping through a critical humpback whale resting and nursing ground, require extensive dredging and cause other wide-ranging impacts.
  • Exmouth Gulf, Ningaloo will become WA’s newest marine park and is under formal assessment for National Heritage listing – AMCS-Protect Ningaloo maintains that an industrial port would be entirely incompatible with these vital conservation measures.

Australians have 12 weeks to voice their concerns about the industrialisation of Exmouth Gulf after Western Australia’s Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) today released the Environmental Review Document for Gascoyne Gateway’s port proposal for public comment. Submissions close 16 November 2026.

The Australian Marine Conservation Society states the proposal poses such widespread potential impacts to matters of national environmental significance that it has also triggered a federal assessment that will be part of this public comment period.

Gascoyne Gateway wants to build an industrial port 10km south of Exmouth town next to Qualing Pool – a rare freshwater oasis that the WA Government has earmarked as a class A nature reserve. The port would attract large vessels including fuel tankers, cargo ships, cruise liners and other heavy shipping into Exmouth Gulf, which the WA Government has earmarked for a marine park and which is under formal assessment by the Australian Government as a National Heritage treasure. 

This ecologically rich marine and coastal area is closely linked to the World Heritage-listed Ningaloo Coast and holds high conservation value. The area is home to many threatened and listed species, including dugongs, turtles, manta rays, sea snakes and dolphins, as well as corals, seagrass meadows, and sponge gardens. The proposed port would attract massive ships that would pass through a critical resting and nursing ground for one of the world’s largest humpback whale populations, posing serious threats of vessel strike and disturbance. 

Tens of thousands of people have joined AMCS-Protect Ningaloo, the Exmouth-based Cape Conservation Group and many local community members, in opposing the proposal since plans were first announced in 2020.  Over 20,000 emails have been sent to the current and past WA environment ministers calling for them to reject the proposal because it would fundamentally diminish the environmental values of Exmouth Gulf.

AMCS Chief Executive and Protect Ningaloo Director Paul Gamblin said: 

“The Gascoyne Gateway industrial port and dredging proposal is completely incompatible with the environmentally fragile Exmouth Gulf – Ningaloo’s Nursery – and would change this marine wonder forever.  

“An industrial port proposal, jutting nearly a kilometre into Exmouth Gulf and dredging of more than a million cubic metres of the seafloor in one of the world’s most important whale nursing grounds beggars belief.

“Tens of thousands of people have already made clear that industrialisation is unacceptable for Exmouth Gulf. People know that Exmouth Gulf obviously is no place for a port – its future is one of conservation and sustainable, light-touch economic activity, not industrialisation.

“Both the WA and federal governments have signalled that they are committed to protecting Exmouth Gulf so it’s time they made it clear that the future of this natural wonder is economic activity that treads lightly on its fragile environment. They must reject this proposal.

Cape Conservation Group Chair Denise Fitch said: “Exmouth Gulf is where Ningaloo’s whales rest and give birth, where our dugongs and manta rays feed. Dredging a port in the middle of this precious nursery goes against the spirit of stewardship that’s made Ningaloo the conservation and tourism success it has become. 

“Ningaloo is already under pressure from climate change. We’ve recently experienced unprecedented coral bleaching and seagrass damage from marine heatwaves, and further destruction from Cyclone Narelle. Now is not the moment to be adding industrial stressors to this fragile ecosystem. And this is no place for an industrial port. 

“We encourage those who know and love Ningaloo’s nursery to make a submission to the EPA and say no to this unwelcome proposal.”

Protect Ningaloo is calling on Gascoyne Gateway to do the right thing, as two other companies which pursued industrial projects in the Gulf have already done, and withdraw its proposal. 

Overview of Proposed Project

Gascoyne Gateway Ltd proposes to build, own and operate a multipurpose marine complex in Exmouth that will service a variety of vessels including but not limited to cruise liners and associated ecotourism activities, Defence and marine supply vessels. The project will not be utilised for livestock or iron ore.

The Proposal site is located 10 kilometres south of the Exmouth township and immediately south of the Ingram Street light industrial area; opposite the Exmouth landfill site and to the north of the Wilderness Estate residential area.

The proposal has a land-based component (including fuel storage and laydown, supporting marine facilities, desalination plant, renewables precinct, and access and utilities corridor), and a marine component (including marine infrastructure, vessel berths/channels, and anchorages).

An Environmental Review Document (ERD) has been prepared by Gascoyne Gateway Ltd in accordance with Environmental Protection Authority procedures and is released for public review.

The ERD describes the proposal, examines the likely environmental effects and the proposed environmental management procedures associated with the proposed development.

The Proposal includes a land based component (106.54 ha footprint within a 119.02 ha terrestrial development envelope) to support the marine infrastructure (61.63 ha marine footprint within and 79.44 ha marine development envelope) which includes a combination rock groyne and pylon steel construction to a berth-face. The berth face will require 13.5 m of cleared depth (at chart datum, equivalent to depth at LAT) to meet design vessel draughts, achieved by both natural depth and some dredging of sand and seabed limestone at the berth pocket. Marine construction includes piling and dredging, with dredge spoil used in the causeway construction. Three anchorage locations of 1nm diameter each are located in Exmouth Gulf approximately 9.5 km to the north east of the end of the causeway, within a nominal anchorage development envelope of 1153.14 ha. 

The ERD is available for download from Gascoyne Gateway Marine Complex | EPA Western Australia under 3. Assessment > Environmental Review.

The document is also available on the proponent’s website at Gascoyne Gateway Marine Complex.

Submissions should be made here: https://consultation.epa.wa.gov.au/assessment-and-compliance/gascoyne-gateway-marine-complex-per/

Submissions close November 16

Get Ready Weekend 2026

Prepare for Bush Fire Season with Get Ready Weekend 2026

As the bush fire season approaches, now is the time to understand your bush fire risk and take simple steps to prepare your home, property and family. To help you get ready, the NSW Rural Fire Service (RFS) hosts Get Ready Weekend events across the state, providing free information, practical advice and resources to help you prepare before the fire season begins.

Use the map above to find your nearest Get Ready Weekend event or activation. With hundreds of events taking place across NSW, Get Ready Weekend is your opportunity to get practical advice from your local RFS brigade, ask questions about your property's bush fire risk and learn simple actions that could make a real difference this fire season.

Every event is different, but many include demonstrations, displays, family-friendly activities, practical advice from volunteers and resources to help you prepare for the bush fire season. You can also learn how to create a Bush Fire Survival Plan, prepare your home and property, understand the Australian Fire Danger Rating System (AFDRS), and discover the steps you can take to be better prepared.

Get Ready Weekend 2026 will be held across NSW, with most events taking place on 19–20 September.

Get prepared now at myfireplan.com.au

Flying-fox Census 

Do you live near a flying-fox roost? 
Join the next quarterly census to help us learn more about flying-fox population trends.

Flying-foxes travel long distances, so coordinated, cross-border monitoring is key. Your contribution to the National Flying-fox Monitoring Program will ensure governments around Australia, including our Saving our Species program, researchers and communities can make informed decisions to protect this species and their ecosystems.

These beautiful creatures are super important pollination contributors. Loss of habitat and rising temperatures is an issue for them locally.

Become a citizen scientist by learning more at https://bit.ly/NationalFlying-foxMonitoringProgram


Photos in graphic: Shane Ruming, Matthew Mo / DCCEEW

Katandra Bushland Sanctuary Season 2026

Dedicated to the Study & Preservation of Native Flora & Fauna of the warriewood, Mona Vale & Ingleside Area

Website: katandrabushlandsanctuary.com/home

Email: katandrainfo@gmail.com

Katandra is open to visitors 10am to 4pm every Sunday from July to October (inclusive). Group visits can be organised at alternative times. Please visit the Katandra Bushland Sanctuary website for more information.

Katandra Bushland Sanctuary is situated in on the face of the Ingleside escarpment, overlooking the Warriewood Valley and the seaside suburb of Pittwater's Mona Vale. Enter Lane Cove road via the traffic lights to access.

Sydney Spring Garden Competition

The Sydney Spring Garden Competition is one of Australia’s most prestigious and historic awards programs, recognising horticultural excellence and community pride throughout Sydney’s neighbourhoods. Inspired by the 1933 bequest of Lt. Col. Charles Ronald Christian, the competition celebrates outstanding front gardens visible from the road or footpath, with classes open to all types – from apartment balconies and terrace pots to heritage landscapes. 

Entries are judged by panels of horticulturists, landscape designers, retailers, community leaders and educators, offering participants detailed feedback on creativity, design and impact. Open to first-time gardeners and seasoned horticulturalists alike, the competition benchmarks individual achievement and neighbourhood contribution, helping to create more beautiful, cohesive communities across the city.

Entries are now open for the 2026 edition and close September 21, 2026

Enter here: www.rasnsw.com.au/competitions/flower-and-garden/sydney-spring-garden-competition

Stony Range Spring Festival 2026: September 13

PNHA Activities 2026

Our walks for 2026 are listed below. 

You are very welcome to bring friends and older children on these outings. Please book by emailing pnhainfo@gmail.com and include  your PHONE NUMBER so we can contact you in case of changes because of weather etc. 

Looking forward to getting out and about in our lovely area! 

Your PNHA Committee

Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

The Pittwater Natural Heritage Association has been formed to act to protect and preserve the Pittwater areas major and most valuable asset - its natural heritage.

PNHA is an incorporated association seeking broad based community membership and support to enable it to have an effective and authoritative voice speaking out for the preservation of Pittwater's natural heritage.

Our Aims

  • To raise public awareness of the conservation value of the natural heritage of the Pittwater area: its landforms, watercourses, soils and local native vegetation and fauna.
  • To raise public awareness of the threats to the long-term sustainability of Pittwater's natural heritage.
  • To foster individual and community responsibility for caring for this natural heritage.
  • To encourage Pittwater Council and the NSW Government to adopt and implement policies and works which will conserve, sustain and enhance the natural heritage of Pittwater.

Some of our interests and concerns include:

  • Native Tree Canopy
  • "Wildlife Friendly" Gardens
  • Weed Infestation
  • Keeping our Waterways Healthy
  • Beaches and Dunes

Act to Preserve and Protect!

If you would like to join us, please fill out the Membership Form. Visit: https://pnha.org.au

Sunday April 26 Fauna: Underpass below Mona Vale Rd East, Ingleside.

If you missed this walk last year, here’s your chance to see how fauna can move between areas of bushland, so important for finding territory, mates and food. 

Meet 9am at corner of Ingleside Rd and Laurel Rd East. Walk ends about 11am.

Saturday May 23: PNHA stall at Avalon Car Boot Sale, Dunbar Park Avalon.

From 8am to 2pm, we’ll offer Information on identifying and controlling weeds. See our posters about invertebrates in local gardens. Our famous $2 local flora, fauna and scenery cards will be for sale. Come and have a chat. 

Sunday May 24: Walk in Red Hill Bushland Reserve, Beacon Hill

Meet 9am on Lady Penrhyn Drive opposite no. 41A, close to the open gate. Flora, birds, views. Walk ends about 11.30. 

Sunday June 28: Crown to the Sea Walk, Newport

Meet 9am please note that the meeting point is on Burke Rd next to Porter Reserve. Walk ends about 12 noon. This walk goes through several very different bushland reserves with coastal heath and littoral rainforest.

Wildflowers, ferns and coastal views. Moderate fitness needed for some steep tracks and many steps. Limit: 15 people so please book early. We will provide the Crown to the Sea map to participants on booking.

Sunday July 26: Ingleside Chase Reserve

Meet 9am at end of Irrawong Rd North Narrabeen, walk ends about 11am. Birds and swamp forest along Mullet Creek. Swamp Mahoganies will be flowering attracting birds. Binoculars a must for this walk.

Saturday August 22. Spring in the Bush: The Chiltern Track, Ku-ring-gai N.P.

Meet 9am at track entrance with barred gate on Chiltern Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 11am. One of our favourite walks to see Sydney sandstone flora in spring. Native plant species list available. Birds too, often a Yellow-tufted Honeyeater here. The track is mostly level but very rough in places.

Sunday September 27. Spring in the Bush: Terrey Hills

Meet 9am at corner of Mallawa Rd and Bulara St, Terrey Hills. Walk ends about 11am. With a focus on botany, we’ll see flowering plants in the Proteaceae plant family, waratahs, endangered Grevillea caleyi , and others in the major Australian Proteaceae plant family. You can choose to lengthen this walk which connects to the Perimeter Track. Birds, too.

Sunday October 25: Katandra by Night

Meet 6.45pm at Katandra Bushland Sanctuary on Lane Cove Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 8.45pm. Sunset is about 7.15. The bush by night is wonderful. We hope to see fireflies again as on previous walks here in October. Bring a torch, or headtorch, preferably with a red light option so as not to dazzle possums. Moderate fitness needed for the bush track and steps. Limit: 15 people, so please book early. 

Sunday November 22: Deep Creek Reserve

Meet 9am in Deep Creek reserve, off Wakehurst Parkway. Walk ends about 11am. Birds and bushland. From the bridge across the creek we may see Dollarbirds, summer breeding migrants that nest in hollows, with their youngsters. Black Bitterns have been observed along the creek margins, so bring binoculars. 

Coming up at Kimbriki

National Parks protect Southern Right Whales with new ‘stay away’ distance of up to 500 metres

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) has issued a Special Order for all vessels to stay at least 500 metres, and swimmers 100m, away from all Southern Right Whales in NSW waters.

The Order will be in place until 30 November 2026, when the breeding and calving season ends in NSW.

Southern Right Whales attract a lot of attention as they stay close to beaches and move slowly on the surface. Although incredibly rare, they are easily spotted when they visit.

The Order comes after a mother and calf were recently spotted off Sydney, with curious boaters and locals venturing close to the pair.

The NPWS citizen science project ‘Right Whale ID’ has tracked individual whales through their unique white facial callosities for the past 6 years. Research has found that even a single swimmer approaching too enthusiastically can trigger a significant negative behavioural response in the whale.

Identifying one of the handful or so Southern Right Whales off the NSW Coast each whale season, as opposed to one of the 40,000 humpback whales, is fairly simple.

Any slow-moving, 14-16 metre long whale which is 500m or less off an ocean beach could be a Southern Right Whale.

Identifying features include:

  • a distinctive V-shaped blow when they exhale
  • large broad body size, absence of a dorsal fin
  • white markings (skin growths) on their faces and heads known as ‘callosities’
  • the tail/fluke is geometrically angular and usually black on both top and bottom sides.

Two distinctive colouration patterns. Photo courtesy: Leonardo Lanza 

Southern Right Whale tail fluke. Photo courtesy Michael Cantanzariti

Southern Right Whales have a distinctive V-shaped blow when they exhale

Unlike Humpbacks, mother and calf Southern Right Whales spend more than 90 per cent of their time in waters shallower than 20m, and often less than 500m from shore. While nursing , they move very slowly, engaging in a still, energy-saving behaviour called ‘logging’, which is floating at the surface for long periods.

These behaviours make them highly susceptible to disturbance from overly curious people swimming, paddling or boating too close for the mum’s comfort.

Disturbances can cost the animals precious energy budget as their responses often include significant increases in swim distances as they try to evade them. The disturbance effect is seen in tracking data over subsequent days.

NPWS asks people to comply with the keep-away distances to help protect these mammals.

Members of the public, partner organisations and NPWS staff will collect witness accounts when people venture too close to Southern Right Whales and proceed with investigations where warranted. Non-compliance could result in fines or court appearances.

If anyone spots a Southern Right Whale, please report to NPWS or ORRCA hotlines on 1300 072 757 (13000 PARKS) or (02) 9415 3333 immediately, which allows the Right Whale ID team to get on site as soon as possible.

NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service Marine Wildlife Project Officer Andy Marshall said:

“Doing the right thing by Southern Right Whales means the southeast Australian population has a better chance of recovering.

“I would like to think that future generations will be able to see these incredible animals and be awed by them, in the same way we are today.”

Distances prescribed under the Special Protection Approach Distance Order

Vessels, aircraft, swimmers - Special Protection Approach Distance

  • For vessels including jet skis, surfboards- Stay away 500 metres
  • Operating a crewed aircraft- Stay 610m away – either above or to the side of the whale
  • When swimming including snorkelling and diving- Stay away 100 metres

Mother and calf in Hermanus. Photo courtesy Martin Etsebeth

Solar for apartment residents: Co-funding

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW have solar installed, but the NSW Department of Climate Chnage, Energy, the Environment and Water are on a mission to change this.

Their Solar for Apartment Residents grant is co-funding shared solar panel installations on eligible apartment buildings and multi-unit dwellings and has already helped thousands of households.

They’ve extended the program to help more homeowners and renters reduce their energy bills and have also allocated extra funds through a separate Boost grant to help priority communities too.

Application closes: 4 December 2026, 5:00 pm

Share this with your Owners Corporation or Stata Manager and check your building's eligibility at: www.nsw.gov.au/grants-and-funding/solar-for-apartment-residents-soar-grant-program

 

Dedicated alpine weather page part of latest BOM website improvements

The Bureau of Meteorology has delivered its latest website update.

In this release navigation has improved, there’s a new dedicated alpine weather page in time for the ski season, and the weather map has more place names.

Bureau of Meteorology CEO Dr Stuart Minchin said the update was a direct response to community feedback.

“Since launch, we've had requests for more locations to be added to the weather map,” Dr Minchin said.

“Our website is there to serve all Australians. We've now added more than 100 place names, primarily in the Northern Territory and Queensland.

“We'll be adding hundreds more in the months ahead.”

The weather map will now remember users’ most recent pan and zoom position, keeping the settings the same for the next time the page is viewed.

For example, if your last visit was a maximum zoomed-in view of Mount Isa, Queensland, this is the view you'll see next time you visit the rain radar.

“Changes like these will make it easier for everyone to find what they need,” Dr Minchin said.

Other changes include the UV Index being restored to the hourly forecast and updating the presentation of flood warnings.

A new alpine weather page provides weather map layers for snow, wind and temperature, and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions in one page.

The updated Alpine regions page provides weather maps and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions.

Alpine regions offers information across 2 tabs:

  • Forecasts – alpine districts and locations
  • Map – 3 hourly snow, wind and temperature forecasts.

Navigating the website has become easier with changes to tabs and page layouts on a number of key pages such as Forecasts and observations, Coasts and Oceans and state, territory and district pages.

“People have told us that navigating to forecasts and observations for districts and states was hard,” Dr Minchin said.

“We’ve paid close attention to this feedback.

“Combined with last month's search improvements, this will make it easier for regional web users to find out if their district is expecting rain or sunshine.”

Updates will continue to be made to the website in response to the feedback received from the community.

Information about recent changes is available at bom.gov.au/website-help/website-updates

The ski season starts on the June long weekend and runs until October's long weekend in NSW. 

The Kiandra Alpine Club's Snow Carnival, 1900. Photo: Kerry

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at  sydneywildliferescueline@gmail.com

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period to 31 July 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Mona Vale Dunes bushcare group: 2026 Dates

What’s Happening? Mona Vale Dunes Bushcare group catch-up. 

In 2026 our usual work mornings will be the second Saturday and third Thursday of each month. You can come to either or both. 

We are maintaining an area south of Golf Avenue. This was cleared of dense lantana, green cestrum and ground Asparagus in 2019-2020. 600 tubestock were planted in June 2021, and natural regeneration is ongoing. 

Photos: The site In November 2019, chainsaws at the ready. In July 2025, look at the difference - coastal dune vegetation instead of dense weeds. But maintenance continues and bushcarers are on the job. Can you join us?

(access to this southern of MV Dunes  - parking near Mona Vale Headland reserve, or walk from Golf Ave.) 

For comparison, see this image of MV dunes in 1969!, taken from atop the home units at the end of Golf Avenue. 

2026 Dates

Bangalley Headland WPA Bushcare 2026

Watch out for PNHA signs telling you about bush regeneration and our local environment. This is one of many coming up.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

We’re not protecting our oceans as well as we think: new research

A diver swims through a picturesque ocean environment.
Antonia Cooper, Reef Life Survey
Ella Clausius, University of Tasmania

Not so long ago, we thought the ocean was an inexhaustible resource. There would always be plenty more fish in the sea.

We now know this isn’t true. A growing proportion of the world’s oceans are overfished. And even though we’re fishing more intensively and using more advanced gear than ever, the total number of fish caught has plateaued. There simply aren’t as many left to catch.

On top of this, climate change and other human-driven pressures are placing even more stress on marine species.

Globally, governments are working to prevent further damage to ocean systems by establishing marine protected areas. However, our new research suggests these aren’t as effective as they seem.

A large snapper swims through a reef.
The Australasian snapper (Chrysophrys auratus) is an abundant coastal fish species. Rick Stuart-Smith, Reef Life Survey

A global goal

Governments and communities are increasingly aware of the various threats our oceans face including fishing, marine heatwaves and overabundant species.

These compounding threats have prompted countries around the world to rapidly expand the coverage of marine protected areas – places where fishing and other destructive activities are restricted – over the past three decades. Protected areas are designed to help fragile ecosystems recover or, in some cases, prevent damage before it begins.

The international push to meet ambitious conservation targets has fuelled this expansion. The “30 by 30” target is one example. In 2022, 196 countries adopted the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework and committed to protect at least 30% of the ocean by 2030.

Currently, about 10% of the ocean is officially “protected”. On the surface, this is a major win for ocean life. But an area with this label on paper might not actually be protected in practice.

Beneath the surface

Until now, we’ve judged how well the world’s marine protected areas are working based on data we can collect from the surface. This includes how many square kilometres these areas collectively cover or how strict their rules seem to be.

As a result, we don’t know what is happening underwater at a global scale. That’s where our new research comes in.

To find out whether marine life is actually recovering, we analysed underwater biodiversity data from thousands of shallow coral and rocky reefs worldwide, located both inside and outside marine protected areas. This data enabled us to measure how much fish biomass – the total weight of fish on a reef – has bounced back. This is an indication of true recovery, not an assumption based on whether an area is protected on paper.

Our results suggest less than 2% of the ocean falls inside marine protected areas where ecosystems are actually recovering. That’s an optimistic estimate, which assumes people are following the fishing rules in each area. In reality, many don’t. On a global scale, this low compliance means the share of the ocean that is effectively protected is likely much smaller.

Large reef fish swimming through the ocean
Large reef fish swimming through the ocean. Antonia Cooper, Reef Life Survey

So, what needs to change?

It’s worth noting, marine protected areas can be an effective conservation tool. Research shows they deliver significant and lasting benefits for marine life, such as restoring fish and shark populations.

However, there are various reasons why a marine protected area can fail. Fishing is a major one. If any amount of fishing is still happening, it’s difficult for marine communities to fully recover.

Research shows most of the world’s marine protected areas fail to safeguard marine life in practice. The reasons for this are complex and vary from place to place. What’s worrying is even a low level of non-compliance may put pressure on marine populations and undermine conservation efforts.

To ensure marine protected areas actually work, we need to improve protection on paper and in practice by strengthening fishing rule compliance. We must also ensure stakeholders are both aware of and actively engaged in marine stewardship.

But we can’t manage what we can’t see. We need an ongoing coordinated strategy for monitoring how marine species are faring by tracking them underwater, both inside and outside protected areas.

Otherwise, we risk overestimating how well the world’s protected areas are doing while ocean ecosystems beneath the surface continue to deteriorate.The Conversation

Ella Clausius, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Reef Ecology, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How Indigenous Protected Areas became a vital way to protect nature in Australia

Sarah Legge, Australian National University; Samantha Murray, Indigenous Knowledge, and Stan Lui, Indigenous Knowledge

When you think of conservation in Australia, chances are you’ll think of a national park.

But there’s another fast-growing way of conserving land: Indigenous Protected Areas (IPAs). These areas of land or sea Country are voluntarily dedicated by Traditional Owners to protect nature and cultural values and responsibilities.

Once dedicated, an IPA becomes part of Australia’s National Reserve System – our network of protected areas. To protect the area, Indigenous rangers tackle invasive species and undertake cultural burning and many other tasks.

In 2022, the Australian government signed up to an international pledge to protect 30% of lands and waters by 2030. This is one reason why IPAs have grown so rapidly in recent years.

In July, 4.7 million hectares of the Simpson Desert was dedicated as the newest protected area – the Pmere Atherre Antenterreme IPA.

Maintaining the success of Indigenous Protected Areas will require long-term funding, strong Indigenous governance and complementary conservation elsewhere.

How does this work?

While national parks are established and managed by governments, IPAs are Indigenous-led.

After deciding to establish an IPA, Traditional Owners develop a management plan and determine how Country is to be cared for, drawing on Indigenous knowledge and contemporary conservation science.

Caring for Country means looking after plants, animals, water, fire, sacred places and cultural practices as part of an interconnected whole.

Declaring an IPA doesn’t change existing tenure arrangements. For example, an IPA can cover freehold Indigenous land, land granted under land-rights legislation, Indigenous-held leasehold or pastoral land, Crown land and marine areas.

From pilot program to over half of Australia’s reserve system

In 1998, Nantawarrina became Australia’s first Indigenous Protected Area. The former pastoral station in South Australia’s Flinders Ranges was heavily degraded. Over the following decades, the Nipapanha people worked to restore the land and its biodiversity.

There are now 96 IPAs across Australia, spanning 113 million hectares. That’s almost 15% of the continent. Marine IPAs cover a smaller portion of Australian waters – 9.3 million hectares, or about 1.1% of our marine estate.

The growth of IPAs has far outstripped the growth of other types of conservation land. IPAs now make up more than 55% of lands protected in Australia’s National Reserve System.

Across all types of protection – both government and non-government – 25% of Australia’s land is now protected and 24% of seas are highly-protected “no-take” areas where fishing is banned.

The largest IPAs lie in Australia’s deserts, some of the world’s largest uncleared arid ecosystems. They form part of a vast, culturally-connected landscape shaped by Indigenous stewardship over tens of thousands of years.

People who care for Country

At the heart of Indigenous Protected Areas are Indigenous rangers, who combine cultural practice and traditional knowledge with contemporary conservation practices.

Ranger teams began growing in number from 2007, when dedicated federal funding became available. The program is now called the Indigenous Rangers Program.

No two Indigenous ranger programs are alike – each is locally led and grounded in Traditional Owner priorities. The program of work can include burning to prevent large wildfires or maintain cultural practice and care for Country.

Rangers look after cultural sites and culturally important species, and protect threatened species by managing threats, monitoring how populations are faring and undertaking surveys and research to find out more about them.

Rangers and researchers have worked together to combine Indigenous knowledge with new technologies such as drones, satellite imagery and environmental DNA to better understand how Country is changing and inform its care.

Ranger programs also create local jobs, stronger community governance and opportunities for Elders to pass on language, cultural knowledge and practical skills to younger generations. These programs show that caring for Country can deliver environmental, cultural and social benefits.

Many Indigenous Protected Areas welcome visitors, offering cultural and nature-based tourism, walking, camping, fishing and guided experiences. Access rules do vary. Some have restricted access at certain times, or require permission to enter. These arrangements reflect Indigenous ownership and management.

How are these areas funded?

Like many other protected areas, IPAs are publicly funded. The Australian government gives funds to declare and manage new IPAs through protected area and Indigenous ranger programs. Some state governments provide extra support to ranger teams.

However, these funds usually only cover a fraction of the costs of managing Country in this way. IPAs with ranger programs receive just over A$1 per hectare from government funding. By comparison, national park funding varies from around $16 per hectare in Queensland to $58 per hectare in NSW. State governments largely fund national parks.

Many Indigenous organisations try to augment funding with income from carbon projects, philanthropic grants, research partnerships and environmental management contracts. This financial uncertainty creates a large administrative workload.

Can we make these areas even stronger?

As this approach to conservation matures, our growing reliance on IPAs as a key conservation approach should be matched by increased funding and capability support.

It also makes sense to invest more in monitoring and reporting to track environmental, cultural and social benefits, and to pinpoint any areas to strengthen. Better data will also help policymakers know how Australia is tracking towards our commitments to the Global Biodiversity Framework.

Indigenous Protected Areas are working well. But they’re not the answer to every conservation challenge. They complement but do not replace other protected areas. The complex land tenures of the more heavily cleared and densely populated areas on Australia’s east coast makes it more challenging to declare new IPAs here, for instance.

As Australia works towards its conservation goals, it will rely more and more on Indigenous Protected Areas. But we believe the success of these areas speaks to something much deeper – the fact that Australia’s oldest systems of caring for Country is still one of the most effective ways to conserve nature.The Conversation

Sarah Legge, Professor of Wildlife Conservation, Australian National University; Samantha Murray, CEO, Indigenous Desert Alliance, Indigenous Knowledge, and Stan Lui, Director, Five Cubed Environmental, Indigenous Knowledge

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

As global heating heads to 1.8C, is it time to consider the ‘Voldemort’ of climate policy?

A black and white photo of clouds.
Natalya Bosyak/Getty
Jan McDonald, University of Tasmania; Jonathan Symons, Macquarie University; Manon Simon, University of Tasmania; Matt McDonald, The University of Queensland, and Rachel Neef, University of Tasmania

The world is set to miss the 1.5°C global warming target, and plans are underway for UN climate talks in the Pacific and Turkey.

Climate mitigation – reducing or preventing greenhouse emissions – was once treated as the only legitimate response to global warming. In comparison, climate adaptation – trying to adjust to global warming – was seen as a form of defeatism, or worse, hubris.

But that taboo has long since lifted: our collective failure to prevent climate change means adaptation is now an essential part of climate policy.

Similarly, attitudes to actively removing carbon dioxide from the atmosphere have undergone an evolution. While there are reasons to doubt whether carbon removal can work at scale, Australia’s “net zero emissions” plans rely on these interventions.

Now, the taboo surrounding another controversial form of climate intervention – solar radiation modification (SRM) – appears to be lifting.

What is solar radiation modification?

SRM refers to large-scale technological interventions that reflect a small amount of sunlight back into space, thereby lowering global temperatures. Increasingly called the more benign term “climate stabilisation”, the proposed methods include space mirrors – satellites equipped with large reflective surfaces – and cloud brightening, where microscopic particles are sprayed into clouds to make them more reflective.

The most commonly discussed SRM technique is stratospheric aerosol injection (SAI) – the release of particles into the upper atmosphere to recreate the cooling effects observed following volcanic eruptions.

SRM is so controversial it’s sometimes called the “Voldemort of climate policy”. While it could reduce global temperatures, it does not limit carbon emissions, and the ecological effects of deployment are uncertain.

Some critics are worried a potential techno-fix will deter mitigation efforts. Others point out the risks of “termination shock”: once implemented, ending SRM would cause abrupt temperature rise. Scientific research suggests the strong warming experienced since 2023 is likely a case of inadvertent termination shock. When new fuel regulations reduced sulphur dioxide emissions from international shipping, the rapid warming that followed revealed this pollution had, incidentally, been cooling the planet.

At present, SRM inhabits an international and domestic policy vacuum. Many scholars advocate for a ban on both research and deployment, saying these technologies “play God” with nature. We argue a ban on research is no longer tenable.

Why challenge the taboo?

The case for taking SRM seriously does not usually rest on enthusiasm for the technologies, but on global warming’s grim reality. We are approaching planetary tipping points such as significant polar sea ice retreat, the death of the Amazon rainforest and widespread coral reef loss. SRM advocates say it should be viewed as a complement, not an alternative, to mitigation: a means of limiting the extent and duration of temperature overshoot while decarbonisation continues.

Government appetite for this approach is limited and patchy. When the UN Environment Assembly discussed a Swiss proposal for SRM research in 2024, countries could not agree even on whether and how to regulate research in this area. Countries such as Japan and Saudi Arabia pushed for ongoing research, while vulnerable Pacific and African countries argued against any language that risked endorsing the practice.

Nowhere is the politics of SRM more volatile than the United States. One group of Republicans reject the climate change “hoax” but is so convinced SRM is already happening that many Republican states have criminalised it. Some think tanks advocate SRM as a way to defend “American Weather Sovereignty”. NASA has an exploratory program investigating space-based reflective dust clouds. For now, the Trump administration has not chosen a side, but it’s easy to imagine a future administration unilaterally blocking, or implementing, SRM.

If we don’t challenge the SRM taboo, self-interested actors are poised to fill the policy vacuum. Elon Musk has recently spoken out in favour of SRM, while ventures such as the US-Israeli startup Stardust are pursuing research without public oversight.

What is Australia’s position?

Australia has no policy on SRM research or deployment, but federal government funds have supported related research into local interventions, including the Reef Restoration and Adaptation Program (RRAP). This trialled the world’s most respected marine cloud brightening research over the Great Barrier Reef.

Existing environmental and climate law might regulate risks posed by small-scale research, but does not consider the larger risks of eventual deployment. With the exception of some ad hoc efforts, SRM research is not subject to any dedicated ethics framework.

The planetary scale of SRM impacts means we urgently need research to consider the geographic distribution of benefits and harms from any deployment, and the security implications of unilateral deployment by any state or private actor.

What should Australia do?

As a trusted middle power, Australia is well positioned to help lead discussions on the future of SRM. At a minimum, Australia should assess the potential impacts of various options on Australia’s climate, agricultural production and natural environment, and develop a public position on research.

Waiting until a foreign government or well-resourced private actor forces the issue would leave Australia reacting to decisions made elsewhere. Instead, we should prepare for the surprises a fast-moving, under-governed field is likely to produce.

As temperature overshoot becomes an inevitability, SRM is emerging as a new element of international climate policy whether we like it or not. We do not argue anyone should deploy SRM, but that we should break the taboo and enable responsible scientific research and public deliberation.The Conversation

Jan McDonald, Professor of Environmental Law, University of Tasmania; Jonathan Symons, Director of Research and Innovation, School of International Studies, Macquarie University; Manon Simon, Researcher in Climate Intervention Law and Governance, University of Tasmania; Matt McDonald, Professor of International Relations, The University of Queensland, and Rachel Neef, Research fellow, Faculty of Law, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Did the government back down on its gas reservation policy? No – most changes make sense

Hamish McKenzie, Grattan Institute

After months of gas industry pushback, the federal government has made sensible changes to its much-vaunted gas reservation policy.

Instead of forcing gas exporters to supply 20% of their export volumes to the domestic market, they will be made to supply “up to” 20%, with the precise amount set each year based on domestic demand. These details are in the newly released draft legislation.

This has been seen as a concession in the face of an intense industry backlash. But it’s not a concession at all – this is how the scheme was originally designed to work.

As I argued in July, the 20% figure was always a ceiling, not a floor. Both supply of and demand for gas will fluctuate over time, and the resources minister needs to be able to respond to that.

The scheme lets the minister decide how much gas to reserve each year, up to the cap, based on the market’s needs. Even Australia’s gas and oil peak body calls that “sensible”.

But there are still big questions over key elements of the design.

Aerial view of an oil or gas tanker crossing a stretch of the ocean.
Most of Australia’s natural gas is liquefied and exported on tankers. Suriyapong Thongsawang/Getty

A carve-out for one producer?

One especially controversial element of the scheme is the minister’s power to reduce domestic gas obligations for individual companies.

This rule has divided the industry because one of the three east-coast exporters – GLNG – is unique in having signed contracts to export vastly more gas than it plans to produce until at least 2036.

Under the proposed law, the minister can reduce obligations on an individual company if meeting their obligations would require them to break their export contracts and if they are taking “active steps” to try to deliver domestic gas.

How this power is exercised in practice remains to be seen. The minister could use it to effectively exempt GLNG – or another producer – from domestic gas obligations.

An oversupplied market?

The government has not budged on a key element of its design: its supposed aim to push down prices by engineering a “modest oversupply” of gas.

Despite initially supporting the gas reservation, in recent months, domestic-only gas producers have pulled their support for the scheme over this proposal.

Their concern is that forcing an oversupply of gas into the market would force gas companies to sell gas below cost, making production unviable. This concern is not unfounded.

But again, the proposed legislation offers little clarity on what will actually happen in practice.

The minister will have the power to set the “oversupply” percentage each year somewhere between 0% and 10% of demand. In an east coast market using about 450 petajoules, that represents a huge range – anywhere from zero to 45 petajoules.

The government should cap this at 5% and codify how it will be set each year.

A truly national scheme?

The proposed gas reservation will really be two separate schemes – one for the east coast and one for the west. This is because the two systems are not physically connected and because Western Australia has long had its own scheme.

The obligations for each exporter will be set based on the demand in their system, not the nation as a whole. No one will be made to ship gas between coasts.

But in the hours since the draft legislation was released, the resources lobby in WA has rejected the goverment’s push to include the west. This is because the national scheme would be much stricter than the state’s scheme and would likely force WA exporters to deliver more domestic gas, more often.

Whether WA escapes the new tougher rules remains to be seen. Under the proposed rules, the federal resources minister can decide to reduce domestic gas obligations in recognition of existing state policies. This gives the minister carte blanche to exempt WA – or not. No one has any idea which way that decision will go.

A driver of decarbonisation?

The reservation law specifies that extracting gas from the ground is not the only way exporters can meet their domestic gas obligations.

First, they can also produce renewable gases such as biomethane, which can be collected from food waste or wastewater. Biomethane offers a critical way for many manufacturing businesses to decarbonise. Australia produces almost no biomethane at present. If the reservation policy creates demand for biomethane, it could accelerate this critical new industry.

Second, gas exporters can use demand reduction to meet their legal requirements. For example an exporter could fund a manufacturing business to electrify a gas boiler, permanently reducing demand for gas.

Designed right, the reservation could be a driver, not a dampener, on the shift to clean energy.

What problem is this meant to solve, again?

Gas is in structural decline in Australia.

The use of gas to generate electricity in the National Electricity Market has fallen by two-thirds over the past decade. Demand for gas on Australia’s east coast fell 6% last year alone – largely due to big batteries pushing out gas peaking plants. The number of households using gas for cooking and heating is now shrinking.

Despite declining demand and bountiful supplies of gas, Australia still risks running short. The energy market operator is still warning of looming shortfalls on both the east and west coasts.

In part, this is because traditional east coast supplies – the Bass Strait gas fields – are close to empty. But a bigger reason is the fact that 80% of all gas produced in Australia is exported.

East coast gas exports only really began in 2015 when three giant LNG export plants opened on Curtis Island, near Gladstone in Queensland.

Because they can attract much higher prices selling gas to international customers, exporters have strong financial incentives to export gas instead of selling it to domestic customers.

So the goal of the gas reservation is a to deliver enough gas to avoid shortfalls, and keep prices low, without slowing the phase out of gas in Australia.

Is this a good outcome?

The government has framed these laws as sensible. This is largely correct.

They will let the government of the day ensure the domestic market is well supplied without risking heavy-handed intervention that could tank the industry.

Whether it works or not will comes down to how the minister of the day chooses to use it. With the scheme not due to start until 2028, we may still have a long wait to find out.The Conversation

Hamish McKenzie, Deputy Program Director, Energy and Climate Change, Grattan Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Gas from the Beetaloo Basin will only pour fuel on the climate change fire

Lily O'Neill, The University of Melbourne

Gas is now flowing from the Beetaloo Basin, a vast fossil fuel project roughly 500 kilometres southeast of Darwin in the Northern Territory.

The basin is one of Australia’s largest onshore gas reserves, which the NT government estimates is capable of producing 430 trillion cubic feet of gas.

The Beetaloo is producing its first round of gas amid fanfare about the amount of royalties it could bring the NT. Proponents say the basin could generate more than A$17 billion and support 13,000 jobs over the next two decades. Already, there is talk of the economic opportunities that come with cheap energy, including powering energy-hungry data centres with shale gas.

For those who have long hyped the Beetaloo’s economic potential, this is welcome news. For scientists, environmental groups and communities around Australia and the world bearing the brunt of global warming, it represents a “climate bomb”.

Remind me, what is the Beetaloo Basin?

The Beetaloo Basin is a vast, sparsely populated stretch of rolling plains that covers 28,000 square kilometres between Katherine and Tennant Creek.

In terms of gas reserves, the Beetaloo is bigger than Western Australia’s North West Shelf project, the nation’s largest fossil fuel development which accounts for more than 40% of Australia’s oil and gas production.

The Beetaloo Basin is covered with pastoral leases and different forms of Aboriginal tenure. Some of this tenure is the NT’s Aboriginal Land Rights Act land, which provides fairly strong rights for Traditional Owners. But most of the Aboriginal title in the basin is federal native title tenure that does not allow Traditional Owners to veto resource extraction.

Over several years, the developers of the Beetaloo – who now include Beetaloo Energy, Tamboran Resources and Santos – reached agreements with the Traditional Owners to frack their Country. But whether these agreements mean Traditional Owners actually consented to this fracking is hotly contested, given the Native Title Act is notorious for forcing Aboriginal groups into agreement.

Drawing in the dollars

The federal and territory governments have forked out significant money for the Beetaloo project.

At least $220 million has come from the Commonwealth. Meanwhile, the NT government has underwritten a $7.5 million loan to Tamboran Resources, a gas company found by a 2021 Senate inquiry to have then “paid no tax” in Australia. Other gas companies have also benefited from government largesse including Beetaloo Energy Australia, which received $15 million in taxpayer funds in 2024 alone.

The government has backed the Beetaloo for a range of reasons, including its potential to bring much-needed investment and jobs to the region.

However, it is extremely unlikely the project will deliver on these promises. A federal report, released only under freedom of information laws, found the benefits for Traditional Owners are “uncertain and variable”.

Not worth the hype

The climate crisis means the Beetaloo Basin project has two critical drawbacks.

A ‘stranded asset’

In this context, a “stranded asset” is a fossil fuel project – such as a coal mine or gas pipeline – that quickly loses its value because of the global transition away from fossil fuels. Research suggests demand for liquefied natural gas will decline as early as the mid-2030s. This, combined with dubious employment benefits, means the government is highly unlikely to get a good return on its Beetaloo investments.

An unliveable region

Recent research shows fracking in the Beetaloo would produce the equivalent of up to 49 million tonnes of carbon dioxide each year – about 11% of Australia’s total emissions in 2021. What’s more, Beetaloo gas projects are only required to offset 5% of their emissions with carbon credits. That’s nowhere near enough to compensate for the environmental damage they will cause.

Climate forecasts suggest many parts of the NT will become unliveable within decades, due to the lethal heat caused by climate change. The NT News headline, “NT will be cooking with Beetaloo gas”, sums this dilemma perfectly, if accidentally. The irony of this headline won’t be lost on anyone who is familiar with the science.

No amount of jobs or money can compensate for this devastating future. By turning on the Beetaloo tap, we risk watching the climate crisis worsen before our very eyes.The Conversation

Lily O'Neill, Senior Research Fellow, Melbourne Climate Futures, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A court will decide the future of Yuraygir’s feral horses. That matters for native plants and animals

A group of wild horses roaming the Australian bush.
Scott Gibbons/Getty
Patrick Finnerty, University of Sydney and David M Watson, Charles Sturt University

From poems to films and books of history, horses feature widely in Australian popular culture.

Feral horses, also known as brumbies, are descendants of domesticated horses that now live and breed independently in the wild. For some people, these horses are a cherished part of Australia’s cultural heritage. For others, they represent a major threat to the environments they inhabit.

Yuraygir National Park, on the coast of northern New South Wales on Yaegl and Gumbaynggirr Country, is a stunning landscape where you can see coastal emus and spot migrating whales from the shore.

It is also home to a small feral horse population that is now at the centre of a legal dispute. The final hearing, taking place on Wednesday, could have repercussions far beyond feral horses.

An emu nest with several blue-green eggs.
Yuraygir is home to the largest population of coastal emus left in Australia. David Watson

What is this dispute about?

In late August, feral horse advocates began urgent proceedings in the NSW Land and Environment Court. They argued the National Parks and Wildlife Service does not have the legal authority to kill feral horses in Yuraygir.

The National Parks and Wildlife Service had been using aerial shooting, ground shooting and trapping to manage feral horses, as well as feral pigs, deer and foxes. It has now agreed to suspend activities until the final hearing on September 9.

To date, the court has not ruled the proposed operations are unlawful. Rather, the current suspension gives the NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water time to ensure necessary approvals are in place so staff can continue working towards the goals of the Yuraygir management plan. These include controlling feral animals and restoring native vegetation.

A herd of feral horses in the Australian bush.
A herd of feral horses, also known as brumbies. Skitzpix/Getty

A controversial topic

Feral horse control has long been a source of heated debate. For many people, it is more controversial than the management of other invasive species, such as deer and foxes, because horses are more culturally cherished. Lethal control is also associated with animal welfare concerns, including stress during pursuit and the possible risk of non-fatal wounding.

However, there is a strong ecological case for controlling feral horses. As large, hard-hooved, introduced grazing animals, feral horses can inflict significant damage to Australian ecosystems. They trample plants, compact soils, erode stream banks and disturb wetlands. This endangers many native species that rely on these fragile habitats, some of which live nowhere else. So feral horses must be managed with the same planning and urgency as other invasive animals.

Evidence suggests aerial shooting by professionals under strict protocols does not affect the welfare of feral horses. For example, independent veterinary assessments of recent operations in Kosciuszko National Park uncovered no welfare-related incidents.

A park worth protecting

Yuraygir National Park encompasses an extensive network of coastal lagoons, freshwater wetlands, saltmarshes and wet heaths that support an array of threatened animals. This includes the green and golden bell frog (Litoria aurea), the wallum froglet (Crinia tinnula) and the Olongburra frog (Litoria olongburensis).

However, these environments are among those most vulnerable to grazing and trampling. This is because their soft, often waterlogged soils and delicate vegetation are easily damaged by hard hooves. Feral horses can compact and churn up soil, increase erosion and muddy water, while destroying the shallow pools and vegetation that frogs use for shelter and breeding.

Beyond frogs, feral horses trample the nesting grounds of threatened shorebirds, such as the little tern (Sternula albifrons), pied oystercatcher (Haematopus longirostris) and critically endangered beach stone-curlew (Esacus magnirostris). Because these birds nest in shallow scrapes on the ground, horses could crush eggs or chicks and disturb nesting adults. Grazing and trampling may also reduce the dense vegetation relied on by species such as the eastern ground parrot (Pezoporus wallicus wallicus).

The current shooting suspension also delays control of pigs, deer and foxes, other invasive species that damage wetlands and native vegetation or prey on native wildlife. Yuraygir’s management plan identifies fox control as vital to protecting little terns, beach stone-curlews and coastal emu chicks.

So this legal dispute, while focused on feral horses, may have much broader ecological costs.

A vibrant green fog sits on a rock.
Yuraygir National Park is home to the endangered green and golden bell frog. Gerald Corsi/Getty

Early action is key

Control may seem unnecessary given there are relatively few horses in Yuraygir. However, research suggests the opposite is true.

Studies consistently show it’s often easier and cheaper to control small, localised populations of invasive species than larger, widespread populations. Delaying action gives animals time to reproduce, establish new populations and expand their geographical range. Management then becomes more difficult and expensive. It is also more likely to require repeated killing.

Kosciuszko is a case in point. Since late 2023, when aerial shooting was reintroduced to Kosciuszko National Park, thousands of feral horses have been removed. However, population numbers have stayed high and ecological damage remains widespread. This is partly because horses can breed quickly and move into controlled areas from surrounding land, particularly when management pauses.

There is still time to stop this happening at Yuraygir. For now, we await a decision from the NSW Land and Environment Court. But to safeguard this sacred landscape, we must protect it from the hard hooves and hungry mouths of feral horses.The Conversation

A wild beach stone-curlew bird wading through water.
A wild beach stone-curlew wading in an estuary. Kristian Bell/Getty

Patrick Finnerty, Postdoctoral Research Fellow in Conservation and Wildlife Management, University of Sydney and David M Watson, Professor in Ecology, Charles Sturt University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Liquid gold: could we turn our pee into fertiliser?

golden liquid seen from below.
Jonathan Knowles/Getty
Jordan Roods, University of Technology Sydney and Kerry Tozer, University of Technology Sydney

For thousands of years, human urine has had real value.

After our bodies absorb nutrients from our food, they excrete the rest – mainly via urine. An adult produces about 500 litres a year. This liquid gold is very rich in nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, three compounds vital for plant growth.

Ancient civilisations from Greece to China to Rome used it as fertiliser for crops, alongside faeces.

Synthetic fertilisers have largely replaced natural fertilisers such as urine. Half the world’s population now relies on food grown using synthetic fertilisers. Urine is still used as fertiliser by smallholder farmers who cannot afford synthetic fertilisers or want a sustainable alternative.

This year, the Iran war has made synthetic fertilisers more expensive. If the era of cheap fertilisers is ending, urine-based fertilisers could make a comeback. Call it “peecycling”.

peasant workers spreading human waste on fields.
Human urine and faeces have long been used as fertiliser. Pictured: agricultural workers spreading nightsoil in Szechuan province, China, in 1960. Sovfoto/Getty

Of chamber pots and nightsoil

Before modern toilets, humans were a lot more intimately acquainted with the waste they produced. Peasants and smallholders would store their collective waste in cesspits. In cities, people used privies or chamberpots.

As cities grew, so did the volume of waste. While people slept, nightsoil workers would go door-to-door collecting human waste. Often, it would be transported for use on farms.

In the 19th century, modern central sewage greatly improved sanitation and cut rates of infectious diseases. But it also changed how we thought about pee and poo from resource – to waste.

From guano to synthetic fertilisers

During the 19th century, nations competed to gain access to a new source of fertiliser – guano, the compressed, nitrogen-rich droppings of seabirds. But the resource was limited. Guano islands were progressively mined out.

In the early 20th century, chemists invented synthetic fertilisers as an alternative.

These fertilisers boosted crop yields. But they also created new social and environmental problems.

Synthetic nitrogen fertilisers are produced using the industrial Haber-Bosch process. It uses lots of energy and relies on natural gas, a potent fossil fuel.

Synthetic phosphorus fertilisers are made by treating phosphate rock, a finite resource mined in only a few places. One of the largest reserves is in Western Sahara, a disputed territory long occupied by Morocco.

If synthetic fertilisers are applied at scale without good nutrient management, they can trigger toxic algal blooms and mass fish kills.

workers carrying sacks of guano up a hill on Stony island.
Guano was mined intensively, especially on Peruvian islands. The industry has largely vanished bar small-scale extraction on places like Santa Island. Ernesto Benavides/Getty

Fertiliser shocks

Australian soils are heavily weathered and nutrient-poor in most places.

To produce as much food as it does, Australia has to import 3.5-4 million tonnes of synthetic fertilisers every year. Almost no fertilisers are produced locally.

Relying on global markets works when times are good. But at a time of escalating global shocks, it is a huge vulnerability.

One answer could be to look for sustainable local sources of nutrients for the plants we depend on – such as urine.

Flushing liquid gold?

Urine represents less than 1% of all wastewater, but contains almost all its nitrogen and half its phosphorus.

Once mixed with wastewater, these nutrients are much harder to access.

To get enough urine to make fertiliser would involve using separate plumbing in homes, public toilets and at events. Urinals are an existing source.

When mixed with wastewater, the nitrogen in urine can turn into nitrous oxide, a potent greenhouse gas, or ammonia. Wastewater plants release the greenhouse gas emissions equivalent of the global aviation industry.

If urine is diverted from wastewater, authorities could save on wastewater treatment – and cut emissions.

wastewater facility seen from above.
If urine is diverted from wastewater, it would save authorities money on treatment. Bilanol/Getty

How do we capture urine?

At a small scale, raw urine can be captured using specialised urine-diverting toilets or urinals. Urine can be applied directly to your home garden, as long as sensible guidelines are followed.

To scale up urine-based fertiliser, we will have to tackle bigger issues such as the chance of pathogens and pharmaceuticals being found in urine, as well as inconsistent plumbing codes.

These can be managed with the right treatments and governance.

Urine nations?

Urine fertilisers have gained popularity in recent years.

In the United States, the Rich Earth Institute has lead community peecycling programs for over a decade. In Europe, Swiss startup VunaNexus uses diverted urine to make a sustainable fertiliser.

Sporting arenas in the United Kingdom, Sweden and South Africa are trialling the approach. And in Australia, researchers are trialling urine fertilisers in Brisbane and Sydney parklands.

One of the biggest barriers to scaling up urine-based fertilisers is the ick factor. Some people find the idea gross.

Fortunately, this can change. Researchers have been testing ways to challenge the stigma around urine. Our new podcast examines how rethinking the humble toilet can turn waste into fertiliser.

For centuries, people saw urine as the vital resource it is. The fact we can help grow crops using something from our bodies is remarkable. In an increasingly uncertain world, it might well be necessary.The Conversation

Jordan Roods, PhD candidate in Sustainability, University of Technology Sydney and Kerry Tozer, PhD candidate in Sustainability, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Farmers can now produce more of their own energy than ever – but will they?

farm with solar panels and sheep running through them.
Gregory Plesse/AFP via Getty
Md Alamgir Hossain, University of Southern Queensland and Shahbaz Mushtaq, University of Southern Queensland

Imagine you’re halfway through your annual wheat harvest when a global crisis sends diesel and fertiliser prices soaring. All at once, your costs surge and your slender profit margin shrinks.

Are there alternatives? Increasingly, the answer is yes. Putting solar on the shed roof or an unproductive field could help keep the farm running.

In August, the federal government announced it would lift the cap on the long-running small-scale solar subsidy from 100 kilowatts to one megawatt – a size well suited to larger energy users, such as big farms.

If this plan comes into effect, it should reduce installation costs by about 20%, saving an estimated A$68,000 on the installation of a 250 kW system.

This could make larger solar systems more appealing for more farmers, reducing electricity costs and boosting energy self-reliance in the bush. It’s not yet possible to be fully self-reliant, as electric tractors and heavy machinery are still emerging. Anti-renewable sentiment in some communities could also be a challenge.

large sprinkler on farm, jet of water in the air.
Shifting to solar and electric water pumps may make sense as a first move towards boosting energy self-sufficiency. Sean Savery Photography/Getty

How far can farms go?

If farmers have the space and funds to build a large solar array, this may make sense as a first measure. The ability to produce low-cost electricity opens up many more options – especially if paired with energy storage such as batteries, so power can be stored and used later.

Some farms are shifting to hybrid models, where solar and batteries are integrated with farm equipment and a backup generator to form the farm’s own microgrid.

What about fuel? Right now, Australian farms are highly reliant on diesel. This energy-dense fuel supplies about 84% of the energy used on Australian farms.

Diesel powers harvesters and tractors. But it also runs water pumps and power generators. Over time, farmers can replace broken pumps with electric options and run their operations on solar power.

Much more can be done. This year, AgriFutures Australia laid out a roadmap for farming and other primary producers to shift from diesel to electric options.

Are farms actually doing this?

These technologies are already in use.

New South Wales almond operation Cadell Orchards has long been off-grid. Until recently, its irrigation pumps were powered by diesel generators. But diesel was getting too expensive and a grid connection wasn’t viable. As Australian Farming Services CEO David Armstrong said:

we couldn’t stay on generators forever … it just wasn’t feasible [and] the variability of costs is too great

Instead, the agribusiness installed a microgrid with over 8,000 solar panels and a battery. The goal is to produce over 85% of its own power.

To avoid the upfront cost, the business didn’t buy the whole system. Instead, an energy company owns and maintains it, while the orchard buys the power.

Some farmers have taken up “agrivoltaics”, which means combining farming and solar panels. Fields can carry more sheep and produce more and better wool, according to some farmers. This is because solar arrays provide shade and can help the ground retain moisture longer.

farmer driving past solar panels on his farm.
Farmer Tom Warren has installed over 30,000 solar panels on his farm near Dubbo – and found panels pair well with sheep farming, offering shade and keeping more moisture in the soil. Gregory Plesse/AFP via Getty

Tractors, harvesters and speed bumps

Small electric tractors are becoming available for smaller-scale jobs.

But large battery-powered tractors and harvesters aren’t ready for prime time yet, as diesel packs more energy by weight than today’s batteries by a wide margin.

There are other challenges too. Large electric machines would likely have to recharge during the working day, meaning charging infrastructure might have to be located near fields. Farmers often put in long hours to bring the crop in. Stopping for long recharges could interfere with time-sensitive crop harvesting.

The AgriFutures roadmap predicts stationary equipment such as pumps will electrify first, while liquid fuels will remain important longer.

Solar paired with batteries can keep a farm running overnight or during cloudy periods. But if dark, cloudy days drag on, it may be time to bring out the generator.

For some businesses, a battery may not stack up financially.

Even free sunshine can hit a roadblock. After Queensland cotton farmer Ian Brimblecombe installed a large solar system, he began saving about $60,000 a year. But power network rules restricted how much electricity he could export or move between pump stations.

It’s not all or nothing

Over time, more farms will produce more of their own energy. But there’s no silver bullet, and the shift will take place in fits and starts.

Some farmers may find it viable to produce their own biodiesel from oils or waste fats to keep existing machinery working.

For farmers to get the most out of clean energy, they will need dependable equipment, affordable finance, local technicians and guidance from people they trust. These aren’t always easy to access.

Some rural communities are sceptical about large-scale renewable projects and new transmission lines, often due to a perceived city-country divide. Campaigns against new solar, wind or transmission projects often focus on the impact on the landscape and distrust of far-off authorities. False claims are common. This may slow the shift towards energy self-reliance.

Over time, we may see this resistance become more nuanced. Some farmers may keep opposing large-scale projects, while moving to install their own systems.

New incentives may sweeten the deal too. We’re unlikely to see the farm diesel tank disappear any time soon. But we are likely to see many more shed rooftops covered in panels – and new ways to make use of clean, cheap power from the sun.The Conversation

Md Alamgir Hossain, Senior Lecturer, Electrical and Electronic Engineering, University of Southern Queensland and Shahbaz Mushtaq, Director of the Centre for Applied Climate Sciences, University of Southern Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Tiny backpacks reveal the secret, sometimes circuitous migrations of small songbirds

A small black, white and yellow bird perched on a branch with a green background.
A tracker must be light enough to not weigh down a bird that weighs only as much as a spoonful of sugar. Thor Veen
Stephanie Szarmach, Smithsonian Institution

Squinting through my binoculars, I scanned the dense branches of a black spruce, trying my best to catch a glimpse of the thin legs of a small black, white and yellow songbird. I was on the hunt for a yellow-rumped warbler – a bird affectionately called “butter-butt” by bird-watchers after the distinctive buttery yellow patch of feathers above its tail.

A woman in a veiled hat holds a small bird with red and yellow bands on its legs.
Stephanie Szarmach holds a yellow-rumped warbler that was banded as part of a study. Johanna Beam

Once I spotted a flash of red on one of the bird’s legs, I knew that this individual was special – in fact, it was one that I already knew well. That’s because I had placed identifying bands on it the previous year as part of my Ph.D. research, and it was carrying a very important piece of new technology.

I played the high pitched “warble” of its song through a speaker placed below a mist net of fine, nearly invisible mesh. Thinking another male had intruded on his territory, the bird quickly descended. My tactic worked – he got caught in the net. As I gently removed him, I breathed a sigh of relief as I saw the Tic Tac-size device sitting on his back.

A hand holding a bird that has a small grey device on its back
A yellow-rumped warbler wears a multisensor geolocator backpack. Stephanie Szarmach

Over the past year, this warbler carried a multisensor geolocator backpack throughout his migratory journey, recording the long trek from his breeding grounds in Anchorage, Alaska, to a yet unknown winter refuge and back again. Working with my Ph.D. adviser, evolutionary biologist David Toews, I deployed dozens of these cutting-edge tags to illuminate the migratory journeys of these high-latitude breeding warblers at a scale not previously possible for small birds.

Now, after a year of waiting, I finally had the data in hand.

How can scientists track small birds?

Researchers began tracking the movements of migrating birds in the late 1960s using radio telemetry, a technique that requires tagged birds to be physically followed with receiver equipment, sometimes aided by a small aircraft.

Then, as GPS became more widely available in the early 2000s, satellite tags let researchers accurately track birds remotely. However, GPS transmitters are hefty – even just the battery that powers them is too heavy to be carried by the majority of small migratory songbirds, which often weigh less than a spoonful of sugar.

To address this problem, researchers developed ingenious little light-level geolocators. These miniature tags minimize weight by containing only a tiny battery, clock, computer chip and light sensor. They store data internally rather than transmitting it – hence my need to recapture tagged birds a year later. Researchers infer a bird’s locations from the timing of sunrise and sunset, which vary predictably across the globe and throughout the year.

Light-level geolocators have opened new windows into the migrations of small birds, but they also have limitations: Their estimated locations can err by hundreds of miles, and this uncertainty becomes impractically high around the equinoxes, when day length is the same worldwide.

Two small grey devices sitting on a scientific data sheet.
Each harness loop of the multisensor geolocator goes around one of the bird’s legs and the tag sits on the bird’s lower back. Stephanie Szarmach

More recently, researchers developed a newer method of geolocation that uses atmospheric pressure to circumvent these limitations. When a bird ascends during a migratory flight, a barometric geolocator records a steep drop in air pressure, capturing the timing of departure and arrival for every stop along a bird’s migration route. In between flights, the pressure the tag records reflects the elevation at the bird’s position.

Knowing the bird’s elevation helps to narrow down possible locations, which researchers can then refine further by comparing the change in pressure over time recorded by the tag to global weather data using the computer program GeoPressureR. The unique pattern of rises and falls in pressure acts as a kind of pressure fingerprint for a specific location. Including light and wind data in the model of the bird’s movements can increase precision even more.

A graph showing atmospheric pressure over time. There are periods of steady pressure, with sharp drops in pressure occurring once per day.
Atmospheric pressure data collected from a multisensor geolocator carried by a yellow-rumped warbler over five days in spring. When the bird is stationary, such as when resting at a stopover site, the measured pressure remains steady. During migratory flights, when the bird ascends into the sky, the pressure drops and fluctuates dramatically. Stephanie Szarmach

New tech answers an old question

We used these new multisensor backpacks to study the migration patterns of myrtle warblers, the northern subspecies of yellow-rumped warbler, which breed across North America’s boreal forest. Myrtle warblers in the northeast are known to winter along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts, but where northwestern populations migrate has been more of a mystery. In 1899, ornithologist Richard McGregor observed myrtle warblers wintering in coastal California, and hypothesized that these birds might breed in Alaska and British Columbia.

Using these new tags allowed us to test whether warblers breeding in Anchorage, Alaska, actually followed the shortest migration route to winter in California. To our surprise – and probably to McGregor’s as well, if he were still alive – we found that all the birds we tracked traveled east across the boreal forest of Canada before shifting south to the Gulf Coast – certainly not the Pacific Coast route we expected.

All told, this 6,800-mile (10,900-kilometer) round-trip journey was much longer than we anticipated for a species commonly considered a short- or medium-distance migrant.

A map showing six geolocator tracks. All tracks start in Anchorage Alaska, before moving eastward across boreal Canada and then after reaching the Great Lakes curving south to end at the Gulf Coast. The predicted wintering area in California is circled.
Researchers tracked the routes six myrtle warblers flew on their fall migration southeast from Anchorage, Alaska. Figure by Stephanie Szarmach. Warbler illustration by Emily Griffith

Why take such a circuitous route?

The long, seemingly suboptimal route taken by our Alaskan myrtle warblers is actually mirrored by some other songbird species tracked from northwestern North America, including blackpoll warblers and Swainson’s thrushes.

Part of this pattern may relate back to the glaciations that isolated ancient populations of birds millions of years ago. The thinking goes that as these glaciers spread, they squashed the ranges of formerly northern species into the south. Then, as the glaciers slowly receded, the forests gradually reexpanded.

As more land opened up, birds moved farther north and west into that habitat. Each season some birds went a little farther as the forest available in their northern breeding grounds expanded. For migratory species such as myrtle warblers, the farther north and west their breeding range expanded, the longer the migration to their southern wintering ground became.

Scientists think migration routes are genetically encoded. The birds’ genes may have traced this expansion front, like Hansel and Gretel putting down breadcrumbs as they journeyed deeper and deeper into the forest. Today’s migration routes still trace that incrementally expanded path, even though the glaciers that shaped the original boundaries are long gone.

We’re still not sure exactly where the California-wintering myrtle warblers spotted in the 1800s are breeding. We suspect that a small proportion of the Anchorage-breeding birds may migrate to California, but that most of them travel from more distant, unstudied regions of Alaska or Yukon. Future research, potentially tagging myrtle warblers directly on the California wintering grounds, will shed more light on this population and why certain individuals follow a different migration route.

Barometric geolocation provides new data

Today, this new geolocation approach improves scientists’ ability to study the migrations of small birds and supports more effective conservation actions across the course of the entire year. More precise location estimates help researchers identify key stopover and wintering sites in need of protection and better understand the threats birds face throughout their journeys. These geolocators also reveal the altitude of migratory flights, which is important for understanding the risk of birds colliding with buildings or wind turbines.

Because these new tags capture pressure data for every migratory flight, they’re especially valuable for studying migration timing. Researchers have combined data from over 50 bird species to understand at what time of day or night different birds migrate. Now, as a postdoctoral researcher at the Smithsonian Migratory Bird Center, I am integrating multisensor geolocator data with satellite imagery to investigate how arrival and departure decisions throughout a bird’s migratory journey relate to seasonal changes in plant growth.

Scientists have now tracked dozens of bird species with multisensor geolocators, and that number increases every year. Each mapped migratory journey improves our understanding of how small birds migrate, what factors shape their movements and how best to protect them.The Conversation

Stephanie Szarmach, James Smithson Postdoctoral Fellow, Smithsonian Institution

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Saltwater flooding could radically change which crops are worth growing

sea and coast reaching flat green/yellow crops in farmland
Farmland along the coast of Lincolnshire, UK. Alice Baddeley/Shutterstock
Saul Ngarava, University of Lincoln; Daniel Magnone, University of Lincoln, and Eric Ruto, University of Lincoln

Saltwater isn’t something most people associate with English farmland. But in parts of eastern England, it’s becoming a growing problem, and not just for crops, but for farm incomes too.

In our new study focusing on Greater Lincolnshire, one of the UK’s most productive agricultural areas, we found that rising sea levels and more frequent flooding are pushing salt onto some of the country’s best farmland.

This isn’t just about crops struggling to grow. The real story is an economic one. Salt in the soil is changing which crops actually make money, and in some cases wiping out profits entirely.

Most studies on salinity look at what happens in the field. For example, how plants respond to increasing salt concentrations, how yields fall and how soils degrade.

We have been researching the problem from a farmer’s perspective. What happens to their income? How does risk change? And crucially, what can farmers grow instead when conditions shift?

To answer these questions, we combined maps of crops, land quality and flood risk with farm-level financial data and simulated what happens when salinity increases. The results were clear. Every major crop loses money as salt levels rise.

Some crops are hit much harder than others. Potatoes take the biggest losses, largely because they are expensive to grow, so when yields fall, profits collapse quickly. Crops like beet and oilseed also see large declines. Even cereals, which are generally more resilient, are not spared.

But the most important shift isn’t just that profits fall. It’s that the whole system changes. Under normal conditions, farming works with a kind of pecking order whereby some crops deliver high returns, others are safer but less profitable.

Salinity flattens that hierarchy. Instead of clear winners and losers, most crops end up clustered together in a lower-return, higher-risk situation.

One crop consistently stands out: winter wheat. It still suffers losses, but it holds up better than the others, making it the most reliable option as conditions deteriorate. In practical terms, that means farmers may increasingly fall back on it as their safest choice.

This matters because the places most exposed to saltwater flooding, especially the low-lying Fenlands, are also some of the most productive farmland in the UK. So this isn’t about marginal land becoming less useful. It’s about some of the country’s agricultural heartland coming under pressure.

There’s another complication. Salinity doesn’t just disappear when the floodwater drains away. Salt builds up in the soil and can linger for years, quietly reducing productivity over time. That makes it a slow-moving problem, but one with long-lasting consequences.

Over time, this could narrow farmers’ choices. Instead of a diverse mix of crops, more land could shift toward a smaller number that can cope with salty conditions. That has implications not just for farm incomes, but for food production and resilience more broadly.

Salty shifts

So what can be done? In the short term, adaptation is likely to mean shifting toward more resilient crops. Barley is already relatively salt-tolerant. Some wheat varieties cope better than others, and farmers are starting to move in that direction where risk is lower.

green plant growing by pebbly shore
Samphire is an edible plant that thrives along salty shorelines. barmalini/Shutterstock

There is longer-term potential in crops that actually thrive in salty conditions, known as halophytes, edible saltmarsh plants like samphire. These are grown in the UK, but mostly as niche, high-value foods rather than mainstream crops. Scaling them up would require investment, new markets and changes in farming systems.

Our findings show that salinity isn’t just another environmental challenge. It’s a slow, structural pressure that changes how farming works. It affects not only yields, but decisions such as what farmers plant, how they manage risk and how land is used.

We’re not yet at the point where UK farming can switch to salt-proof crops. But the pressure from salinity is growing, and could push both crop choices and agricultural innovation in that direction over time.The Conversation

Saul Ngarava, Postdoctoral Research Associate, Natural Sciences, University of Lincoln; Daniel Magnone, Associate Professor in Physical Geography, University of Lincoln, and Eric Ruto, Senior Lecturer in Economics, University of Lincoln, UK, University of Lincoln

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How the ‘first bird’ leapt into the sky and soared above the dinosaurs

Neil J. Gostling, University of Southampton

Archaeopteryx is an icon of evolution and is often called the first bird. Scientists have long debated just how it took off from the ground but a recent study published by my colleagues and I has brought new insights to the mystery.

Our study compared Archaeopteryx with the anatomy of modern birds, and our findings suggest it generated the force needed to take off by taking several jumps forwards.

Archaeopteryx, a fossil uncovered from the Jurassic rocks of Germany, dates back 150 million years. It was covered in feathers and it had wings. But it retained a number of distinctly dinosaur features such as a long bony tail, claws on separate fingers and teeth in a beakless jaw.

Charles Darwin predicted, in the first edition of On the Origin of Species published in 1859, that fossils would later be found linking major groups of animals. A year after publication a feather, and within two years, an entire skeleton of Archaeopteryx had been discovered, showing clear links between birds and the dinosaurs. Archaeopteryx is one of those transitional forms that links one group to another.

The “first bird” was not perfectly developed, as birds have evolved to be today. We would not expect them to be. It had relatively weak flight muscles, with no keeled sternum for strong muscle attachment, and could not have raised its wings above the horizontal.

Rather than call it the first bird, it is better to describe it as the earliest branching species, yet known, on the lineage of birds after the whole bird group split from non-avian dinosaurs some time more than 150 million years ago.

In 2016 my friend Colin Palmer asked a colleague, Markus Heller (professor of biomechanics) and me to join him in exploring a tricky problem: how did early birds slip the bonds of Earth and take to the sky?

Palmer had been working on the flying cousins of dinosaurs, the pterosaurs for over a decade, and also a peculiar (although now one among several known) four-winged, feathered and flying dinosaur called Microraptor. However, pterosaurs are not dinosaurs and Microraptor is a dinosaur closer to Velociraptor (small meat-eating dinosaurs) than to birds.

There have been a number of suggested mechanisms for the evolution of flight and takeoff, quite literally from the ground up, or the trees down, to flapping while running to climb a slope. The problem is that these are difficult to test experimentally. So we turned instead to the best example of takeoff there is: birds themselves.

Palmer had already filmed a number of birds, out of curiosity. As some other scientists had observed, but had never followed up, Palmer saw that they all showed the same sort of pre-takeoff behaviour. Two leg jumping. The wings appeared to do little in getting the bird off the ground, and this opened up some possibilities for research into the earliest of birds.

The ancestors of birds, the theropod dinosaurs, had powerful legs. They could definitely jump, and jumping could provide an important evolutionary advantage. Being able to get out of the way of a hunter, and maybe adding in a flap of your feathered arms to extend your leap, might just save your life.

The first bit of this research, which we carried out with then undergraduate student Erik Meilak, was developing a means to see how much force the hindlimbs of birds generate in getting off the ground. We used a force plate (a modified kitchen scale) and a Raspberry Pi computer controlling some high-speed photography, along with CT scanning of the skeleton to see exactly how bones were articulated. We worked out how magpies got off the ground. They used their legs as the primary generator.

This undergraduate summer project became a fully-fledged PhD project, with Meilak looking at several birds such as starlings and crows. We worked with evolutionary biologist Pauline Provini in Paris who had done work with doves and finches, demonstrating how all of these birds used their legs in takeoff.

And with detailed kinematics, all of the forces and moments generated by the muscles around the hindlimb joints, we fitted the model to Archaeopteryx and looked to see if the first bird could get into the air in a similar way to modern birds.

Archaeopteryx is by definition 150 million years behind the “leaps” of modern birds, and couldn’t take off as we had observed modern birds do when startled, explosively, with a single jump and then add flapping into the sky. Archaeopteryx couldn’t do that, and as I said couldn’t rely on its wings for powerful flaps. So we had asked what its legs could do. And like birds today, when taking off more leisurely, we demonstrated that Archaeopteryx could have got into the air with two leg leaps. Archaeopteryx could have used three jumps increasing in velocity, and once airborne its flapping wings could have maintained a flight speed of 7 metres per second.

However, if Archaeopteryx had added in a flap, it would have got to that speed – jump-flap-jump – with just two leaps. And all this without the highly evolved and flight-adapted anatomy of pigeons, crows, hawks and even chickens.

In the future we may find a fossil that is still a bird rather than a non-avian dinosaur, but is less, well, “birdy” than Archaeopteryx, and then that would become the earliest branching taxon. But we haven’t yet. So Archaeopteryx still sits on its perch as the first bird that we know of.The Conversation

Neil J. Gostling, Associate Professor in Evolution and Palaeobiology, University of Southampton

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week Two September 2026: Issue 658 (Published Sunday September 5)

 

Crested Tern at Warriewood is Pittwater's First H5 Bird Flu Fatality

Fledgling Crested Tern at south Mona Vale Beach, picture by A J Guesdon, 2014
A Crested Tern reported to authorities by a Warriewood resident on August 28 has become Pittwater's first H5 Bird Flu fatality. 

The NSW Government officially announced the death on Thursday September 3, stating two other cases, another Crested Tern at Port Kembla, and a Hutton’s shearwater at Corindi in Coffs Harbour, were confirmed cases.

This is the first confirmed detection in a shearwater bird in NSW.

As of 3 September 2026, there are 20 H5 bird events in NSW and 468 across Australia.

FULL REPORT HERE

Hazard reduction burn in Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park

Notification: September 3 2026

The National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS), with assistance from the NSW Rural Fire Service, will be conducting a hazard reduction burn in Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park starting Thursday 3 September, and concluding Sunday 6 September, subject to suitable weather conditions.

The 230-hectares burn at Bobbin Head East will be bound by the Sphinx Trail to the south, the Bobbin Head Trail to the west, and Cowan Creek to the north and east. The aim of the burn is to reduce the chance of bushfire impacts to the park, neighbours and nearby communities.

All tracks and trails within the burn area will be closed for the duration of the burn, including Bobbin Head Trail, Jacombs Trail, Sphinx Trail and Track, Memorial Rd, Warrimoo Track, Bibbenluke Trail, Booralie Trail, Duffys Wharf Trail, Slades Trail, Darri Track, Murrua Trail and Gibberagong Track. Tracks will be reopened once they have been assessed as safe.

Motorists are reminded to drive to conditions and are advised to take care if visibility is reduced by smoke.

The NPWS Bobbin Head visitor precinct will remain open, including Bobbin Head Visitor Centre and Bobbin Inn Cafe, Empire Marina, and the surrounding visitor facilities.

Smoke may affect the area and people with asthma or other respiratory problems are advised to keep clear of the area or stay indoors, close windows and doors, and follow their health plan.

This burn is one of many hazard reduction operations undertaken by NPWS across NSW each year, many with assistance from the Rural Fire Service and Fire and Rescue NSW.

These hazard reduction burns are essential to reduce bushfire fuel loads to help protect the parks, their natural and cultural values, neighbours and communities from summer bushfires.

People with known health conditions can sign up to receive air quality reports, forecasts and alerts via email or SMS from the Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water.

For health information relating to smoke from bushfires and hazard reduction burns, visit NSW Health or Asthma Australia.

More information on hazard reduction activities is available at NSW Rural Fire Service and the NSW Government's Hazards Near Me website and app

New fishing rule to protect critically endangered Greynurse sharks at Terrigal Haven

Announced: Thursday September 3, 2026

The Minns Labor Government has introduced a new fishing rule at Terrigal Haven on the Central Coast to help protect critically endangered Greynurse sharks following community concern of the behaviour of some fishers targeting these sharks.

Greynurse sharks are listed as critically endangered in NSW and remain vulnerable to fishing-related impacts. The local Terrigal community are highly protective of these Greynurse juveniles who are part of the marine environment which makes Terrigal a special coastal place.

The Government’s targeted measure follows reports of Greynurse sharks being caught by fishers using wire traces to specifically target the young sharks in the area.

From Friday 4 September, the use of wire trace, chain trace and fishing lines consisting of wire or chain will be prohibited within a specific closure area for a period of five years.

Any Greynurse Shark captured incidentally should be released immediately to the waters from where the fish came with the least possible harm.

Wire traces are commonly used to target large sharks, and the closure is intended to reduce the risk of capture, injury and death of Greynurse sharks.

The closure area is waters extending from the shoreline at the Terrigal Rock Pool (adjacent to the Terrigal Boardwalk), encompassing all waters of Terrigal Haven to Terrigal Point (north-north-east of the Terrigal Boat Ramp). The rules will apply to all fishers and include waters adjacent to the Terrigal boardwalk, encompassing Terrigal Haven and surrounding waters.

The new rules do not prohibit recreational fishing at Terrigal Haven, with fishers able to continue to enjoy fishing in the area while helping safeguard this threatened species.

Over the coming months, Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development (DPIRD) recreational fishing education officers will be at Terrigal Haven to promote awareness of the new closure and fishing rules, particularly in relation to Greynurse sharks.

The new fishing rules will be supported through on-site signage, public awareness initiatives, and compliance activities.

The five-year period will allow the NSW Government to assess the effectiveness of the measures in reducing the impact of interactions with Greynurse sharks across a range of fishing seasons and environmental conditions.

On-the-spot fines of $500 to $1,500 apply for fishing in the closure area using a fishing line fitted with a wire or chain trace, or a line consisting of wire or chain. Maximum court-imposed penalties of $22,000 and/or six months imprisonment apply for an individual's first offence.

Anyone who sees fishers doing the wrong thing is encouraged to contact DPIRD via Fishers Watch on 1800 043 536 or submit a report online.

For more information, including maps of the closure area, visit: www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/fishing/species-protection/what-current/critically/grey-nurse-shark 

Minister for Agriculture Tara Moriarty said:

"These targeted measures will help reduce the risk of harm to the Terrigal community’s special young Greynurse sharks, while ensuring recreational fishers are not impacted at Terrigal Haven.

"Reports of Greynurse sharks being hooked with wire trace attached are concerning and demonstrate why additional protections are needed.

"These practical changes strike the right balance between protecting a critically endangered species and ensuring fishers can continue to enjoy this popular fishing location."

Minister for the Central Coast David Harris said:

"Terrigal Haven has become a regular habitat for Greynurse sharks in recent years, and local residents have raised concerns about interactions between fishers and these animals.

"The Central Coast is home to important marine environments, and we have a responsibility to protect threatened species that call these waters home.

"These new rules are a sensible and targeted response that supports conservation while maintaining recreational fishing access to this iconic location."

The Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2025/26 Annual Performance Report recorded 10 Greynurse Sharks (3 dead, 7 released alive) were caught in the nets - most of these in the Central Coast nets.

Community invited to imagine a symbiotic future

The council is inviting the community to join 3 leading creative and environmental thinkers for a timely conversation about how people, nature and the places we live can work better together.

CEAD Panel 2026: Imagining our Symbiotic Future will be held at Manly Art Gallery & Museum (MAG&M) on Thursday 10 September 2026 from 5.30 to 7.30pm.

Now in its third year, the Collective for Environmental Art & Design (CEAD) is a MAG&M initiative that melds art, design and environmental ideas through programs, partnerships, community activities and research. In previous years, this annual event has explored creative responses to climate change, collective action, biodiversity and sustainability in the art and design sectors.

Presented as part of the 2026 Environmental Art & Design Prize, the free discussion brings together a mix of leading creative, scientific and environmental voices. Andy Marks, founder and Executive Director of the Symbiocene Institute, will share insights into how symbiosis can help shape nature-positive decisions and inspire practical change. 

Acclaimed photo-media artist Anne Zahalka will bring more than 40 years’ experience exploring cultural and environmental points of tension and reflecting on the ecological impact of the global climate crisis.

They will be joined by Marnie Ogg, founder of the Australasian Dark Sky Alliance, whose work highlights the impact of light pollution on wildlife, people and the environment, and the importance of protecting natural nightscapes. 

Dr Jonathan Webb, ABC Radio National Science Editor and presenter of Lab Notes, will moderate the conversation, drawing on his experience to make complex environmental ideas engaging and accessible.

The panel will look at how art, design and science can help communities move beyond ideas of human impact and towards models of mutual exchange, interdependence and living in harmony with nature.

The 2026 theme, symbiosis, asks how people can build stronger relationships with the natural world and with each other, and how those relationships can support a more connected, sustainable and thriving future.

The event is framed by CEAD’s guiding principles: Act, Connect and Learn.

Event details

  • CEAD Panel 2026: Imagining our Symbiotic Future
  • Thursday 10 September 2026, 5.30–7.30pm
  • Manly Art Gallery & Museum
  • Free event. Bookings essential.

Gallery details / public information

  • Manly Art Gallery & Museum
  • West Esplanade Reserve, Manly NSW 2095
  • Open Tue – Sun, 10 am – 5 pm (closed Mondays & Public Holidays)
  • Free entry

Bookings and further information available here

Pittwater's Marnie Ogg. Image courtesy Marnie Ogg.

Horizontal Rainbow On Pittwater + Other Rainbows

Palm Beach artist Anne Spencer sent in the following a few weeks back, sharing:

''My horizontal rainbow photos at ground/sea level, which I took at Sand Point!!! - I sent these off to Prof Fred Watson - the answer back from Fred'':

“They’re definitely a rainbow, with a rain shower between you and the distant trees. The fact that it’s at ground level tells you that the Sun was directly behind you and 42 degrees above the horizon!”

Horizontal rainbows are rare optical phenomena and are a traditional rainbow formed by a low sun, but with a twist of perspective.

The Physics: Rainbow geometry dictates that the height of a rainbow's arc is inversely related to the height of the sun. If the sun is very low on the horizon behind you, so is the rainbow.

The Illusion: When a dark rainstorm cell forms a narrow curtain of water droplets over the open ocean or an estuary, the rainbow collapses visually. Because the horizon is flat and open, the arc appears exceptionally low, wide, and stretched horizontally across the water's surface, making it look like a glowing, flat ribbon.

Anne's pictures inspired a look at other kinds of Rainbows:

Rainbow Curtain

This is an ocean scene where a storm cloud opens at sunset and drops a glowing curtain of rainbow-colored rain toward the sea.

This effect happens when low sunlight hits falling rain, sea mist, or fine droplets inside the storm. The droplets bend and split the light into bright bands of red, yellow, green, blue, and violet. Because the rain is falling in vertical streaks, the rainbow color looks like it is pouring down from the cloud instead of forming a simple arc.

The warm sunset clouds make the colours even stronger, while the dark ocean below gives the whole scene a powerful storm-afterglow feeling.

A view like this fits tropical coastlines, open ocean horizons, island beaches, and stormy bays .. especially after heavy rain when the Sun breaks through low clouds near sunset. - Info/Photo: AstroNature

Circle rainbows - and Double Rainbows

Rainbows are actually complete 360-degree circles, but they look like arches from the ground because the horizon blocks the bottom half. Bernadette Kelly sent in this Double Rainbow photo she took at south Avalon Beach a few years back:

A double rainbow, or secondary rainbow, is caused by a double reflection of sunlight inside the raindrops, and are cantered on the sun itself. They are about 127° (violet) to 130° (red) wide. Since this is more than 90°, they are seen on the same side of the sky as the primary rainbow, about 10° above it at apparent angles of 50–53°. As a result of the "inside" of the secondary bow being "up" to the observer, the colours appear reversed compared to the primary bow. The secondary rainbow is fainter than the primary because more light escapes from two reflections compared to one and because the rainbow itself is spread over a greater area of the sky. Each rainbow reflects white light inside its coloured bands, but that is "down" for the primary and "up" for the secondary. The dark area of unlit sky lying between the primary and secondary bows is called Alexander's band, after Alexander of Aphrodisias who first described it.

A rainbow is an optical phenomenon caused by refraction, internal reflection and dispersion of light in water droplets resulting in a continuous spectrum of light appearing in the sky. The rainbow takes the form of a multicoloured circular arc. Rainbows caused by sunlight always appear in the section of sky directly opposite the sun. Rainbows can be caused by many forms of airborne water. These include not only rain, but also mist, spray, and airborne dew.

Rainbows when viewed from the ground typically appear as an illuminated arc, but when flying, if there is enough mist they can be seen as full circles. The centre of the curve is always on a line from the Sun to the observer's eye.

In a primary rainbow, the arc shows red on the outer part and violet on the inner side. This rainbow is caused by light being refracted when entering a droplet of water, then reflected inside on the back of the droplet and refracted again when leaving it.

In a double rainbow, a second arc is seen about 10° outside the primary arc. Its colours are perceived to be in reverse order, with red on the lower side of the arc.

Double rainbow and supernumerary rainbows on the inside of the primary arc. The shadow of the photographer's head at the bottom of the photograph marks the centre of the rainbow circle (the antisolar point).

Double rainbow and supernumerary rainbows on the inside of the primary arc. The shadow of the photographer's head at the bottom of the photograph marks the centre of the rainbow circle (the antisolar point). Photo: Eric Rolph 

Circular rainbow. Photo: Steve Kaufman 

 

Despite years of rain, Blue Mountains forests still haven’t recovered from the Black Summer megafires

Aftermath of blue mountains bushfire, landscape photo showing mountains and valleys with burned area in foreground
Brook Mitchell/Getty
Emily Simpson, University of Sydney; Aaron Greenville, University of Sydney; Chris Dickman, University of Sydney, and Glenda Wardle, University of Sydney

For three years before the Black Summer megafires of 2019–20, cool season rainfall in southeastern Australia was only half that of normal. When fires broke out, intensely dry conditions helped them spread through areas typically resistant to burning, such as wetlands and rainforests.

After the fires came three years of above-average rainfall, and scientific reports charted rapid vegetation regrowth.

It’s easy to think the rains let nature repair itself. But is that the full story? In our new research, we looked at what happened to seven severely burnt plant communities in the Greater Blue Mountains, west of Sydney.

We found a mixed picture. Wet sclerophyll forests supporting tall eucalypts skirted by ferns recovered within five years. But Blue Mountains rainforests did not recover from burns of any severity. Nor did grassy woodlands.

How can we track recovery?

To find out how well forests and other communities recovered from the Black Summer fires, we tracked recovery across the million-hectare Greater Blue Mountains World Heritage Area. Seven severe fires hit this region over the 2019–20 summer. The biggest was the Gospers Mountain fire, which burned an area seven times the size of Singapore – the largest fire from a single ignition point in Australia’s recorded history.

Five years on, if you had looked out across the Blue Mountains landscape you might have thought recovery was well under way. Thick scrub quickly replaced charred undergrowth in many areas. Across our study sites, many burned regions had denser understoreys – the layer of vegetation between forest floor and canopy – than unburnt areas.

But recovery isn’t just about how much vegetation is there. It’s about whether the layers of shrubs and canopy trees that make up a functioning plant community have returned to their previous state.

After fire moves through, some plant species rapidly regrow, outcompeting their rivals for light and water. But these species are often short-lived, failing to survive beyond a few years. On the other hand, species such as eucalypts and banksia may take years to regrow but then live much longer.

This means depending on when we take our measurements, we might mistake a temporary pulse of growth for real recovery.

To address this issue, our study tracked plant growth using a time-series of satellite images. This way, we could see the full trajectory of recovery, not just a snapshot.

A plant community that has fully recovered from burns will look stable year to year and mirror patterns of growth at unburnt sites. Poorly recovered areas, in contrast, will show distinct fluctuations.

We used this method to track recovery from low- to extreme-severity fire at 760 forest, heath and wetland sites in the Greater Blue Mountains region.

What did we find?

An earlier large-scale synthesis two years after the Black Summer fires found wet forests had suffered greater declines than drier plant communities.

Our findings five years after the fires tell a more complex story.

Some wet forests, such as wet sclerophyll, were able to take advantage of the heavy rains to recover fully within five years.

Others were less fortunate. The Blue Mountains are home to rare remnant rainforest, featuring stands of trees such as coachwood, lilly-pilly and sassafras, whose ancestors date back to Gondwana. We found these had not recovered after fires of any severity.

The region’s grassy woodlands also showed no sign of recovery when burned, despite being dry, open areas.

Why? We suggest the intense rains following Black Summer made it difficult for the community’s characteristic grasses and tussocks – adapted to dry conditions – to successfully re-establish.

What if the big dry hadn’t ended?

The years of heavy rain after the Black Summer fires were unusual. If drought had continued, would we have seen different recovery outcomes?

To tease out this question, we modelled what recovery would have looked like for plant communities under drought stress.

Simply put, all would be worse off. In particular, wet sclerophyll forests and freshwater wetlands showed declines five times greater than other plant communities.

This is likely due to the fact that the plant species in these ecosystems need heavy rainfall to re-establish. For instance, freshwater wetlands often need to be completely flooded for species to return.

These communities may be pushed to the point of collapse if drought persists after the next megafire.

What can we do?

Ferocious fires have swept through Europe in recent months and the southern summer is likely to coincide with a strong El Niño event, bringing a higher risk of intense heatwaves, drought and fire.

As climate change accelerates, these extreme conditions will become more common. To protect our plant communities, we must tailor our fire-management strategies. No two communities respond to fire the same way, and recovery outcomes differ greatly depending on whether post-fire conditions are hot and dry or cool and wet. A one-size-fits-all approach won’t work.

During the Black Summer fires, a team of firefighters protected the last wild stand of the ancient, fire-averse Wollemi pine in the Blue Mountains.

To help rainforests and other fire-averse plant communities survive, we will need technologies that help us rapidly detect and suppress new fires – and long-term monitoring programs to let us know when species are at risk.

In other landscapes, we must rethink our reliance on fuel-reduction burns. This is because plants are at higher risk of damage from fire if they have been frequently burnt in the past. When we repeatedly burn an area, we inflate this risk and condemn many plants and animals to staggering losses in future fires.

Of course, all these efforts won’t matter if we fail to tackle the underlying reason why fires are getting more frequent and severe – climate change.The Conversation

Emily Simpson, Doctoral Candidate in Ecology, University of Sydney; Aaron Greenville, Senior Lecturer in Spatial Agricultural and Environmental Sciences, University of Sydney; Chris Dickman, Professor Emeritus in Terrestrial Ecology, University of Sydney, and Glenda Wardle, Professor of Ecology and Evolution, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

 

What happens next with bird flu? An expert explains why monitoring matters

King penguins on Macquarie Island, about halfway between Tasmania and Antarctica.
Samuel Bloch/Getty
John Woinarski, Charles Darwin University

The lethal H5N1 strain of avian influenza is rapidly spreading along the coast of southern Australia, where it has killed thousands of wild birds and infected at least two long-nosed fur seals.

So where will it travel next, and what damage might it inflict? Much is uncertain, especially because many of Australia’s animals and ecosystems are so unlike those in other parts of the world.

But monitoring is vital if we are to understand the magnitude of this H5N1 outbreak and protect our most vulnerable species, including the threatened Australian sea lion.

What may be coming

It’s difficult to know how Australia’s current H5N1 crisis will unfold. But we can make four predictions, based on existing knowledge.

Waterfowl will carry the virus inland

Infected waterfowl from coastal southern Australia – such as ducks, herons and swans – will soon carry H5N1 to inland wetland systems. The timing is terrible.

In coming months, the hot and dry conditions created by the El Niño climate pattern will cause those wetlands to shrink. This means vast numbers of waterfowl, already debilitated by scarce resources, will congregate at the few remaining water sources. Weak flow and high densities of dead and dying birds will turn this water into a virus-contaminated soup, leading to further losses.

Macquarie Island’s wildlife will suffer major losses

To date, the significant seabird, seal and king penguin colonies on Macquarie Island have escaped the virus. However, H5N1 has devastated similar colonies on many other subantarctic islands, such as Keguelon and Crozet Islands.

Macquarie’s luck will soon run out, leaving its densely packed colonies of penguins, seals and petrels extremely exposed. In response to this threat, the Australian government has evacuated researchers from the island to protect their physical and psychological health.

Shearwaters will be widely infected

Within a few weeks, vast flocks of shearwaters will return from their global migration to nest on islands off southern Australia, such as those in Bass Strait. Bird flu, likely carried by other seabirds, will await them there. Losses may be substantial.

Scavengers will carry the virus beyond the coast and wetlands

Foxes, roaming cats, mynahs and other scavenger animals will bring H5N1 to our cities. This will have far-reaching impacts on urban wildlife, such as magpies and possums, consistent with declines of urban species overseas.

There is hope

However, it’s not all doom and gloom.

Bird flu has not yet caused extinction of any species elsewhere in the world. And after the initial outbreak, some affected species have started to recover – in some cases because survivors have stronger immunological responses. This should happen in Australia too.

What is critical now is assessing the conservation impacts of H5N1 on our wildlife.

Counts of dead birds tell us something about the flu’s spread and virulence. But while every death is saddening, corpse tallies alone don’t reflect conservation impact.

For example, thousands of greater crested terns have been killed by H5N1, but these deaths represent a fraction of the global population, estimated to number between 150,000 and 1.1 million. In contrast, there are only about 3,000 Christmas Island frigatebirds in existence, so any losses would be disastrous for that population.

What’s more, counts of deaths can be unreliable as many corpses may never be discovered. Instead, governments should focus on the proportion of a species’ total population that is killed by bird flu. This will allow us to assess the conservation consequences and, over time, the extent of recovery.

Assessing impact is not always straightforward

However, population-level impacts may be challenging to assess.

We have good estimates of population sizes for only a few Australian animal species. Fortunately, this includes some species that are most vulnerable to H5N1, including colonial-breeding seabirds and seals.

Without this data, monitoring can be used to estimate population density at a series of sampled sites or the incidence of certain bird species. Some current monitoring programs, such as the long-running aerial survey of waterfowl across eastern Australia, could provide critical data about the impacts of bird flu.

Interpreting monitoring data can also be complex. In inland Australia, the numbers of many species bounce around, particularly when the weather fluctuates between being wet or dry. With this statistical “noise”, identifying any population declines caused by bird flu is difficult.

There are biases and gaps in monitoring data. Most native mammals are not monitored, so we may have no idea how many die from H5N1. Losses in birds found in remote areas, such as the Heard Island black-faced sheathbill, are also likely to be missed due to lack of regular monitoring.

Where to from here

To understand the nuanced impacts of H5N1 bird flu, monitoring should assess the effectiveness of management actions, changes in breeding success and levels of immunity, mutations and the virulence of the virus itself.

It should also investigate survival rates of infected individuals, the broader environmental risks of losing large numbers of key species and the extent of recovery. Recovery may be harder and take longer for species that have low breeding output and take many years to mature, such as albatrosses.

Without effective monitoring, we will not grasp the true magnitude or significance of the current H5N1 outbreak. It’s what we need to both target emergency responses to the most affected species and measure the extent to which our actions are actually helping.The Conversation

John Woinarski, Professor of Conservation Biology, Charles Darwin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Bird flu could devastate Macquarie Island. Why are we removing the scientists we need to understand it?

A king penguin with a researcher in the background.
PhillDanze/Getty
Jane Younger, University of Tasmania; Amandine Gamble, Cornell University, and Augustin Clessin, Université de Montpellier

Australia’s Macquarie Island lies deep in the Southern Ocean, about 1,500 kilometres southeast of Tasmania. This World Heritage-listed sanctuary is a haven for species such as elephant and fur seals, penguins, albatrosses and petrels, and a key site for wildlife researchers.

But it is not safe from H5N1 bird flu. This lethal virus is rapidly spreading across the Australian mainland and Southern Ocean, already hitting other sub-Antarctic islands including Heard Island.

However, the Australian government has decided to withdraw all 24 expeditioners – including scientists, tradespeople and support staff – from the site. It says this is mainly to protect them from the psychosocial risks – the psychological harms of working in stressful or traumatic conditions – associated with living through a potential H5N1 outbreak and the wildlife casualties it may cause.

Those risks are real. Witnessing mass wildlife deaths could be deeply distressing for any person. But taking everyone off the island means the scientists who work there cannot document an outbreak as it unfolds, or understand what is happening to wildlife populations we have studied for decades.

At Macquarie, monitoring is vital

Scientists have worked at Macquarie Island for more than 70 years, and withdrawing all personnel will disrupt long-term wildlife, climate, atmospheric and geological monitoring, well beyond the bird flu response.

For southern elephant seals, the stakes are particularly high. The species is considered “vulnerable” on the IUCN Red List and under Australia’s Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act. Decades of monitoring show numbers of breeding females at Macquarie’s major colony have fallen sharply, dropping from 9,400 in 1949 to 2,550 in 2023. The federal recovery plan for this species identifies disease outbreaks as a threat and calls for regular, scientifically robust monitoring.

Bird flu is precisely this type of threat.

At Australia’s Heard Island, more than 13,000 elephant seal pups died during a recent H5N1 outbreak, while the number of breeding females fell by almost half at monitored sites on Britain’s South Georgia. The Australian Antarctic Division itself identified the need for 2026-27 population data to assess the impact of bird flu on Macquarie Island. But the government has now reversed course in withdrawing the island’s staff.

Six king penguins show interest in a nearby group of male elephant seals resting on a black-sand beach at Macquarie Island.
King penguins and elephant seals are just two species found on the wildlife-rich Macquarie Island. © Bruce Mitchell 2010/Getty

Psychosocial risk is real

Psychosocial or ecological grief – distress associated with the loss of species and places people care about – is well documented among conservation professionals.

But avoiding exposure to loss isn’t the only answer. Guidance from the World Health Organisation emphasises preparation, training and dedicated mental health and psychosocial support for personnel working in difficult emergency environments.

Other nations have already faced this problem. At other sub-Antarctic islands such as South Georgia, Crozet and Kerguelen and the Falklands, authorities boosted biosecurity measures – including providing personal protective equipment and guidance on wildlife sampling – to maintain essential science and disease surveillance. Similarly, the international Scientific Committee for Antarctic Research Action Group on Wildlife Health recommends assessing which activities should continue during outbreaks and outlines appropriate protective measures.

This raises important questions about how Australia reached its decision. Did the government seek advice from other programs that have successfully monitored outbreaks? Could a smaller specialist team remain with additional training, shorter deployments and dedicated psychological support?

The government hasn’t indicated what the long-term plan will be. Bird flu may not arrive this summer. Elsewhere in the Southern Ocean, outbreaks have recurred across multiple years. If the virus arrives next year or stretches over several years, will expeditioners be withdrawn indefinitely?

A researcher stands in a bleak-looking landscape on South Georgia, an island in the South Atlantic ocean.
Biological sampling during the recent H5N1 outbreak at South Georgia. Jane Younger

Can cameras replace scientists?

After Australia’s personnel leave, the government may rely on live cameras, drones and satellites to monitor Macquarie Island. These tools will be useful. At Heard Island, drones were invaluable for measuring the enormous scale of mortality.

But remote monitoring cannot replace biological sampling. A camera cannot swab a freshly dead pup, collect blood from a surviving animal or conduct a postmortem.

Across Crozet, Kerguelen, Heard, South Georgia and the Falkland Islands, scientists sampled dead and apparently healthy wildlife during major outbreaks. These samples confirmed infections, detected antibodies in survivors and enabled viral sequencing. In our recent research, 104 new virus genomes collected across six sub-Antarctic and Antarctic locations allowed us to map transmission over thousands of kilometres and show how the virus continues to evolve, including adapting to mammals.

Without field samples, we lose crucial information about how the virus is evolving and spreading, limiting our ability to anticipate what happens next.

Three royal penguins walking on the beach at Macquarie Island, an island located in the Southern Ocean.
Royal penguins are endemic to Macquarie Island, where they live in large colonies. Richard McManus/Getty

Remote should not mean out of sight and out of mind

Surveillance, testing and reporting have been a top priority in our bird flu response on the Australian mainland. It should be no different on Macquarie Island, even though it is a remote location.

We cannot stop animals from dying if the lethal virus strain arrives. But we can understand which species are affected, which animals survive and where the virus may travel next.

We have monitored Macquarie’s declining elephant seal population for decades. We should not avert our eyes now.

We say this as scientists who have studied bird flu outbreaks and witnessed devastating wildlife losses firsthand. We are prepared for the difficult reality of studying wildlife disease. But what is much harder to accept is being forced to look away when science could still make a difference.The Conversation

Jane Younger, Senior Lecturer in Southern Ocean Vertebrate Ecology, Institute for Marine and Antarctic Studies, University of Tasmania; Amandine Gamble, Assistant Professor, Department of Public and Ecosystem Health, Cornell University, and Augustin Clessin, PhD Candidate, Centre d'Ecologie Fonctionnelle et Evolutive, Université de Montpellier

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

 

Your house may be a haven for wildlife. It’s time we design homes with nature in mind

Close-up of a wombat walking away from the bottom of a house.
Tommy Chan/Getty
Bethany Kiss, The University of Melbourne and Sarah Bekessy, The University of Melbourne; RMIT University

Ever found a bare-nosed wombat napping under your house or heard a possum thumping around in your roof?

You’re not alone. Data from Wildlife Victoria reveals that about 2,400 native animals were reported by people as being in, on or under buildings over the past decade.

For our new study, we analysed these reports to find out which animals were taking up residence in buildings, which parts of dwellings they occupied and what they were doing there.

We uncovered 36 native species that either nest, forage or sleep in our homes, ranging from microbats sleeping in curtains to pacific black ducks nesting on balconies. These encounters show buildings have become de facto habitat for many animals with whom we share our cities.

As Australia races to build more houses, we must design them with at-risk animals in mind. Their survival may depend on it.

Unexpected residents

Our new research reveals wildlife use almost every part of buildings.

Building cavities are the most popular option, with 40% of studied species taking up residence between walls. We found 19% of animals in shelters and structures such as garages and 16% in external surfaces such as eaves, balconies and tops of roofs.

About 10% of animals were found living in interior rooms like bedrooms and kitchens, 9% in spaces under houses and 6% in utility services such as heaters and air conditioners.

These building features often serve similar functions to natural habitats. Roof and wall cavities replicate the conditions of tree hollows. Spaces under houses resemble sheltered ground or burrows. Balconies provide elevated ledges that act as cliff edges. Aircon and water heaters can become ideal microclimates for reptiles.

A mother and baby possum hiding in the roof of a shed.
A mother and baby possum hiding in the roof of a shed. Pleio/Getty

The habitat gap

Buildings are becoming increasingly important for conservation, as natural habitats rapidly disappear from our urban landscapes.

Natural features such as tree hollows – on which more than 300 Australian native species depend – can take centuries to form. Research shows the number of large, hollow-bearing trees in urban areas is declining. And replacement saplings won’t grow and provide habitat for a very long time.

Ecologists are working to address this gap by developing nest boxes, carved hollows, bee hotels and other creative solutions.

Relying on buildings for habitat is precarious. A renovation or repair can erase it overnight. Exclusion – using physical barriers or devices to keep wildlife out of buildings – may be necessary if an animal poses a genuine health, safety or welfare risk. This is best done by an expert wildlife carer.

The problem is not exclusion itself. Rather, it is the act of excluding an animal and removing its shelter without considering other safe alternatives. This approach will only exacerbate Australia’s extinction crisis.

Our research suggests there’s another largely overlooked way to protect our most vulnerable animals: adapting our houses.

Four grey ducks stand on a concrete ledge.
Pacific black ducks are one species that may take up residence in your home. WadeMachin/Getty

Homes as habitat

Australia has a national target to build 1.2 million homes over the next five years.

Constructing a new home involves making many decisions, from where roof cavities will go to whether precious soil is concreted over. Together, these choices shape whole neighbourhoods, including whether they contain vital habitat or force local species to go elsewhere.

Meanwhile, Australia is strengthening standards around the energy efficiency of houses. For example, new builds must be properly sealed to limit air leaks, which account for between 15–25% of heat lost from homes in winter.

However, an energy-efficient home does not need to be a wildlife-free place. Habitat features can be weaved into house designs.

A concrete nesting box for birds, mounted on a brick wall.
A swift nesting box mounted on the brick wall of a house. Richard Newstead/Getty

In Scotland, regulations require new buildings to have “swift bricks”, a type of nest box that can be installed in external walls as habitat for the common swift (Apus apus) population.

In Germany’s Brantstrasse building, designers have included swift bricks, bat boxes and hedgehog nest boxes in the actual structure. These approaches show adapting buildings for wildlife can be easy and effective.

Australia currently has no such policy. But several grassroots initiatives are emerging such as wildhouses, where builders fund one standalone bird, bat or glider nest box for every building they construct.

Urban designers and planners are increasingly designing cities with wildlife in mind. This approach, known as biodiversity sensitive urban design, aims to construct urban environments that minimise threats to plants and animals while accommodating their resource needs.

For example, a new suburb may decide to plant flowering meadows instead of lawn in streetscapes and parks. Both Canberra and Adelaide have adopted this approach in policy.

Where to from here?

Adapting buildings for wildlife must be based on robust ecological research. Certain features such as bird spikes, netting and reflective glass are designed to keep wildlife out. This so-called “hostile architecture” can wound and even kill animals.

In some cities, the design of buildings may favour a handful of urban-adapted species. In Melbourne, for example, a lack of suitable habitat for smaller forest birds such as fairy wrens and yellow robins means they are rapidly being pushed out by aggressive noisy miners.

Cities should not be places where concrete simply replaces nature. Research suggests urban areas will become increasingly important to tackling the extinction crisis. Australia urgently needs more homes. But in our rush to build them, we must not neglect the needs of the vulnerable animals that may have nowhere else to go.The Conversation

Bethany Kiss, PhD Candidate, Faculty of Science, The University of Melbourne and Sarah Bekessy, Professor, Urban Ecology and Biodiversity, The University of Melbourne; RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Appin Road underpass for Wildlife finally opened

On Wednesday September 2 2026 the NSW Government announced that, with koala breeding season now underway and wildlife activity set to increase through the warmer months, a new wildlife underpass at Noorumba Reserve is finally open, giving koalas and other native animals a safer way to cross Appin Road in Sydney’s South West.

The purpose-built koala underpass had been left half-built for over a year due to a disagreement between developers; Stockland said it needed access to land owned by Lendlease on the eastern side of Appin Road to complete the koala underpass, but had not been given permission. 

Stockland was to deliver Glen Lorne and Beulah koala underpasses after it purchased the Figtree Hill Estate from Lendlease in November 2024 as part of broader acquisitions. 

However, work on the half-built Glen Lorne koala underpass near Noorumba Reserve stalled over the land dispute.

Meanwhile, koalas and other wildlife continue to be killed on the road.

This was one of three koala underpasses planned for the road where, according to the Sydney Basin Koala Network and NSW Bionet, more than 207 koalas have been killed by vehicles since 2021. The road cuts through a generational food and breeding path for the koalas. Calls for the State Government to step in and resolve the dispute did not hasten the protracted delay.

Save Sydney's Koalas stated in September 2021: ''The well documented Menangle Creek - Noorumba Reserve koala habitat corridor is essential to the koalas’ survival because it’s the shortest route between the two rivers and allows them to move west to the Blue Mountains to cross breed.

Remarkably this colony escaped the Black Summer bushfires; and it is now the only colony still expanding in NSW (NSW Legislative Council’s Koala Inquiry 2020, MacAlpine 2015, Draft National Koala Recovery Plan 2021). Therefore it has become ‘critical’ to the future of the state's koala population.''

In 2019 Campbelltown Council approved removal of habitat while the previous government adopted a translocation policy for the koalas to forward developers plans for the area.

See: 

Image: Location of all koalas hit by cars on Appin Road since 1st Jan 2021, as of October 2024: Sydney Basin Koala Network map

The 52-metre-long underpass is the first of three planned along Appin Road, allowing wildlife to pass beneath the road keeping animals and motorists safely separated.

The new underpass has been designed to accommodate large animals such as kangaroos and wallabies, while logs, habitat features and native vegetation encourage smaller species including koalas, possums and native rodents. Drainage has also been incorporated to keep the underpass accessible during wet weather.

The government states the underpass is supported by approximately three kilometres of koala exclusion fencing along both sides of Appin Road, complemented by eight koala grids at driveway points, 11 one-way escape hatches and seven escape poles to help koalas safely return to habitat if they find themselves on the road-facing side of the fence.

''More than 40,000 native plants have been planted throughout the corridor, along with a fauna rope crossing to support wildlife movement.

The underpass is being monitored to understand how it complements existing protection measures and further improves koala safety and habitat connectivity.'' the government stated this week

''It builds on measures already delivered by the Minns Labor Government to protect koalas and other threatened species in the wild across Sydney’s South West, including:

  • Installing exclusion fencing that has seen an 80 per cent reduction in koala strikes along the fenced section of Appin Road
  • Creating two new national parks covering more than 2,000 hectares of critical koala and other threatened species habitat at Warranmadhaa National Park and Gulguer National Park
  • Granting more than $460,000 to Wollondilly Shire, Liverpool City and Campbelltown City Councils for warning signs to prevent koalas being hit by cars
  • Investing $4.5 million in a new koala care centre in the Macarthur region
  • Providing $500,000 to support volunteer rehabilitators in the Macarthur area
  • $1.9m for Transport for NSW to construct fauna access structures on both sides of Deadmans Creek Bridge, a known koala vehicle strike hotspot

The new underpass forms part of Stage 1 of the Appin Road upgrade around Figtree Hill, which has also delivered around 500 metres of road upgraded from one to two lanes in each direction on separated carriageways. Around 10,000 vehicles use this section of Appin Road each day. The upgrade improves safety and access for the rapidly growing Figtree Hill community.

The government also stated this week that work is continuing to strengthen koala protection along the Appin Road corridor with a second underpass planned for the Beulah BioBank site and construction of a third underpass at Ousedale Creek near Brian Road expected to start later this year. New koala protection fencing will also be installed, providing a single corridor of protection from south of Rosemeadow to just north of Appin Road township.

Construction is also continuing for koala protection measures along Heathcote Road around Deadmans Creek, with work expected to be complete by end of the year, weather permitting, the government stated

For more information on the Appin Road works, visit: Appin Road upgrade

Minister for the Environment, Penny Sharpe said:

“The new underpass, together with fencing and other protection measures will make a real difference in keeping koalas safe from the road when they move between their habitats.

“It’s another practical step by the Minns Labor Government’s in securing the future of koalas in south-west Sydney.”

Minister for Roads, Jenny Aitchison said:

“Australians are incredibly lucky to live in a country where spotting a koala, kangaroo or other native wildlife is not a rare-sight, but part and parcel of living here. We treasure this wildlife, and its preservation is non-negotiable.

“Ahead of koala breeding season kicking off in September, this underpass and other fencing is going to play an essential role in ensuring koalas and other animals are able to move through the wild safely.

“I'd also remind motorists to stay alert at dusk and in the evening, when animals are most active — just as we look out for each other on the roads, we need to extend that same care to our native wildlife.”

The Sydney Basin Koala Network stated on Thursday, September 3:

''The community was always fighting for an overpass at this location. Transport for NSW said no. 

Revegetation is currently a major barrier to use, both at the underpass location and in the promised corridor past Noorumba Reserve. There are koalas in Noorumba, they have not found this underpass yet, and recent rescues in both Figtree Hill and Rosemeadow indicate that the fencing between the reserve and houses has major issues also. The housing development should not have proceeded until these issues were resolved yet here we are.''

Glen Lorne koala underpass near Noorumba Reserve finally opened. Photos: NSW Government

NSW Landholders delivered clarity for managing native vegetation: NSW Government

Announced: Monday August 31 2026

Landholders across the state will have greater certainty about how native vegetation rules in NSW apply to their properties, with the NSW Government publishing the Native Vegetation Regulatory (NVR) map today, Monday 31 August.

The map, published under the Local Land Services Act 2013, marks the end of the transitional mapping period and provides a single, authoritative view of where native vegetation rules apply across rural NSW.

The publication of the map allows the NSW Government to replace temporary arrangements that have been in place since 2017 with a clearer and more transparent system.

Importantly, the NVR map does not create new restrictions on landholders' ability to manage their land. Instead, it provides a clear, up-to-date map showing where existing native vegetation management rules apply and what management pathways are available.

Many landholders currently undertake self-assessable clearing activities on Category 2 Regulated Land using a transitional arrangement that does not require Local Land Services (LLS) to be notified.

Under the new arrangements, landholders will still be able to undertake eligible self-assessable clearing activities. The only notable change is that they will be required to notify LLS at least 14 days before clearing begins, improving reporting of where clearing activities are occurring across NSW.

Now that the map has been published, these notification requirements can take effect, providing greater transparency and making it easier to distinguish lawful clearing from potentially unlawful clearing.

Landholders can view the land categories online or through the Check My Land NSW app to better understand management options available on their property.

The NVR map will apply across rural NSW, except in the Bland Shire Council and Temora Shire Council areas, where existing mapping arrangements will remain in place while the NSW Threatened Species Scientific Committee completes a specific independent review.

This approach honours commitments made to local landholders while the review is undertaken.

Now the map is published, landholders can continue to request a free map review and category explanation report by contacting the Map Review Team on 1800 001 490 or emailing map.review@environment.nsw.gov.au.

Landholders can contact their local LLS office to discuss the changes and management options available under the native vegetation management code.

For more information visit Native Vegetation Regulatory map or download the Check My Land NSW app.

Anthony Lean
Secretary
Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water 

El Niño set to become very strong, raising risks of extreme weather into 2027: World Meteorological Organization (WMO)

September 3, 2026

El Niño is firmly established and will intensify into a very strong event in the coming months, with big impacts on rainfall and temperature patterns and associated risks of floods, drought and extreme heat, according to a new update from the World Meteorological Organization (WMO). 

Forecasts from WMO’s Global Producing Centres indicate an “exceptionally high likelihood of nearly 100%” that El Niño will persist through to February 2027. This is the first time that a WMO El Niño/La Niña Update has been so unequivocal, reflecting the strong agreement within WMO’s extensive network.

Fuelled by exceptionally warm ocean conditions across the tropical Pacific, El Niño is expected to strengthen further during the coming months to a very strong intensity before peaking towards the end of this year, with climate impacts continuing well into 2027.

“El Niño is being supersized before our eyes. The science leaves no room for doubt: the planet is in uncharted waters, and those waters are heating up. Sea surface temperatures are rising, temperatures keep climbing, and the world is in the danger zone of extreme weather. The race now is between rising risks and our commitment to take climate action and protect people. We must win that race,” said UN Secretary-General António Guterres

“El Niño in Spanish means boy child – but it has the potential to deliver a massive blow to communities and economies across the world. We are already seeing disruption and devastation from droughts and floods and we expect these impacts to increase as El Niño intensifies,” said WMO Secretary-General Celeste Saulo.

“This exceptional El Niño demands exceptional preparation and response. Never before in the 50-year history of the World Meteorological Organization have we launched such a major mobilization with National Meteorological and Hydrological Services who are on the frontline of delivering the forecasts and services to save lives and livelihoods,” she said.

“WMO is committed to working closely with partners across the United Nations and humanitarian system to provide the climate intelligence and insights needed to support disaster management and climate-sensitive sectors like agriculture, health, energy and water resources,” she said.  “We have no time to lose.”

WMO El Niño/La Niña Updates are the world’s most authoritative source of information for governments and decision-makers. These seasonal forecasts are based on a consensus of models from WMO Global Producing Centres, experts from National Meteorological and Hydrological Services and climate prediction centres around the world.

Exceptional ocean heat in the tropical Pacific  

Sea surface temperatures across the central-eastern equatorial Pacific, the region at the heart of El Niño, are already well above average – one of the tell-tale signs of El Niño – and are continuing to rise.

The widely used Niño 3.4 index, which measures sea surface temperature anomalies in central-eastern equatorial Pacific has strengthened markedly from an average +1.5 °C above normal during May-July 2026 and +2.0 °C above normal in July. Weekly values subsequently increased further between late July and mid-August, ranging from approximately +2.2 °C to +2.6 °C above average, indicating continued intensification.

Even more exceptional warmth is present below the ocean surface. In some areas, subsurface ocean temperatures were more than 8°C above average during July and early August.

Together, the surface and subsurface ocean conditions provide strong support for continued El Niño conditions and the potential for further strengthening during the coming months, the Update says.

Confidence in the outlook is high. Strong and mutually reinforcing oceanic and atmospheric signals, together with close agreement among seasonal prediction systems indicate that El Niño will persist at least into early 2027.

Very Strong El Niño does not mean the same impacts everywhere

El Niño and La Niña are among the most powerful naturally occurring influences on the global climate system. A very strong event increases the likelihood of major changes in rainfall, temperatures and atmospheric circulation across many regions of the world.

However, the strength of an El Niño event alone does not determine how severe its impacts will be in any individual country or region.

Its effects vary according to location and season and can be modified by other climate drivers, including conditions in the Indian and Atlantic Oceans.

WMO has therefore issued a complementary Global Seasonal Climate Update, which  brings together information about El Niño and other major climate drivers, enabling a more refined picture of expected conditions.

For September–November 2026, WMO multi-model forecasts indicate an increased likelihood of above-normal temperatures across almost all land areas, alongside rainfall patterns showing a pronounced and classic atmospheric response to the strong Pacific El Niño.

A positive phase of the Indian Ocean Dipole (IOD) is also expected to develop, reaching a September-October-November 2026 seasonal mean value of 0.9°C. Meanwhile, the equatorial Atlantic basin is forecast to remain generally warm, with SSTs in both the North and South Tropical Atlantic staying above normal.  These conditions may reinforce, weaken or alter typical El Niño impacts in different regions.

Probabilistic forecasts of surface air temperature and rainfall for the season September-November 2026. The tercile category with the highest forecast probability is indicated by shaded areas. The most likely category for below-normal, above-normal, and near-normal is depicted in blue, red, and grey shadings respectively for temperature, and yellow, green and grey shadings respectively for rainfall. White areas indicate equal chances for all categories in both cases. The baseline period is 1993–2009. (Source: The WMO Lead Centre for Seasonal Prediction Multi-Model Ensemble) Graphics: WMO

More detailed and locally applicable information is provided through WMO Regional Climate Centres, WMO Regional Climate Outlook Forums and National Meteorological and Hydrological Services.

Turning forecasts into early action

El Niño and La Niña are opposite phases of the El Niño–Southern Oscillation (ENSO); one of the most powerful naturally occurring climate patterns on Earth.

El Niño is characterised by a warming of ocean surface temperatures in the central and eastern Equatorial Pacific. It typically occurs every two to seven years and lasts around nine to twelve months.

El Niño generally begins developing between March and June and reaches its peak intensity between November and February.  Its impact on global temperatures can extend beyond the period of peak ocean warming and be most pronounced in the year after development.

Because El Niño can reshape weather and climate patterns thousands of kilometres away from the tropical Pacific, reliable forecasts provide governments, humanitarian agencies, businesses and communities with valuable time to prepare.

WMO Members and partners will therefore continue to closely monitor the evolution of the event and regularly update forecasts of its likely regional impacts.

National Meteorological and Hydrological Services remain the authoritative source of official warnings and locally relevant climate information. 

El Niño is a natural climate phenomenon and is not caused by climate change.

The WMO El Niño/La Niña Update is prepared through a collaborative effort between the WMO and Center for Climate Systems Research (CCSR) / International Research Institute for Climate and Society (IRI) Columbia Climate School, USA, and is based on contributions from experts worldwide, inter alia, of the following institutions: Australian Bureau of Meteorology (BOM), Centro Internacional para la Investigación del Fenómeno El Niño (CIIFEN), China Meteorological Administration (CMA), Climate Prediction Centre (CPC) and Pacific ENSO Applications Climate (PEAC) Services of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) of the United States of America (USA), European Centre for Medium Range Weather Forecasts (ECMWF), Météo-France, India Meteorological Department (IMD), Indian Institute of Tropical Meteorology (IITM), International Monsoons Project Office (IMPO), Japan Meteorological Agency (JMA), Korea Meteorological Administration (KMA), Met Office of the United Kingdom, Meteorological Service Singapore (MSS), WMO Global Producing Centres of Seasonal Prediction (GPCs-SP) including the Lead Centre for Seasonal Prediction Multi-Model Ensemble (LC-SPMME).

Since the 1980s, the dominant approach to measuring or identifying El Niño has been the use of the Oceanic Niño Index wherein scientists calculate the Sea Surface Temperature Anomaly in a specific region of the Pacific called the Niño 3.4 region.

When computed over a three-month average, this becomes the Oceanic Niño Index (ONI). In recent years and with global warming, a newer metric of measurement called the Relative Oceanic Niño Index (RONI) has gained ground. This approach measures relative warming, not just absolute warming, helping scientists assess whether a warming event is ENSO-driven or mostly due to global ocean warming.  

The World Meteorological Organization is the United Nations System’s voice on Weather, Climate and Water.

IPART Review of the water pricing framework for NSW data centres: Have your say on terms of reference

Have your say on our Draft Terms of Reference

The NSW Government has issued IPART a Draft Terms of Reference to review the water pricing and regulatory framework for data centres.

IPART is seeking feedback from all interested stakeholders on the scope of our review and the matters set out in the Draft Terms of Reference.

The review would recommend a framework for how data centre operators fund the upfront and ongoing costs of providing water services to them. Once the Terms of Reference are finalised, we will commence the full review and consult further with all stakeholders throughout that process.

Submissions on the Draft Terms of Reference close on 2 October 2026.

You can read the Draft Terms of Reference and IPART's Fact Sheet, and make a submission via the IPART website.

In preparing its advice, IPART is to consider the following matters:

1. Forecast capital and operating costs of connecting data centres to metropolitan water services

2. Demand risks of connecting large, high-intensity water users to existing supply sources and the impact on existing and future water customers

3. Supply augmentation costs and how these are allocated between data centres, existing and future water customers, and any other parties (including consideration of stranded asset risk)

4. Service levels required by data centres and how they differ from other large water users

5. The water security requirements of data centres and how these might be addressed in a regulatory and pricing framework

6. Safeguarding long-term water security (including drought management/water restrictions)

7. Incentivising data centres to optimise their use of water with energy consumption implications

8. NSW’s competitive position in attracting new investment and the broader economic benefits to NSW that data centres may provide including jobs, and investment in skills and innovation

9. A regulatory framework that provides for competitive neutrality for the different suppliers of water services (public water utilities, and Water Industry Competition Act 2006 licensees)

10. The approaches in other equivalent jurisdictions, as relevant.

11. Any other relevant legislative, policy, or environmental considerations that IPART considers may affect the water pricing and regulatory framework’s application to data centres.

The Factsheet states there will be additional opportunities to provide feedback during the review once IPART receive the final Terms of Reference from the NSW Government. 

IPART Webpage for consultation: www.ipart.nsw.gov.au/review/water/review-water-pricing-framework-data-centres

Background in August 2026 report: Framework for NSW Data Centres Released

Proposed classification of proposed public land at Seaforth under Section 34 of the Local Government Act 1993: NBC Notice

Tuesday, 25 August 2026

In accordance with Section 34 of the Local Government Act 1993, the Northern Beaches Council hereby gives public notice of its intention to classify the land described below as Community Land.

  • Address: Rignold Street, Seaforth
  • Legal Description: Lot 1 DP 23224, Lot 3 DP 23224, Lot 4 DP 23224, Lot 5 DP 23224
  • Area: 9,244 square metres
  • Current Classification: Not classified
  • Proposed Classification: Community Land

Northern Beaches Council is proposing to acquire the subject land for public open space purposes and, if acquired, to classify it as Community Land, subject to a resolution of Council.

Submissions

Written submissions regarding the proposed land classification may be made to Council within 28 days of the date of this notice by:

Completing the submission form on Council's website

Emailing council@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Writing to Northern Beaches Council, PO Box 82, MANLY NSW 1655

All submissions received during the public notice period will be considered, and a further report will be presented to Council to determine the proposed classification of the land.

Submissions close 22 September 2026

Government unveils plans for Cammeray Parklands

Announced: September 2, 2026
The NSW Government has today revealed plans for a vibrant new green space on Sydney’s lower north shore for the community to relax, play and connect with nature in Cammeray.

The land, which is currently being used as a construction site for the Western Harbour Tunnel project, will be transformed into the new Cammeray Parklands after construction is complete.

The Government has released the draft design for the new Cammeray Parklands, giving the community the opportunity to help shape the future of the site, which sits between the Warringah Freeway and Cammeray Golf Course.

Plans for the new parklands include:
  • Large open lawns
  • Native Australian gardens
  • Accessible shared paths, linking existing active transport routes including the upgraded Ernest Street Bridge
  • A multi-use half court suitable for basketball and pickleball
  • A small synthetic turf sports area
  • An outdoor fitness station
Work on the parklands will commence once the land is no longer required for construction of the Western Harbour Tunnel, which is due to open to traffic in 2028.

Once open, North Sydney Council will manage and maintain the parklands.

Community feedback gathered throughout the planning and delivery of the Western Harbour Tunnel has helped inform the draft Place, Design and Landscape Plan, which has been further developed in close consultation with North Sydney Council.

The draft Cammeray Parklands Place, Design and Landscape Plan will be on public exhibition from Monday 24 August (TBC) to Sunday 11 September (TBC) 2026.

Community members can view the draft design and provide feedback during the exhibition period via the Transport for NSW website at: caportal.com.au/rms/wht/pdlp-part-3

Feedback can also be provided by visiting the Community Information Centre at Level 9, 60 Miller Street, North Sydney, from Monday to Friday between 9am and 5pm, or by contacting the Western Harbour Tunnel project team by email.

Artist’s impression of the lower parklands and the existing shared path (trees and landscape indicatively shown at maturity)

Revamped lookout to deliver panoramic views across Western Sydney

The Minns Government has unveiled designs for a revamped lookout in Western Sydney which would provide a destination for walkers, runners and cyclists and great open space where visitors can gather, relax and enjoy natural beauty.

The plans look to transform ‘The Beauty Spot’ in Cecil Park which already offers spectacular panoramic views across the Sydney Basin to the Blue Mountains, creating a unique visitor experience within Western Sydney Parklands.

Located 40 kilometres from Sydney's CBD within Liverpool's LGA, ‘The Beauty Spot’ is one of the region's highest natural viewpoints at 149 metres above sea level.

The community is invited to 'have a say' on the plans which include an open viewing platform located on the ridgeline, allowing visitors to experience the landscape from multiple perspectives.

The draft concept design will be delivered in stages by the NSW Government and has been designed to complement the site's natural topography and open grassland character while showcasing Western Sydney's best views.

Stage 1 will deliver the lookout, pathways, seating, native landscaping and viewing areas with construction expected to begin in late 2026 and be completed mid-2027.

Future stages will incorporate shade structures and opportunities to celebrate First Nations culture through integrated interpretation and storytelling within the lookout. They will also explore opportunities to expand The Beauty Spot Lookout into a broader visitor destination, with improved access and entry points, visitor parking, amenities, shelters and spaces for gathering and recreation.

The project is part of Greater Sydney Parklands' Southern Parklands Framework, a long-term vision to enhance recreation, visitor experiences and connections to nature across the southern precinct of Western Sydney Parklands. Community feedback on the draft concept design is open from 31 August to 27 September at greatersydneyparklands.nsw.gov.au/beautyspot

Minister for Planning and Public Spaces Paul Scully said:

"This revamped lookout will celebrate the unique landscapes and expansive views of Western Sydney already offered by the Beauty spot.

"With this work we want to unlock the Beauty spot’s full potential so that it is a place where people can gather, relax and enjoy natural beauty.

"This is part of the Minns Labor Government’s long-term vision for the Southern Parklands, creating places that support community wellbeing, encourage active lifestyles and strengthen connections with Country."

Member for Leppington Nathan Hagarty said:

“South Western Sydney is growing quickly, and our investment in The Beauty Spot will give local families another great place to get outdoors and enjoy what our region has to offer.

“Whether you’re walking, running, cycling or spending time with family and friends, this lookout will open up some of Western Sydney’s most spectacular views for more people to experience.

“As our communities grow, we’re making sure quality parks, open spaces and recreation opportunities grow with them, so people can enjoy them close to home.”

Greater Sydney Parklands Chief Executive Joshua French said:

“As Western Sydney continues to grow, The Beauty Spot Lookout provides another opportunity to get outdoors and explore the natural beauty of Western Sydney Parklands.

"The design creates an open and expansive lookout experience along the ridgeline, encouraging visitors to slow down, immerse themselves in the landscape and take in the changing views across Western Sydney and towards the Blue Mountains."

Explore the draft proposal and have your say by Sunday 27 September 2026 via the online submission form here: www.greatersydneyparklands.nsw.gov.au/beauty-spot-lookout

Image: Artists concept picture of Stage 1 works at Beauty Spot Lookout lookout in Cecil Park within Western Sydney Parklands

Public comment opens on industrial port and dredging proposal threatening Exmouth Gulf-Ningaloo

  • WA EPA has released Gascoyne Gateway’s environmental review documents for its proposed industrial port in Exmouth Gulf for public scrutiny. 
  • AMCS-Protect Ningaloo is campaigning to stop the port that would attract shipping through a critical humpback whale resting and nursing ground, require extensive dredging and cause other wide-ranging impacts.
  • Exmouth Gulf, Ningaloo will become WA’s newest marine park and is under formal assessment for National Heritage listing – AMCS-Protect Ningaloo maintains that an industrial port would be entirely incompatible with these vital conservation measures.

Australians have 12 weeks to voice their concerns about the industrialisation of Exmouth Gulf after Western Australia’s Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) today released the Environmental Review Document for Gascoyne Gateway’s port proposal for public comment. Submissions close 16 November 2026.

The Australian Marine Conservation Society states the proposal poses such widespread potential impacts to matters of national environmental significance that it has also triggered a federal assessment that will be part of this public comment period.

Gascoyne Gateway wants to build an industrial port 10km south of Exmouth town next to Qualing Pool – a rare freshwater oasis that the WA Government has earmarked as a class A nature reserve. The port would attract large vessels including fuel tankers, cargo ships, cruise liners and other heavy shipping into Exmouth Gulf, which the WA Government has earmarked for a marine park and which is under formal assessment by the Australian Government as a National Heritage treasure. 

This ecologically rich marine and coastal area is closely linked to the World Heritage-listed Ningaloo Coast and holds high conservation value. The area is home to many threatened and listed species, including dugongs, turtles, manta rays, sea snakes and dolphins, as well as corals, seagrass meadows, and sponge gardens. The proposed port would attract massive ships that would pass through a critical resting and nursing ground for one of the world’s largest humpback whale populations, posing serious threats of vessel strike and disturbance. 

Tens of thousands of people have joined AMCS-Protect Ningaloo, the Exmouth-based Cape Conservation Group and many local community members, in opposing the proposal since plans were first announced in 2020.  Over 20,000 emails have been sent to the current and past WA environment ministers calling for them to reject the proposal because it would fundamentally diminish the environmental values of Exmouth Gulf.

AMCS Chief Executive and Protect Ningaloo Director Paul Gamblin said: 

“The Gascoyne Gateway industrial port and dredging proposal is completely incompatible with the environmentally fragile Exmouth Gulf – Ningaloo’s Nursery – and would change this marine wonder forever.  

“An industrial port proposal, jutting nearly a kilometre into Exmouth Gulf and dredging of more than a million cubic metres of the seafloor in one of the world’s most important whale nursing grounds beggars belief.

“Tens of thousands of people have already made clear that industrialisation is unacceptable for Exmouth Gulf. People know that Exmouth Gulf obviously is no place for a port – its future is one of conservation and sustainable, light-touch economic activity, not industrialisation.

“Both the WA and federal governments have signalled that they are committed to protecting Exmouth Gulf so it’s time they made it clear that the future of this natural wonder is economic activity that treads lightly on its fragile environment. They must reject this proposal.

Cape Conservation Group Chair Denise Fitch said: “Exmouth Gulf is where Ningaloo’s whales rest and give birth, where our dugongs and manta rays feed. Dredging a port in the middle of this precious nursery goes against the spirit of stewardship that’s made Ningaloo the conservation and tourism success it has become. 

“Ningaloo is already under pressure from climate change. We’ve recently experienced unprecedented coral bleaching and seagrass damage from marine heatwaves, and further destruction from Cyclone Narelle. Now is not the moment to be adding industrial stressors to this fragile ecosystem. And this is no place for an industrial port. 

“We encourage those who know and love Ningaloo’s nursery to make a submission to the EPA and say no to this unwelcome proposal.”

Protect Ningaloo is calling on Gascoyne Gateway to do the right thing, as two other companies which pursued industrial projects in the Gulf have already done, and withdraw its proposal. 

Overview of Proposed Project

Gascoyne Gateway Ltd proposes to build, own and operate a multipurpose marine complex in Exmouth that will service a variety of vessels including but not limited to cruise liners and associated ecotourism activities, Defence and marine supply vessels. The project will not be utilised for livestock or iron ore.

The Proposal site is located 10 kilometres south of the Exmouth township and immediately south of the Ingram Street light industrial area; opposite the Exmouth landfill site and to the north of the Wilderness Estate residential area.

The proposal has a land-based component (including fuel storage and laydown, supporting marine facilities, desalination plant, renewables precinct, and access and utilities corridor), and a marine component (including marine infrastructure, vessel berths/channels, and anchorages).

An Environmental Review Document (ERD) has been prepared by Gascoyne Gateway Ltd in accordance with Environmental Protection Authority procedures and is released for public review.

The ERD describes the proposal, examines the likely environmental effects and the proposed environmental management procedures associated with the proposed development.

The Proposal includes a land based component (106.54 ha footprint within a 119.02 ha terrestrial development envelope) to support the marine infrastructure (61.63 ha marine footprint within and 79.44 ha marine development envelope) which includes a combination rock groyne and pylon steel construction to a berth-face. The berth face will require 13.5 m of cleared depth (at chart datum, equivalent to depth at LAT) to meet design vessel draughts, achieved by both natural depth and some dredging of sand and seabed limestone at the berth pocket. Marine construction includes piling and dredging, with dredge spoil used in the causeway construction. Three anchorage locations of 1nm diameter each are located in Exmouth Gulf approximately 9.5 km to the north east of the end of the causeway, within a nominal anchorage development envelope of 1153.14 ha. 

The ERD is available for download from Gascoyne Gateway Marine Complex | EPA Western Australia under 3. Assessment > Environmental Review.

The document is also available on the proponent’s website at Gascoyne Gateway Marine Complex.

Submissions should be made here: https://consultation.epa.wa.gov.au/assessment-and-compliance/gascoyne-gateway-marine-complex-per/

Submissions close November 16

Australian Bass and Estuary Perch season commences 1 September

Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development (DPIRD) Program Leader Fish Stocking and Enhancement Operations, Jim Harnwell, said a zero-bag limit is implemented each year in estuaries and rivers below impoundments between 1 June and 31 August. “Australian Bass and Estuary Perch undertake their annual spawning during late autumn and early winter in these waters each year,” Mr Harnwell said.

“The three-month closure plays an important role in protecting these iconic native species, when they form schools and migrate to estuarine areas with the salinity levels needed to trigger spawning.

“The spawning closure doesn’t apply in impoundments or rivers above impoundments, as these species do not breed naturally in these waters.

“From 1 September, fishers can once again take both Australian Bass and Estuary Perch in all waters, however they are reminded that strict bag and size limits remain in place.”

A bag limit of two and a possession limit of four applies to Australian Bass and Estuary Perch, whether for a single species or a combination of both.

Fishers are also reminded that when fishing in rivers, only one fish over 35cm in length may be retained.

Mr Harnwell said spring is one of the best times to take Australian Bass and Estuary Perch, with the fish typically moving further upstream and providing excellent wilderness-style fishing opportunities in smaller creeks and tributaries.

“With the spawning season now complete, conditions are looking promising for both species and we are expecting another great season ahead,” Mr Harnwell said.

“We encourage fishers to get out on the water and enjoy some fantastic fishing for Australian Bass and Estuary Perch this spring and summer”.

NSW DPIRD will continue stocking Australian Bass in impoundments across the State from October, with plans to also stock Estuary Perch into Brogo Dam later this year, to provide a variety of world-class sportfishing opportunities.

Fishers can check the latest rules in the NSW Recreational Fishing Guide, available from DPIRD Fisheries offices, bait and tackle shops, fishing fee agents or online.

Anyone planning on fishing in NSW should ensure they hold a current NSW Recreational Fishing Fee Receipt (unless exempt), which can be purchased online through Service NSW or from a fishing fee agent for as little as $7 for three days.

Suspected illegal fishing can be reported to the Fishers Watch Phoneline on 1800 043 536 or via the online reporting form on the NSW DPIRD Fisheries website.

Estuary Perch - Image credit - NSW DPIRD

Get Ready Weekend 2026

Prepare for Bush Fire Season with Get Ready Weekend 2026

As the bush fire season approaches, now is the time to understand your bush fire risk and take simple steps to prepare your home, property and family. To help you get ready, the NSW Rural Fire Service (RFS) hosts Get Ready Weekend events across the state, providing free information, practical advice and resources to help you prepare before the fire season begins.

Use the map above to find your nearest Get Ready Weekend event or activation. With hundreds of events taking place across NSW, Get Ready Weekend is your opportunity to get practical advice from your local RFS brigade, ask questions about your property's bush fire risk and learn simple actions that could make a real difference this fire season.

Every event is different, but many include demonstrations, displays, family-friendly activities, practical advice from volunteers and resources to help you prepare for the bush fire season. You can also learn how to create a Bush Fire Survival Plan, prepare your home and property, understand the Australian Fire Danger Rating System (AFDRS), and discover the steps you can take to be better prepared.

Get Ready Weekend 2026 will be held across NSW, with most events taking place on 19–20 September.

Get prepared now at myfireplan.com.au

Flying-fox Census 

Do you live near a flying-fox roost? 
Join the next quarterly census to help us learn more about flying-fox population trends.

Flying-foxes travel long distances, so coordinated, cross-border monitoring is key. Your contribution to the National Flying-fox Monitoring Program will ensure governments around Australia, including our Saving our Species program, researchers and communities can make informed decisions to protect this species and their ecosystems.

These beautiful creatures are super important pollination contributors. Loss of habitat and rising temperatures is an issue for them locally.

Become a citizen scientist by learning more at https://bit.ly/NationalFlying-foxMonitoringProgram


Photos in graphic: Shane Ruming, Matthew Mo / DCCEEW

Katandra Bushland Sanctuary Season 2026

Dedicated to the Study & Preservation of Native Flora & Fauna of the warriewood, Mona Vale & Ingleside Area

Website: katandrabushlandsanctuary.com/home

Email: katandrainfo@gmail.com

Katandra is open to visitors 10am to 4pm every Sunday from July to October (inclusive). Group visits can be organised at alternative times. Please visit the Katandra Bushland Sanctuary website for more information.

Katandra Bushland Sanctuary is situated in on the face of the Ingleside escarpment, overlooking the Warriewood Valley and the seaside suburb of Pittwater's Mona Vale. Enter Lane Cove road via the traffic lights to access.

Sydney Spring Garden Competition

The Sydney Spring Garden Competition is one of Australia’s most prestigious and historic awards programs, recognising horticultural excellence and community pride throughout Sydney’s neighbourhoods. Inspired by the 1933 bequest of Lt. Col. Charles Ronald Christian, the competition celebrates outstanding front gardens visible from the road or footpath, with classes open to all types – from apartment balconies and terrace pots to heritage landscapes. 

Entries are judged by panels of horticulturists, landscape designers, retailers, community leaders and educators, offering participants detailed feedback on creativity, design and impact. Open to first-time gardeners and seasoned horticulturalists alike, the competition benchmarks individual achievement and neighbourhood contribution, helping to create more beautiful, cohesive communities across the city.

Entries are now open for the 2026 edition and close September 21, 2026

Enter here: www.rasnsw.com.au/competitions/flower-and-garden/sydney-spring-garden-competition

Stony Range Spring Festival 2026: September 13

PNHA Activities 2026

Our walks for 2026 are listed below. 

You are very welcome to bring friends and older children on these outings. Please book by emailing pnhainfo@gmail.com and include  your PHONE NUMBER so we can contact you in case of changes because of weather etc. 

Looking forward to getting out and about in our lovely area! 

Your PNHA Committee

Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

The Pittwater Natural Heritage Association has been formed to act to protect and preserve the Pittwater areas major and most valuable asset - its natural heritage.

PNHA is an incorporated association seeking broad based community membership and support to enable it to have an effective and authoritative voice speaking out for the preservation of Pittwater's natural heritage.

Our Aims

  • To raise public awareness of the conservation value of the natural heritage of the Pittwater area: its landforms, watercourses, soils and local native vegetation and fauna.
  • To raise public awareness of the threats to the long-term sustainability of Pittwater's natural heritage.
  • To foster individual and community responsibility for caring for this natural heritage.
  • To encourage Pittwater Council and the NSW Government to adopt and implement policies and works which will conserve, sustain and enhance the natural heritage of Pittwater.

Some of our interests and concerns include:

  • Native Tree Canopy
  • "Wildlife Friendly" Gardens
  • Weed Infestation
  • Keeping our Waterways Healthy
  • Beaches and Dunes

Act to Preserve and Protect!

If you would like to join us, please fill out the Membership Form. Visit: https://pnha.org.au

Sunday April 26 Fauna: Underpass below Mona Vale Rd East, Ingleside.

If you missed this walk last year, here’s your chance to see how fauna can move between areas of bushland, so important for finding territory, mates and food. 

Meet 9am at corner of Ingleside Rd and Laurel Rd East. Walk ends about 11am.

Saturday May 23: PNHA stall at Avalon Car Boot Sale, Dunbar Park Avalon.

From 8am to 2pm, we’ll offer Information on identifying and controlling weeds. See our posters about invertebrates in local gardens. Our famous $2 local flora, fauna and scenery cards will be for sale. Come and have a chat. 

Sunday May 24: Walk in Red Hill Bushland Reserve, Beacon Hill

Meet 9am on Lady Penrhyn Drive opposite no. 41A, close to the open gate. Flora, birds, views. Walk ends about 11.30. 

Sunday June 28: Crown to the Sea Walk, Newport

Meet 9am please note that the meeting point is on Burke Rd next to Porter Reserve. Walk ends about 12 noon. This walk goes through several very different bushland reserves with coastal heath and littoral rainforest.

Wildflowers, ferns and coastal views. Moderate fitness needed for some steep tracks and many steps. Limit: 15 people so please book early. We will provide the Crown to the Sea map to participants on booking.

Sunday July 26: Ingleside Chase Reserve

Meet 9am at end of Irrawong Rd North Narrabeen, walk ends about 11am. Birds and swamp forest along Mullet Creek. Swamp Mahoganies will be flowering attracting birds. Binoculars a must for this walk.

Saturday August 22. Spring in the Bush: The Chiltern Track, Ku-ring-gai N.P.

Meet 9am at track entrance with barred gate on Chiltern Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 11am. One of our favourite walks to see Sydney sandstone flora in spring. Native plant species list available. Birds too, often a Yellow-tufted Honeyeater here. The track is mostly level but very rough in places.

Sunday September 27. Spring in the Bush: Terrey Hills

Meet 9am at corner of Mallawa Rd and Bulara St, Terrey Hills. Walk ends about 11am. With a focus on botany, we’ll see flowering plants in the Proteaceae plant family, waratahs, endangered Grevillea caleyi , and others in the major Australian Proteaceae plant family. You can choose to lengthen this walk which connects to the Perimeter Track. Birds, too.

Sunday October 25: Katandra by Night

Meet 6.45pm at Katandra Bushland Sanctuary on Lane Cove Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 8.45pm. Sunset is about 7.15. The bush by night is wonderful. We hope to see fireflies again as on previous walks here in October. Bring a torch, or headtorch, preferably with a red light option so as not to dazzle possums. Moderate fitness needed for the bush track and steps. Limit: 15 people, so please book early. 

Sunday November 22: Deep Creek Reserve

Meet 9am in Deep Creek reserve, off Wakehurst Parkway. Walk ends about 11am. Birds and bushland. From the bridge across the creek we may see Dollarbirds, summer breeding migrants that nest in hollows, with their youngsters. Black Bitterns have been observed along the creek margins, so bring binoculars. 

Coming up at Kimbriki

National Parks protect Southern Right Whales with new ‘stay away’ distance of up to 500 metres

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) has issued a Special Order for all vessels to stay at least 500 metres, and swimmers 100m, away from all Southern Right Whales in NSW waters.

The Order will be in place until 30 November 2026, when the breeding and calving season ends in NSW.

Southern Right Whales attract a lot of attention as they stay close to beaches and move slowly on the surface. Although incredibly rare, they are easily spotted when they visit.

The Order comes after a mother and calf were recently spotted off Sydney, with curious boaters and locals venturing close to the pair.

The NPWS citizen science project ‘Right Whale ID’ has tracked individual whales through their unique white facial callosities for the past 6 years. Research has found that even a single swimmer approaching too enthusiastically can trigger a significant negative behavioural response in the whale.

Identifying one of the handful or so Southern Right Whales off the NSW Coast each whale season, as opposed to one of the 40,000 humpback whales, is fairly simple.

Any slow-moving, 14-16 metre long whale which is 500m or less off an ocean beach could be a Southern Right Whale.

Identifying features include:

  • a distinctive V-shaped blow when they exhale
  • large broad body size, absence of a dorsal fin
  • white markings (skin growths) on their faces and heads known as ‘callosities’
  • the tail/fluke is geometrically angular and usually black on both top and bottom sides.

Two distinctive colouration patterns. Photo courtesy: Leonardo Lanza 

Southern Right Whale tail fluke. Photo courtesy Michael Cantanzariti

Southern Right Whales have a distinctive V-shaped blow when they exhale

Unlike Humpbacks, mother and calf Southern Right Whales spend more than 90 per cent of their time in waters shallower than 20m, and often less than 500m from shore. While nursing , they move very slowly, engaging in a still, energy-saving behaviour called ‘logging’, which is floating at the surface for long periods.

These behaviours make them highly susceptible to disturbance from overly curious people swimming, paddling or boating too close for the mum’s comfort.

Disturbances can cost the animals precious energy budget as their responses often include significant increases in swim distances as they try to evade them. The disturbance effect is seen in tracking data over subsequent days.

NPWS asks people to comply with the keep-away distances to help protect these mammals.

Members of the public, partner organisations and NPWS staff will collect witness accounts when people venture too close to Southern Right Whales and proceed with investigations where warranted. Non-compliance could result in fines or court appearances.

If anyone spots a Southern Right Whale, please report to NPWS or ORRCA hotlines on 1300 072 757 (13000 PARKS) or (02) 9415 3333 immediately, which allows the Right Whale ID team to get on site as soon as possible.

NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service Marine Wildlife Project Officer Andy Marshall said:

“Doing the right thing by Southern Right Whales means the southeast Australian population has a better chance of recovering.

“I would like to think that future generations will be able to see these incredible animals and be awed by them, in the same way we are today.”

Distances prescribed under the Special Protection Approach Distance Order

Vessels, aircraft, swimmers - Special Protection Approach Distance

  • For vessels including jet skis, surfboards- Stay away 500 metres
  • Operating a crewed aircraft- Stay 610m away – either above or to the side of the whale
  • When swimming including snorkelling and diving- Stay away 100 metres

Mother and calf in Hermanus. Photo courtesy Martin Etsebeth

Solar for apartment residents: Co-funding

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW have solar installed, but the NSW Department of Climate Chnage, Energy, the Environment and Water are on a mission to change this.

Their Solar for Apartment Residents grant is co-funding shared solar panel installations on eligible apartment buildings and multi-unit dwellings and has already helped thousands of households.

They’ve extended the program to help more homeowners and renters reduce their energy bills and have also allocated extra funds through a separate Boost grant to help priority communities too.

Application closes: 4 December 2026, 5:00 pm

Share this with your Owners Corporation or Stata Manager and check your building's eligibility at: www.nsw.gov.au/grants-and-funding/solar-for-apartment-residents-soar-grant-program

 

Dedicated alpine weather page part of latest BOM website improvements

The Bureau of Meteorology has delivered its latest website update.

In this release navigation has improved, there’s a new dedicated alpine weather page in time for the ski season, and the weather map has more place names.

Bureau of Meteorology CEO Dr Stuart Minchin said the update was a direct response to community feedback.

“Since launch, we've had requests for more locations to be added to the weather map,” Dr Minchin said.

“Our website is there to serve all Australians. We've now added more than 100 place names, primarily in the Northern Territory and Queensland.

“We'll be adding hundreds more in the months ahead.”

The weather map will now remember users’ most recent pan and zoom position, keeping the settings the same for the next time the page is viewed.

For example, if your last visit was a maximum zoomed-in view of Mount Isa, Queensland, this is the view you'll see next time you visit the rain radar.

“Changes like these will make it easier for everyone to find what they need,” Dr Minchin said.

Other changes include the UV Index being restored to the hourly forecast and updating the presentation of flood warnings.

A new alpine weather page provides weather map layers for snow, wind and temperature, and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions in one page.

The updated Alpine regions page provides weather maps and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions.

Alpine regions offers information across 2 tabs:

  • Forecasts – alpine districts and locations
  • Map – 3 hourly snow, wind and temperature forecasts.

Navigating the website has become easier with changes to tabs and page layouts on a number of key pages such as Forecasts and observations, Coasts and Oceans and state, territory and district pages.

“People have told us that navigating to forecasts and observations for districts and states was hard,” Dr Minchin said.

“We’ve paid close attention to this feedback.

“Combined with last month's search improvements, this will make it easier for regional web users to find out if their district is expecting rain or sunshine.”

Updates will continue to be made to the website in response to the feedback received from the community.

Information about recent changes is available at bom.gov.au/website-help/website-updates

The ski season starts on the June long weekend and runs until October's long weekend in NSW. 

The Kiandra Alpine Club's Snow Carnival, 1900. Photo: Kerry

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at  sydneywildliferescueline@gmail.com

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period to 31 July 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Mona Vale Dunes bushcare group: 2026 Dates

What’s Happening? Mona Vale Dunes Bushcare group catch-up. 

In 2026 our usual work mornings will be the second Saturday and third Thursday of each month. You can come to either or both. 

We are maintaining an area south of Golf Avenue. This was cleared of dense lantana, green cestrum and ground Asparagus in 2019-2020. 600 tubestock were planted in June 2021, and natural regeneration is ongoing. 

Photos: The site In November 2019, chainsaws at the ready. In July 2025, look at the difference - coastal dune vegetation instead of dense weeds. But maintenance continues and bushcarers are on the job. Can you join us?

(access to this southern of MV Dunes  - parking near Mona Vale Headland reserve, or walk from Golf Ave.) 

For comparison, see this image of MV dunes in 1969!, taken from atop the home units at the end of Golf Avenue. 

2026 Dates

Bangalley Headland WPA Bushcare 2026

Watch out for PNHA signs telling you about bush regeneration and our local environment. This is one of many coming up.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

A landmark UN report says the world will overshoot the 1.5°C climate target. What happens now?

dry reservoir and small stream entering it, aerial view
Christopher Furlong/Getty
Jacqueline Peel, The University of Melbourne and Wesley Morgan, UNSW

For over a decade, the world has been trying to limit global warming to 1.5°C.

That’s no longer possible, according to a new United Nations report. We will likely pass 1.5°C in 2030. That’s not good news for anyone, least of all Australia’s Pacific Island neighbours who face rapidly rising seas.

In response to the report, Palau’s President Surangel Whipps Jr said:

It is hard to overstate the depth of emotion for those of us living on the frontline after having fought so hard to put the 1.5 degree limit at the heart of the Paris Agreement […] calls for greater ambition are no longer enough — we need to see an urgent and unprecedented increase in political will and investment in a climate safe future

The small silver lining is that it’s still possible for this to be a temporary overshoot of the target. If nations redouble their efforts to phase out fossil fuels and reduce other sources of emissions, they could limit peak warming to 1.8°C and then use carbon removal methods to bring temperatures back to 1.5°C or below this century.

In 2026, the world is already about 1.4°C warmer than pre-industrial levels, and the damage and death toll from climate-boosted disasters is ramping up. The United Kingdom is warning of possible food shortages amid a historic drought. Wildfires hit new areas in France and Spain, while glaciers are melting rapidly and the oceans are at their hottest level on record. The enormous El Niño event emerging in the Pacific is likely to bring major disruption. Every fraction of a degree makes things worse.

There are no good outcomes if we remain above 1.5°C. Urgent cuts to emissions and efforts to protect the most vulnerable are our best remaining options. Failure to do so risks irreversible harm.

sandbars and low river level, empty boat in foreground.
Major European rivers are at record low levels this year, threatening trade, power plants and farming. Pictured: the Danube River in southeastern Romania on August 5. Xinhua News Agency/Getty

Why does 1.5°C matter so much?

The 2015 Paris Agreement established a shared goal for the world: keep the rise in global average temperatures above pre-industrial levels “well below” 2°C and “pursue efforts” to hold warming to 1.5°C.

This goal was set based on expert scientific assessments that warming of more than 2°C would be dangerous and that limiting warming to 1.5°C was necessary to minimise climate risks.

Pacific nations fought hard to include 1.5°C in the agreement, arguing it was essential for their communities to “stay alive” in the face of rising sea levels and other climate-fuelled threats.

Last year, the world’s top court – the International Court of Justice – ruled that 1.5°C is the primary temperature limit nations have committed to work towards.

This ruling means that if governments fail to act as ambitiously as they can, they could be sued in international courts.

In May this year, a majority of nations voted in the UN General Assembly to endorse the court’s ruling and urge action to keep to 1.5°C.

It’s not time to give up

Warming of 1.5°C will be bad. But 1.6°C will be worse, and 1.7°C worse again. Every increase will bring more extreme weather, more loss of nature, more loss of land to the sea and more harm to humans.

If we stay over 1.5°C, we risk triggering climate tipping points – sudden shifts which cannot be undone on human timescales. These include the Greenland and West Antarctic ice sheets melting, the collapse of crucial heat-distributing currents in the Atlantic Ocean or the Amazon rainforest becoming a source of emissions.

Overshooting 1.5°C doesn’t mean it’s time to throw out the Paris Agreement. It’s not working fast enough, but it is working.

Solar power and electric vehicles have boomed and electrification has accelerated. Nations have cut emissions enough to avoid the worst climate futures of a 3°C rise or even higher. According to the Climate Action Tracker, the Paris Agreement has averted the equivalent of 1°C of warming. Rather than hitting 3.6°C by 2100, the world is on track for 2.6°C.

While this is progress, it is not enough. Global emissions are plateauing, but have still not begun to fall in earnest.

As damage from climate change mounts, leaders must do the work and begin rapidly cutting emissions to keep the goal of net-zero by 2050 alive.

To get temperatures back under 1.5°C, we will also need to pull gigatonnes of carbon dioxide back out of the atmosphere using tree planting and nature restoration. We may also need technological approaches such as rock weathering or ocean alkalinity enhancement, though these are not proven at scale and can come with other risks.

wind turbine and coal plant seen at a distance, grey sky.
There has been progress on climate change since 2015 – but not enough. acilo/Getty

We are all in this together

It may seem as if climate action faces impossible headwinds, as populism surges and the current United States administration doubles down on fossil fuels.

It’s worth looking beyond these headlines. It took almost 70 years for the world to install a terawatt of solar power, but then just two years for the second and another two for the third terawatt. In ten years, that figure will likely have tripled. Developing nations are moving rapidly to take up non-polluting electric transport.

Climate change can no longer be ignored. As damage mounts, nations will have to cooperate to cut emissions as rapidly as possible and figure out how to safely and equitably pull carbon back out of the atmosphere. Action depends on strong political will, inclusive governance, and finance to help developing countries cut emissions and adapt.

In November, Australia will lead negotiations at the next international climate summit, COP31, in Turkey. Leaders and diplomats will work to keep 1.5°C in reach – even after overshoot. Australia can point to its own rapid clean energy transition and urge others to set clear pathways to go electric – and wean themselves off the production and use of fossil fuels.

Climate change has been described as a super wicked problem – big, complex and impossible to solve simply. The solution is to see the urgency of the issue and act cooperatively to tackle it. If we make it a problem for the next generation, there may be no way back to a safe climate.The Conversation

Jacqueline Peel, Professor of Law, The University of Melbourne and Wesley Morgan, Research Associate, Institute for Climate Risk and Response, UNSW

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Some of Australia’s biggest companies are planning for an unbearable climate future

An aerial photo of the red Australian desert.
Andrew Merry/Getty
Jacqueline Peel, The University of Melbourne; Nina Araneta-Alana, The University of Melbourne, and Suzanne Varrall, The University of Melbourne

Even as unprecedented fires and heatwaves rage across Europe, scientists track the retreat of Antarctic sea ice and a supercharged El Niño system heads our way, Australia’s largest companies are forecasting business-as-usual in a much hotter world.

Last year, Australia introduced mandatory company climate reporting. They must now disclose the climate “risks and opportunities” that may affect their prospects.

Several of Australia’s biggest energy and resource companies have now published new sustainability reports as part of annual financial reporting.

Their disclosures reveal the climate future they are planning for, and whether this is aligned with international science-based targets such as the Paris Agreement’s 1.5°C warming threshold.

What we’re seeing is alarming.

Companies planning for an unbearable future

Most of these reports indicate big companies are developing strategies on a climate change “base case” – a representation of what they consider most likely to happen – of more than 2°C of warming. The future temperature rise they’re planning for is one scientists say would deliver an unbearably hot planet.

Some of Australia’s largest miners have followed this approach. Both Rio Tinto and BHP expect global temperature increases of more than 2°C by the end of the century.

Not every company reveals the increase in global temperature they are planning for. But even if they don’t, their disclosures show they’re not expecting temperatures to hold to 1.5°C.

Energy companies AGL and Origin Energy both express confidence their strategies and business models will remain robust, even if temperatures accelerate beyond 2.6°C warming. This increase would put the Australian economy, environment and community at severe risk.

Mining machinery suspended above a red pile of iron ore.
The assumption that business-as-usual will be possible in a hotter world is out of step with the latest science. Cuhrig/Getty

Companies hold power

Companies often argue that governments are responsible for creating policy to address global warming. But this underestimates the power corporate leaders hold to shape Australia’s shared climate future through financial decisions.

For example, mining giant BHP expects demand for steelmaking coal to remain robust for decades, with customers from China, India and Southeast Asia. This underpins the valuation of its major export commodities, and appears to justify the lack of plans to scale down steelmaking coal production. However, this assumption sits uneasily with the fact these same countries have their own net-zero targets.

Similarly, Rio Tinto confirms “no portfolio adjustments” are made to its future production plans. Its central case estimate of 2.1–2.3°C of warming by 2100 assumes developing countries will miss or delay their stated net-zero targets, underwriting business-as-usual production for the company.

Disclosures out of step with science

However, the assumption that business-as-usual will be possible in a hotter world is out of step with the latest science. The Paris Agreement’s temperature goal was set in 2015 based on exhaustive scientific assessments that warming of more than 2°C would be dangerous, and limiting warming to 1.5°C was necessary to minimise climate risks.

Scientific knowledge about how much global warming is “safe” has exponentially increased. It reemphasises the need to keep to 1.5°C with “limited overshoot”. This means we can only exceed 1.5°C temporarily, and simultaneously need to be working to bring temperatures back down. Only then will we minimise irreversible changes such as sea level rise, the disappearance of coral reefs or vast sea ice loss at the poles.

Scientific best estimates find we can’t go over 1.5°C by more than 0.1–0.3°C (a “peak temperature” of 1.6–1.8°C) and still return warming to safe levels. Even then, the longer we stay above 1.5°C and the extent to which we exceed this threshold, the more devastating the outcome.

Is this legal?

Legally, there’s no issue with companies using a base case for planning that exceeds 2°C of warming. But this approach isn’t in line with Australia’s broader international legal obligations. Companies will likely face increased investor scrutiny or reputational blowback when they walk back climate commitments.

In July 2025, the world’s highest court, the International Court of Justice (ICJ), confirmed 1.5°C is the temperature limit countries are aiming for. To meet their Paris Agreement promises, governments — including Australia — have to show the most ambitious action the country can realistically take to help keep warming under 1.5°C. Australia’s latest plan for a 62–70% emissions cut from 2005 levels was submitted in September 2025.

The court confirmed the Paris Agreement also requires governments to take action at home to cut emissions in line with the 1.5°C goal — including introducing rules for businesses operating in their countries. To follow international law, the Australian government needs to use every tool available to regulate the emissions of big companies, based on the best available science. Countries that don’t comply could be sued before the ICJ and ordered to pay compensation to other nations.

What about Australia’s climate policy?

Big companies in Australia contribute more than 30% of our domestic emissions. If we also include emissions from the fossil fuels some of these companies produce, it raises Australia’s global carbon footprint to around 4.5% of global fossil carbon dioxide emissions, second only to Russia. Making sure big companies do their bit to reduce emissions is essential for Australia to meet its climate targets.

This year, Australia is the “President of Negotiations” for COP31. This is an opportunity for Australia to show it’s doing all it can – internationally and in its own backyard – to support compliance with the Paris Agreement and accelerate climate action. From their new disclosures, it doesn’t seem that Australia’s biggest companies have got the memo.The Conversation

Jacqueline Peel, Professor of Law, The University of Melbourne; Nina Araneta-Alana, Research fellow, Laureate Program on Global Corporate Climate Accountability, The University of Melbourne, and Suzanne Varrall, Research Fellow, Laureate Program on Global Corporate Climate Accountability, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Sea‑level rise, fuel shortages and missile tests top the agenda as Albanese heads to Palau for Pacific talks

A low-lying Pacific island in Tuvalu surrounded by blue sea.
Ashley Cooper/Getty
Wesley Morgan, UNSW

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese is in Palau’s capital Koror this week for the annual Pacific Islands Forum, and regional security is expected to top the agenda.

China is testing nuclear-capable missiles in the Pacific, prompting talk of a new regional agreement. The United States-Iran war has exposed a reliance on costly fossil fuels that is undermining Pacific economies.

And as the world comes perilously close to the Paris Agreement’s 1.5°C temperature goal, a record-breaking El Nino looms in the Pacific Ocean.

But the forum will be missing key leaders – Solomon Islands Prime Minister Matthew Wale made a shock departure, flying out of Palau just hours after arriving, in order to deal with a looming leadership challenge back home.

And Kiribati President Taneti Maamau, Samoan Prime Minister Laʻauli Leuatea Schmidt, and Vanuatu’s prime minister, Jotham Napat, are also not attending. It is unclear if Fiji’s prime minister, Sitiveni Rabuka, will be present.

Pacific nations will want Albanese to address the world’s key security threat – climate change. As co-president of the COP31 climate talks in November, Australia can work with the Pacific to keep 1.5°C within reach, and secure much-needed finance for island nations at the climate frontline.

China’s missile test

Since the second world war, the United States has maintained fortified bases in the Pacific and an unrivalled deep-water navy (the US also regularly tests long-range missiles in the region). However, China’s investment in military capabilities has challenged the status quo.

In July, China launched a nuclear-capable test missile that flew over multiple Pacific nations and hit waters close to Tuvalu’s Exclusive Economic Zone.

This sparked calls for a new regional security agreement: Solomon Islands Prime Minister Matthew Wale said China’s missile test was “not the act of a friend”.

Ironically, it was Solomons Islands that signed a security deal with China in 2022. This changed the security dynamics of a region long aligned with the US and Australia (notwithstanding concerns about nuclear testing and decolonisation).

Since then, Canberra has pursued a web of bilateral deals to shore up Australia’s place as Pacific security partner – first with Tuvalu (2023), then Naoero (formerly Nauru) (2024), Papua New Guinea (2025) and Vanuatu (2026). Discussions are ongoing with Tonga and Solomon Islands. The most recent agreement, an “Ocean of Peace Alliance” signed with Fiji in July, is a mutual defence pact that is open to other Pacific nations to join.

Canberra was already pursuing a treaty allowing for coordinated regional responses to disasters and other crises. China’s missile test may have opened the door for something more.

A close up headshot of Palau president Surangel Whipps Jr in a dark suit with a white collar.
Palau president Surangel Whipps Jr wants the Pacific to become the first region of the world 100% powered by renewables. David Gray/Getty

Renewables the solution to fuel crisis

The Middle East conflict has pushed the Pacific toward an energy crisis. Around 80% of the region’s energy relies on imported oil products, much of which would normally transit the Strait of Hormuz. Even before the US-Iran war, Pacific island countries spent an eye watering percentage of GDP (between 10-25% buying fossil fuels to run power plants, generators, boats and vehicles. This compares to a regional average of 8% spent on education and 6% on health.

The Middle East conflict has only added to the bill. According to a new report, Fiji’s annual refined fuel import costs could rise by US$375 million (A$520 million) if high oil prices persist. This is more than Fiji’s entire healthcare budget.

Renewable energy offers a clear solution. Replacing diesel generators with grid-scale solar and battery storage could save Pacific countries around US$700 million (A$520 million) each year in avoided fuel costs.

The incoming chair of the Pacific Islands Forum, Palau president Surangel Whipps Jr, wants the region to become the first in the world 100% powered by renewables. He says investment of US$120 million (A$ 166 million) is needed for Palau to add 60MW of solar and battery storage, which would enable 90% of its power needs to be met by renewables.

Climate change remains greatest Pacific threat

When climate change was first debated at the UN Security Council in 2007, Pacific countries argued the impacts of a warming planet were “no less serious than those faced by nations and peoples threatened by guns and bombs”.

Since then, Pacific Islands Forum leaders have explicitly reaffirmed climate change is “the single greatest threat” to Pacific security.

In 2025, Earth was 1.44°C warmer than the long-term average. Pacific countries are reeling from stronger cyclones, dying reefs and ocean acidification. Without urgent action to shift away from coal, oil and gas impacts will get much worse. Just this week, the world’s oceans are the warmest on record, fueled by climate change and a rapidly intensifying El Niño event.

It is now almost certain the world will warm past 1.5°C. Yet it remains possible, following a temporary “overshoot”, that countries can limit warming to 1.5°C by the end of the century. This will require deep and immediate emissions reductions and some carbon dioxide removal to achieve “net-negative” emissions.

Limiting global warming to 1.5°C is a line in the sand for low-lying Pacific nations – “1.5 to stay alive” is the slogan. Pacific negotiators helped secure this temperature goal in the 2015 Paris Agreement.

Pacific nations expect Australia, as co-president of COP31 climate talks in November, to reaffirm global commitment to 1.5°C. Australia is helping Fiji and Tuvalu host a pre-COP summit in October that will remind world leaders the survival of island nations is at stake.

Pacific countries will also seek new finance for a Pacific-owned climate fund to invest in community-scale adaptation projects.

Some argue collaboration with the Pacific in the lead-up to COP31 is an expensive exercise. But climate action is crucial to Australian strategy in the region. Investing in renewables and adaptation in the Pacific is an investment in shared security, even as geopolitical competition sharpens between China and the United States.The Conversation

Wesley Morgan, Research Associate, Institute for Climate Risk and Response, UNSW

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The fight over AI data centres is becoming Australia’s next Indigenous policy challenge

A person in high vis standing among desert grass in Western Australia.
Oleh_Slobodeniuk/Getty Images
Jenna Imad Harb, Australian National University and Shanine Ryan, Indigenous Knowledge

In July 2026, more than 200 community members gathered at Mandoon Bilya (Helena River) in Perth’s eastern suburbs. They planted more than 3,000 native flora as part of a wetland restoration project. The hopeful scene was a stark contrast to what the river might have become.

Until recently, Mandoon Bilya was the proposed site of a hyperscale artificial intelligence (AI) data centre. It was scheduled to be one of Australia’s biggest. Aboriginal groups, environmental activists and local community groups successfully opposed the development.

Instead of a 120-megawatt AI facility, the area is now focused on ecological restoration and protecting Country. Community groups are working to realise new visions of the river’s future.

Yet the Mandoon Bilya opposition is about more than one defeated development proposal. As AI drives demand for new facilities, data centres are expected to proliferate across Australia.

The campaign highlights an urgent policy challenge. Policymakers have focused on regulating AI technologies. Yet Aboriginal communities have had little say in AI infrastructure planning.

This includes participating in decisions about the resources and infrastructure on which AI technologies depend. Decisions made now could shape Indigenous relations with the government around AI for years to come.

The case of Mandoon Bilya

Restoration work at Mandoon Bilya follows a hard-fought campaign. It was led by the Bibbul Ngarma Aboriginal Association and supported by environmental and community groups.

Developers planned the project on land containing Aboriginal heritage sites. Opponents argued the proposed data centre threatened a river system with cultural connections for local Aboriginal groups. The river also supports Perth’s drinking water and local ecosystems during warmer months.

All this raised concerns about adequate free, prior and informed consent and impacts on Country.

In May 2026, the proposal was cancelled before being considered by Western Australia’s Development Assessment Panel. Campaigners widely praised the decision. They have since shifted their focus towards broader ecological restoration plans.

The need for Indigenous leadership

Mandoon Bilya isn’t an isolated case; similar debates are emerging elsewhere in Australia. In Victoria, opposition to a proposed AI Hub has raised concerns about cultural heritage and environmental impacts.

AI is often talked about as something virtual. Yet it depends heavily on physical resources: land, water and energy. Data centres use large amounts of all three, creating environmental pressures familiar to many Aboriginal communities.

Internationally, on Turtle Island (what some local First Nations peoples call North America), Indigenous communities are also challenging proposed data centres. They argue such infrastructures compromise Indigenous rights, culturally significant sites and water systems. Such challenges underscore principles echoed in the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples.

More people now recognise the importance of Indigenous leadership in data and digital technologies. We see this, for example, in commitments to Indigenous data sovereignty. This means Indigenous people get to own and control access to their data.

Indigenous leadership should also be central to decisions about the physical systems that make AI possible.

Towards working together

Some projects have begun to incorporate Indigenous participation and ownership. Western Australia’s largest data centre is pursued through an Indigenous Land Use Agreement with the Karajarri People. They are also co-owners of the project.

In the Northern Territory, Energy North has stated it is engaging with Traditional Owners. This consultation is part of the assessment process for its proposed hyperscale data centre.

Yet such examples remain the exception. While Australia is regulating AI infrastructure, few policies require Aboriginal leadership in decision-making.

Kaley Nicholson, chief executive of the Federation of Victorian Traditional Owner Corporations, confirms this. She argues current government expectations for data centres represent “an investment failure”. Such efforts don’t reference collaboration with Traditional Owner groups, despite lasting impacts on Country.

This raises an ongoing and crucial question. Who gets to decide about digital systems that directly impact Indigenous lands, rights and livelihoods?

Peaceful landscape of a brown river surrounded by native trees.
A view of Mandoon Bilya (Helena River) in Western Australia. Michael Griffin/Flickr, CC BY-NC-ND

Not just AI

Conflicts over AI infrastructure echo longstanding debates about resource extraction in Australia. Aboriginal peoples have long been excluded from decisions about such developments on or near their Country. However, they often bear the environmental, cultural, social and personal impacts.

Our own research with Aboriginal communities examines their experiences of agreements with the resource industry. It suggests consultation processes don’t always translate into meaningful influence. Communities often shoulder the work of engagement, negotiation and compliance, while key decisions are made elsewhere.

Agreements don’t always lead to better outcomes given the costs and challenges of culturally sensitive, meaningful participation. Participating in agreements requires a lot of time and unpaid work. This includes coordinating community members to translate complex legal documents.

This work often falls on Elders and leaders, who bear logistical and administrative burdens. As AI systems expand, the challenge is ensuring that partnership isn’t burdensome and is more than box-ticking.

The time to act is now

Right now is the time to shape how Australia involves Indigenous peoples into AI development policies – before detrimental practices are locked in.

Consultation alone is not enough. Aboriginal people must have a seat at the table and be included before concept design to inform better outcomes for all. Aboriginal communities should have formal and resourced roles in decisions about land access, approvals and ownership.

It’s not too late to embed meaningful Indigenous leadership and governance in our AI development policies, but we must act now.The Conversation

Jenna Imad Harb, Research Fellow, School of Regulation and Global Governance, Australian National University and Shanine Ryan, Ngarluma Traditional Owner, Director of the Ngarluma Yindjibarndi Foundation Limited, Indigenous Knowledge

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The collapse of a mountainside triggered Nepal’s devastating floods. As the region’s mountains heat up, it won’t be the last

aftermath of flood
Prabin Ranabhat/AFP via Getty
Tirthankar Ghosh, Monash University and Levan Tielidze, Monash University

On the morning of August 26, a section of mountain near Langtang Lirung peak in Nepal suddenly collapsed.

A huge mass of rock, ice and debris plunged roughly 1,200 metres into the valley below, producing a hugely destructive flood on the Lhende Khola river. The flow travelled almost 100 kilometres downstream, washing villages and bridges away. Almost 1,000 people died and thousands more are still missing across the Nepal-China border.

What caused it? At first, it looked like a glacier collapse. But emerging satellite and photographic evidence suggests a more complex picture – an avalanche of rock and ice, rather than a simple glacier collapse.

The mountain face now has a sharply defined scar after the collapse, clearly marking the boundary between the remaining slope and the section which failed.

This isn’t the first rock-ice avalanche in the Himalayas, but it is by far the most devastating. Unfortunately, it is unlikely to be the last. Rising temperatures due to climate change mean the permanently frozen slopes of mountains in the region may begin to melt and destabilise.

How did a mountain collapse?

The steep mountain face was topped by a glacier – a heavy river of ice. It’s likely that the steep slope of bedrock collapsed first, followed by the overhang of ice.

As this enormous mass fell into the valley, it created a tremendous amount of energy. This would likely have melted the ice in the avalanche and any in the valley, adding large volumes of faster-moving water to the flow and intensifying the debris flood.

The rugged Himalayan terrain made the disaster even worse by providing a steep, confined pathway, accelerating the mass of water, rock, dirt and ice as it flowed into the river.

A landslide followed the first collapse and a small lake has formed within the newly created depression in the valley. The site will remain unstable for some time.

Now that we know more about how the Langtang collapse became a cascading disaster, we can find parallels.

The closest example is the February 2021 rock-ice avalanche in Chamoli, India, which began when a huge landslide down Ronti Peak triggered an avalanche carrying an estimated 27 million cubic metres of rock and ice. This became a fast-moving debris flowing down a river valley. Over 200 people were killed or left missing.

The high mountains are changing

The Himalayas are the best known feature of the High Mountain Asia region – a large area with an average elevation of 4,000 metres which includes mountain ranges and the Tibetan plateau.

Despite its height, the region is not safe from climate change. In fact, change is happening faster here.

As air temperatures warm past 0°C more often, glaciers are beginning to melt. Snow and rainfall patterns are changing.

Permafrost – long-frozen earth and rock – is also becoming vulnerable. This matters most for steep mountain slopes, where fractured rock can be held together by ice.

When the ice melts, these ice-rock bonds can break. Water can begin to move down through long-frozen mountain slopes and bedrock. That means long-stable slopes can suddenly fail.

It’s common to picture glaciers as a slow-moving river of ice in a valley. But this high region is home to many hanging glaciers and smaller ice masses perched on steep mountain slopes.

These are at particular risk because they often sit high above valleys. If their rock support collapses, they can too. If they take rock, sediment and water with them, a simple glacial collapse can become a much larger avalanche or debris flow.

As the climate heats up, warmer air can lead to faster melting of the glacier and change how tightly it is coupled to its rocky bed. A small change in conditions at the glacier’s base can make it unstable.

Which areas are at highest risk?

Predicting the next big mountain or glacier collapse is a very complex task.

But we can improve our understanding of the landscapes and environmental conditions associated with such failures. Recent analysis of large rock and ice avalanches across the High Mountain Asia region gives us important insight.

Of the 60 avalanches analysed, 86% began on slopes steeper than 30° and at elevations above 3,000 metres. Almost two-thirds (65%) began in areas where permafrost was probable.

Earthquakes, underlying rock types and structures, and changes to rainfall can also make these avalanches more likely.

Across this region, rock–ice avalanches have been documented to occur more often in the Western Himalayas, including the Karakoram and Pamir Ranges, and across southern and eastern Tibet.

We will need to treat these rock-ice avalanches as a cascading hazard separate to isolated glacier collapses or landslides.

Could we be forewarned?

Footage from the disaster shows many people were caught unaware. If we could predict which glaciers or mountain faces are at highest risk, we could potentially save lives.

It is not an easy task. Signs a collapse is imminent such as rock deformation or fractures can often be subtle.

One approach could be combining field observations and seismic monitoring with data from satellites equipped with sensors able to observe changes in mountain faces and make optical and thermal infrared observations. New techniques such as the use of drones to monitor inaccessible or dangerous terrain are also worth exploring.

Observations must feed into early-warning systems capable of rapidly communicating the danger to communities downstream.

Because many Himalayan rivers cross national boundaries, nations will have to work together to strengthen data sharing, joint monitoring and coordinated early-warning systems.

The task is increasingly urgent. Climate change is loading the dice for more disasters in this high, cold region.The Conversation

Tirthankar Ghosh, Doctoral Student, School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment, Monash University and Levan Tielidze, Research Fellow in Glacial Geomorphology, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia needs renewable energy fast – but building it is only half the battle

Cows in a paddock with a wind farm in the background.
AlbertPego/Getty
Mingming Cheng, Curtin University and Peta Ashworth, Curtin University

Australia’s energy transition has never been more urgent.

Aging coal-fired power stations are retiring and energy bills are rising sharply. To address this, the obvious solution is to build more renewable energy projects and the transmission infrastructure to connect them at scale.

But a major hurdle remains: community opposition. In regional areas, where most of the renewable infrastructure must go, locals are protesting against new transmission lines and are locking farm gates to keep developers off their property.

However, regional communities should not be forced to choose between supporting the national energy transition and protecting their land and livelihoods.

Our new research suggests we’re asking the wrong question. Instead of querying “if” communities support renewable energy, we should be asking “under what conditions” will they back such projects.

Not simply for or against

Our new study took a closer look at how three regional Western Australian communities – Busselton, Kojonup and Albany – view renewable energy infrastructure.

To do this, we analysed online discussions about solar and wind projects slated for their communities, each at different stages of development. The online discussions took place from January 2024 to May 2025 across a range of platforms, including Facebook and X (formerly Twitter), as well as relevant local and regional media websites, newspapers, community forums and online noticeboards.

Our results challenge the assumption that communities can simply be divided into those who are “for” clean energy and those who are adamantly “against” it.

In Busselton on WA’s south-west tip, renewable projects are still in the planning stage. There, local residents were most concerned about land use, property values and the visual appeal of landscapes. Many residents raised consultation as a key issue, with some expressing the view consultation came too late or did not give residents any opportunity to influence the outcome.

In the inland town of Kojonup, south-east of Perth, the Kojonup wind farm is currently being rolled out. This community’s concerns were decidedly practical: who actually gets the jobs? Who receives the financial benefits? Who bears any disruptions, such as visual disruption and lower property values? Financial fairness was a major concern for locals, with some landowners receiving benefits such as local investment opportunities while their neighbours got nothing except interrupted views.

The port city of Albany has been home to working wind farms for more than two decades. Here, the picture is very different. Albany’s wind farm supplies the equivalent of 80% of the city’s annual electricity needs and attracts an estimated 200,000 visitors a year. Community sentiment was largely positive, associating the wind farm with various environmental benefits including reduced reliance on coal and gas, as well as tourism and regional identity.

It’s worth noting not every host community will embrace renewable energy in such a linear pattern. However, our findings suggest community support is not necessarily fixed and can change over time as a project progresses.

Lessons from abroad

Overseas, other countries are already trialling ways of giving host communities a more tangible stake in the renewable energy shift.

Since 2014, the Scottish government recommends wind developers pay a minimum of £5,000 (roughly A$9500) annually for each megawatt of power a renewable project generates.

These payments are channelled into community funds, where a local committee decides how the funds are spent. If a project stretches across multiple regions, the funds are split based on how many megawatts of power each community hosts. However, these payments are not mandatory so not all renewable companies are contributing to community funds.

In Denmark, a global leader in wind energy development, several communities have established energy cooperatives. While each has a slightly different model, these cooperatives allow residents to own a share of renewable energy projects and, as a result, actively engage in the green transition.

Where to from here

These international examples underscore the need to engage with host communities in innovative and thoughtful ways.

Our research suggests these three strategies could help:

  1. recognising that if people resist local solar and wind projects, they are not simply “anti-renewables”

  2. engaging communities early, listening to their concerns about proposed renewable projects, involving them in decision-making processes and providing clear, transparent information about how any risks will be managed and benefits will be shared

  3. monitoring online discussions, particularly to identify emerging concerns before they become entrenched as opposition and potentially fracture trust between communities, government and renewables companies.

Australia, like many countries, is racing to shore up its renewable sector and shift away from fossil fuels. We must build more wind turbines and solar farms. But to ensure our energy transition works, building trust with local communities is just as crucial.The Conversation

Mingming Cheng, Professor, School of Management and Marketing, Curtin University and Peta Ashworth, Professor and Director, Curtin Institute for Energy Transition, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Satellite images show how penguins’ diets are changing in response to Antarctic climate change

A black and white aquatic bird breaches the surface of the water.
An Adélie penguin swims through the ocean. Casey Youngflesh, CC BY
Casey Youngflesh, Clemson University

The color of penguin poop, as seen from space, is offering a new window into how the ecology and the environment of Antarctica are changing over time.

Adélie penguins are one of the most abundant predators in the Southern Ocean. They rely on food sources in the ocean, but nest on rocky outcrops all around the Antarctic continent.

Penguin colonies often have hundreds of thousands of nesting birds, which generate a lot of guano – so much so that it can be readily identified from space, using NASA’s Landsat satellites.

A multidisciplinary group of scholars that I led has used thousands of satellite images dating as far back as the 1980s to examine these patches of penguin guano, to reveal what these birds are eating and how changes in the environment are affecting their diets – which also affect their survival.

In particular, we found that when there is an abundance of sea ice at a colony, Adélie penguins there tend to rely more on small fish. When there is less sea ice, they depend more on krill, which are small shrimplike crustaceans.

A satellite view of a group of small islands with ice floating in the water between them shows that some of the islands are pink, while others are not.
A NASA graphic shows several of Antarctica’s Danger Islands stained pink by guano from Adélie penguins with a krill-rich diet. Without rookeries, those islands would look more like Darwin Island. NASA Earth Observatory/Michala Garrison

The color of food

Krill have a pink exoskeleton that penguins don’t fully digest, which contributes a rosy shade of pink to their guano. It is the color of guano that we can use to determine what penguins are eating.

This approach relies on a quantitative approach we developed that examines guano color and links that to the share of a penguin’s diet that is krill.

To develop the linkage, we collected penguin guano at several locations. With a spectrometer, we determined the color of each sample as a satellite would see it. This was done in a small makeshift lab on a ship in the Antarctic, which likely smells of penguin guano to this day. We analyzed what was in this guano, using tools from environmental chemistry, to determine the diet that had generated that color of guano.

A person bends over a table that holds several small patches of material of varying color.
Casey Youngflesh spreads out penguin guano in preparation for analysis of its color and evidence of what food it came from. Casey Youngflesh, CC BY

That information, along with some statistical modeling, allowed us to determine what penguins are eating based on the color of their guano as observed from satellites. More broadly, it provides a window into what is happening in the larger Antarctic marine food web – information typically hidden under the surface of the Southern Ocean. To our knowledge, this is the first effort to directly monitor what animals are eating from space.

An overhead view shows two circles of a penguin colony on land near a rocky, icy shore.
A view from a drone shows how penguin colonies, lower left, differ in color from their surrounding terrain. Thomas Sayre-McCord/WHOI/MIT, CC BY

Using information from around 4,000 satellite images, we looked at how penguins’ diets varied over both time and space. We found that penguins do eat different things across the Antarctic continent, and that what they eat varies both across the year as well as from one year to the next.

Links between sea ice, food webs and penguin populations

Our data reveals how climate change is shifting penguins’ diets and how the Antarctic food web as a whole is changing.

Since the 2010s, sea ice has declined precipitously around the continent, with several years setting new historical sea ice minimums. Less sea ice means fewer fish, which is bad news for penguins: Adélie penguin chicks are typically heavier when fed fish as opposed to krill, and heavier chicks are more likely to survive into adulthood.

Our findings indicate that in locations where penguins eat less fish, the number of penguins has declined over the past few decades across the species’ entire range. By contrast, penguin colonies that eat more fish are more likely to be stable or increasing.

A lot of penguins sit perched on top of gray fuzzy bundles that are their chicks, amid rocks, dirt and guano.
A colony of Adélie penguins on their nests, on King George Island in Antarctica. Michael Polito, University of California Santa Cruz, CC BY

Unfortunately, large-scale declines in sea ice are projected to continue into the future. Adélie penguins are also now facing increased competition for fish and krill from other marine life and from humans.

For example, in the Antarctic Peninsula region, the area directly below South America, baleen whale populations, which feed largely on krill, have rebounded substantially since the end of commercial whaling decades ago. Gentoo penguins are shifting their range from the sub-Antarctic southward to the Antarctic as the climate warms, adding to the numbers of predators hunting in those waters.

Fishing trawlers are also now harvesting large quantities of krill to be used in fish feed and human dietary supplements, which may put additional pressures on Adélie penguins in these regions.

A close-up photo shows a penguin bending forward and opening its beak toward two tiny gray-and-black chicks, which are reaching upward with open mouths.
An Adélie penguin adult feeds two small chicks on one of the Danger Islands in Antarctica. Michael Polito, University of California Santa Cruz, CC BY

The power of big data

Only by using thousands of satellite images could our research team understand how Adélie penguins’ diets vary across the range of the species, how it shifts over the seasons, and how it is responding to a changing environment over the past several decades.

Information from satellites is particularly valuable for remote and hard-to-reach areas like Antarctica’s penguin colonies, as other methods of collecting this data would take massive amounts of personnel, planning and travel and survival logistics.

As satellite technologies continue to improve, with increasing resolution, shorter intervals between images and new sensors for collecting information, there are opportunities to fundamentally change how we monitor some wildlife, providing critical information about how the world is changing and how humanity might respond to these changes.The Conversation

Casey Youngflesh, Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences, Clemson University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Extreme heat is taking a toll on firefighters as wildfires stretch crews to the limit

Firefighters working behind a low line of flames.
Wildland firefighters light a backfire while battling a fire near Mariposa, Calif., in 2022. David McNew/AFP via Getty Images
Julian L. Gallegos, Purdue University

When a wildfire threatens a community, most people don’t think to ask whether the firefighters coming to help slept enough the night before, recovered from the previous day’s shift or have enough energy left for another day on the fire line. They simply expect firefighters to show up.

But that workforce is increasingly being stretched to its limits.

The U.S. national fire preparedness level has been at 5 for weeks in summer 2026, its highest level, suggesting firefighting resources are fully committed and some regions may need emergency staffing measures to meet the demand. Crews were battling more than 90 large fires in late August, and firefighters in the Southwest and Texas faced daytime temperatures over 100 degrees Fahrenheit (38 degrees Celius) at times.

Firefighters cut fireline while carrying heavy packs.
Cutting fire lines to prevent wildfires from spreading is physically exhausting work, and firefighters often work long shifts. Joe Bradshaw/BLM

In conditions like this, the unrelenting heat, stress and smoke take a toll on firefighters’ bodies.

Training, fitness and protective equipment allow firefighters to work in these extraordinary environments. But as a nurse practitioner, firefighter and founder of Purdue University’s FIRE Lab, I know too well that none of that makes the human body’s capabilities limitless.

Heat hits firefighters from 3 directions

Wildland firefighters face heat from the environment, the fire and their own bodies.

Hiking steep terrain with heavy equipment, clearing brush and cutting fire line to stop fires from spreading creates internal metabolic heat. Sun and high air temperatures add environmental heat, while flames and smoldering fuels contribute radiant heat.

The body responds by sending more blood toward the skin to release that heat while continuing to supply oxygen to working muscles. The heart works harder to support both jobs.

As fluid losses increase, the volume of blood circulating through the body can fall, the heart rate rises, and the work of fighting fires feels harder.

An infographic discusses ways firefighters face heat from the fire, the environment and their own bodies from the exertion when battling wildfires.
How heat affects wildland firefighters. Purdue University FIRE Lab

Field studies show how this strain can become severe. In one study of 221 wildland firefighters on the job, 61% reached a core temperature of at least 100 F (38 C). About 50% reached a physiological strain index of 6 or greater on a 0-to-10 scale that combines heart rate and core temperature to measure how hard the body is working to cope with heat. Among those whose body temperatures crossed 100 F, the majority remained above that temperature for more than 30 minutes.

A core temperature of 100 F does not by itself mean heat stroke, but it signals substantial physiological strain. Staying hydrated helps the body sweat and keep blood circulating, but even a fully hydrated firefighter can overheat when the body gains and produces heat faster than it can release it.

Immediate consequences can develop quickly

Heat strain may begin with fatigue, headache, dizziness, weakness or nausea and progress to heat exhaustion or heat stroke. Severe hyperthermia can affect the brain, heart, kidneys and liver.

Wildland firefighters can also face rhabdomyolysis, a breakdown of skeletal muscle that can contribute to kidney injury. The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health reported 62 severe cases among wildland firefighters from 2010 to 2020 and cautioned that the true number was probably higher.

A line of firefighters in soot- and dirt-stained yellow jackets walk along a road carrying equipment.
Fighting wildfires often means walking miles in steep terrain, carrying the equipment and protective gear firefighters need. These firefighters are working on the Timber Fire near Big Sur, Calif., in August 2026. Andrew Avitt/U.S. Forest Service

Heat adds to fatigue when firefighters must anticipate fire behavior and make rapid decisions.

A 2025 field study found that wildland firefighters averaged 13.8-hour shifts on days when they were fighting fires and got around 6.7 hours of sleep. Poorer sleep and longer shifts were associated with reduced cognitive function, which can affect a firefighter’s ability to make split-second calls, such as when to retreat from an escalating fire.

Effects stay with bodies beyond one shift

The effects of heat and exhaustion can also add up. A firefighter can finish a shift hot, smoke-exposed and physically depleted, sleep in a warm camp and return to the line before fully recovering. Repeating that pattern across days and fire seasons may place ongoing strain on the heart, lungs and kidneys.

Smoke adds another health risk. Wildland firefighters commonly work in smoke without the kind of protection that firefighters use when fighting blazes inside buildings.

A 2019 exposure-modeling study estimated that, depending on the number of fire days worked over a career, cumulative smoke exposure could increase a wildland firefighter’s risk of dying from lung cancer by 8% to 43% and dying from cardiovascular disease by 16% to 30%. These are estimates, but they show why career-long exposure deserves attention.

Firefighters on air mattresses with tents in the background.
Getting quality rest between shifts isn’t always easy during multiday campaigns fighting major fires. AP Photo/Ted S. Warren

Kidney health is another emerging concern. A 2025 study of 39 wildland firefighters found temporary decreases in kidney function and changes in kidney-injury biomarkers during one midseason fire incident. More research is needed to determine whether firefighting over seasons and years can lead to persistent kidney damage.

These findings raise an important occupational health question: What happens when heat, dehydration, smoke, sleep disruption and extreme physical exertion accumulate not only across one incident but across an entire career?

How to lower the risk

The heat isn’t going away, but there are ways wildfire management agencies can reduce the risk to firefighters.

First, firefighter health should be an important part of national wildfire readiness policies. Having adequate staffing so firefighters aren’t overworked and have meaningful enough recovery time to rehydrate, cool down and sleep between shifts are important. So are conditions that allow real sleep between shifts.

Monitoring firefighters’ health can also help catch early warning signs, such as kidney stress or burnout.

The public can also help by reducing the likelihood of high-stress fire situations.

The National Interagency Fire Center estimates that about 85% of U.S. wildfires are caused by human activities. Some of those can be avoided by fully extinguishing campfires, checking local fire restrictions, avoiding spark-producing activities on dry, windy days when fire risk is high, and maintaining vehicles and trailers so metal does not drag and ignite vegetation.

If you live in wildfire-prone country, creating defensible space and reducing combustible material around your home can reduce the fuel for fires. Evacuating promptly in an emergency also reduces the likelihood firefighters will have to put themselves in high-stress situations to rescue you.

We all expect firefighters to be there when the worst happens. Making sure they can do their jobs and stay healthy will allow them to continue to show up.The Conversation

Julian L. Gallegos, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Purdue University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Galápagos corals show El Niño events are more extreme now than in past 1,000 years – here’s how my team made the discovery

A scuba diver takes a coral sample from the ocean bottom.
A NOAA scientist takes a coral sample in the Galapagos Islands. The process does not injure the colony, which grows back. Atlantic Oceanographic and Meteorological Laboratory - NOAA
Julia Cole, University of Michigan

Temperatures have warmed dramatically across the equatorial Pacific Ocean in 2026, signaling the onset of a strong and potentially historic El Niño. These events can affect weather around the world, and the intensity of recent El Niño events is raising alarm that, as global temperatures rise, they are becoming stronger and more destructive.

To understand how these climate patterns are changing, we need to understand what happened during El Niño events in the past, but observations go back only a few decades. So, my colleagues and I went to the Galápagos Islands – at the heart of the El Niño pattern – to find answers from some of nature’s best record keepers: corals.

In records preserved by living and ancient fossil corals, we found that, on average, El Niño events have been stronger in the past 40 years than at any time in the past millennium, with higher temperatures that lead to more powerful effects on weather.

That intensification also coincides with human-caused global warming.

Our results, just published in the journal Science, suggest that the 1982-83 and 1997-98 El Niños – two of the strongest in recent memory – may be harbingers of more extreme events to come as the planet warms.

A chart shows rising global temperatures and El Niño conditions over time.
Our World in Data, CC BY

El Niño comes for the Galapagos

One of the strongest El Niños hit in 1982, with devastating consequences for the Galápagos Islands. It triggered a marine heat wave that reverberated through one of the most distinctive and unspoiled ecosystems on the planet.

Exceptionally warm surface water blocked the usual upwelling of cool, nutrient-rich water that fuels the food chain for marine life. The result ravaged communities that rely on the ocean – fish, birds, marine mammals, and people who fish for their livelihoods throughout the eastern tropical Pacific. In the extraordinary heat, more than 95% of Galápagos corals died.

The heat wave was caused by an exceptionally strong El Niño event, part of a climate pattern that begins in the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean, around the Galápagos Islands, as the trade winds shift. El Niño’s warm ocean water alters the atmospheric circulation above, diverting storm tracks and changing patterns of floods, droughts and tropical storms around the globe.

Fish swim over a expanses of corals.
The Galápagos Islands are known for their astounding marine biodiversity, a result of high nutrients and the mixing of cool and warm waters. Greg Asner/DivePhoto.org

The 1982-83 El Niño contributed to climate extremes worldwide, from flooding in Kenya and Peru to drought in Indonesia and Brazil, costing the global economy as much as US$4 trillion by some estimates. A similarly strong El Niño in 1997-98 resulted in 23,000 deaths from disease and climate disasters.

But we wanted to know: Are such powerful El Niño events unusual in the context of history?

Even in 1983, scientists were surprised to find that such a strong event had been underway. Historical records of El Niño are sparse before the era of satellite observations. Fortunately, long-lived corals growing in the tropical Pacific can provide a history of El Niño that extends our view into the past.

How corals record history

As corals grow, they preserve a record of local ocean temperatures over time. In the Galápagos, because of their location, that record reveals the history of El Niño events and of their cooler counterpart, La Niña.

Like trees that produce annual growth rings, corals add skeletal layers of calcium carbonate year after year. The alternating bands of higher and lower density reveal changes in the coral’s growth rate during each year and can serve as a timekeeper. The history of the ocean temperature is embedded in the chemical composition of the skeleton itself.

To track the history of water temperatures, we measured two chemical parameters – the ratio of heavy to light oxygen isotopes and the ratio of strontium to calcium – both of which reflect the seawater temperature in which the coral grew.

Three maps showing temperature differences in the difference phases: neutral, El Niño and La Niña
Three sea surface temperature maps show how Pacific Ocean temperatures change between El Niño, La Niña and neutral patterns. The Galápagos Islands are within the small black circle. During El Niño, trade winds weaken, suppressing the upwelling of cool water and allowing temperatures to rise. Temperatures are in Celsius. NOAA

In the Galápagos, because of the islands’ location, the sea surface temperature swings between warm El Niño years and colder La Niña years, when upwelling of nutrients is stronger.

Illustration shows upwelling
The Galápagos Islands sit in a region of strong upwelling, where nutrient-rich deep waters rise to the surface. This upwelling results from a combination of the local trade winds and the surfacing of a deep current as it collides with the islands’ mass. The nutrients fuel phytoplankton blooms that provide food for fish, birds and other marine life. Julia Cole, based on original illustration by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution
Two maps show very low phytoplankton activity at the end of an El Niño and high again during La Niña.
Satellite images of phytoplankton around the Galápagos Islands show how exceptionally warm El Niño events, left, reduce the upwelling of nutrients that phytoplankton need, compared to more normal conditions, right, a few months later. NOAA Climate.gov, based on SeaWiFS data provided by Norm Kuring, NASA GSFC

The largest living corals in the Galápagos grow in the northern islands of Wolf and Darwin, in water 20 to 50 feet deep. To study their history, we dived down and took core samples from long-lived corals, some 8 to 10 feet tall.

Every core we drilled from a living coral showed evidence in its calcified skeleton that the coral had suffered during the 1982-83 El Niño event. We saw obvious “death horizons” – dense layers of calcified material produced by other reef organisms such as algae, gastropods and barnacles interrupting the lattice of the skeleton.

A CT image, left, and photo, right, of a section of coral from Wolf Island shows the ‘death horizon,’ when extreme heat bleached and then killed the corals living there. The coral colony later regrew over the dead surface.

We also took samples of fossil corals around the archipelago – mostly dead coral boulders found along the islands’ shorelines. Radiometric dating told us that these fossil corals were up to 4,500 years old. Those samples provide an even deeper view of El Niño’s history.

Back in the lab, we sliced the coral cores lengthwise into slabs and used a drill to extract powdered samples, each representing about one month’s growth, along a path from youngest to oldest. We analyzed the geochemistry of each sample. In the chemical ratios from thousands of samples, we found seasonal cycles spanning many decades and exceptional warm and cold years that revealed a unique history of El Niño and La Niña events.

A large fossil on land.
The Galápagos Islands have many large fossil corals that preserve temperature histories going back millennia. Gerald and Buff Corsi © California Academy of Sciences
A flat surface that looks like rock with clear growth bands that look like tree rings.
A fossil coral in the field shows annual growth bands. Julia Cole

A history of ENSO through time emerges

Our data show clearly that the strength of the El Niño-Southern Oscillation has intensified as global temperatures have warmed.

The chemistry of the corals revealed that El Niño events from the past 40 years were stronger than at any other time sampled in the past millennium.

The coral data aligns with ocean temperatures measured from thermometers over the past century. But the coral records extend much further back in time, providing long-term context to show that modern El Niño events are more extreme than before the industrial era began.

A line chart shows El Niño and La Niña strength changes over time.
The study found that the strength of El Niño or La Niña paralleled global temperature change over the past millennium. The strength, measured by coral geochemistry, is indicated by the colored circles and triangles: The colors denote the island location, and the shape indicates the type of geochemistry used. Triangles show results derived from the ratio of strontium to calcium, and circles show results from the ratio of oxygen isotopes. The red line indicates the global temperature estimated from other paleoclimate data. Coral data is plotted as the standard deviation of reconstructed Galápagos temperature on left axis, and global temperature data is plotted as deviations from the 1961-1990 average on the right axis. Julia Cole

The El Niño intensification we observed, starting in the mid- to late 20th century, is also greater than what nearly all climate models suggest would result from natural causes. It appears to be closely connected to human-caused global warming – a conclusion in line with expectations from most climate models.

Not all models anticipate El Niños strengthening as the climate warms, but our data shows that unusual strengthening has accompanied recent warming – an association that may allow scientists to identify models that most closely track observations.

Looking ahead

A stronger El Niño-Southern Oscillation means more intense and damaging climate extremes across the globe. If humanity can anticipate those hazards, we can prepare and perhaps avoid the worst damage.

Fortunately, scientists understand enough about El Niño and La Niña events today to be able to forecast them up to a year in advance. But such predictions depend on continuous, careful climate measurements from satellites and buoys across the remote tropical Pacific, coupled with continuous improvements in climate modeling and forecasting capabilities.

Those capabilities are now more important than ever as global warming accelerates.The Conversation

Julia Cole, Professor of Earth and Environmental Science, University of Michigan

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How underwater ‘booms’ could provide earlier warning of deadly volcanic tsunamis

NASA Worldview
Shane Cronin, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau and Jose Carlos Borrero, University of Southern California

The massive January 2022 eruption of Hunga volcano in the Kingdom of Tonga took the world by surprise.

It blasted a plume more than 50km into the atmosphere, sent pressure waves around the globe and generated a series of tsunamis, devastating parts of Tonga and killing at least three people.

But one of the most important things we’ve learned since this historic event is that these tsunamis did not all stem from the same cause.

The first were generated by enormous explosions during the opening stages of the eruption. On nearby Tongatapu, waves with run-ups of one to four metres began arriving within minutes.

Then, more than an hour later, something much more destructive happened. A tsunami with run-ups reaching 18 to 40 metres struck islands within 100km of Hunga, destroying resorts and villages across southern and central Tonga.

Our newly published research shows this largest tsunami was generated not by another explosion, but by the sudden collapse of the volcano’s caldera – and that the collapse produced an underwater sound detectable thousands of kilometres away.

That finding could point to a new way of warning communities about some of the most unpredictable types of tsunamis on Earth.

Listening to an underwater volcano

Monitoring submarine volcanoes is notoriously difficult. There are hundreds scattered around the Pacific “Ring of Fire”, yet we know relatively little about their state of activity – and even less about how to respond when they erupt.

Satellites can detect changes in heat and gas emissions, along with eruption plumes when clouds don’t obscure the view. These observations can provide timely warnings of eruptions and help protect aircraft.

But satellites cannot tell us whether a deadly tsunami is on its way. Nor are conventional seismometers necessarily much help.

The closest seismometer to Hunga during the 2022 eruption was in Fiji, about 750km away. At that distance, many of the seismic signals produced by volcanic processes are poorly transmitted through the Earth.

So instead, we listened to what Hunga was doing in the ocean.

Underwater sound travels extremely efficiently over long distances as hydro-acoustic signals known as tertiary waves, or T-waves. An isolated volcano rising from the ocean floor can effectively act like a bell, radiating the sounds of violent underwater processes through the surrounding ocean.

We re-analysed records from 14 seismic stations around the southwest Pacific, some as far as 2,600km from Hunga.

During the first hour of the eruption, we could “hear” submarine landslide flows racing down the volcano’s flanks. These flows were powerful enough to destroy submarine communications cables and their acoustic signals could be detected hundreds of kilometres away.

But the loudest underwater signal was still to come.

The sound of a volcano collapsing

At about 6.28pm Tonga time, the centre of Hunga began collapsing in on itself.

The collapse ultimately produced a caldera about 4km wide and more than 850 metres deep. Moving such an enormous volume of rock and seawater generated the largest local tsunami of the eruption.

Yet remarkably, the collapse was only weakly detected through conventional seismic monitoring.

Underwater, it was a different story. The collapse generated an enormous T-wave that radiated across the Pacific. We detected it at 14 stations, including sites more than 2,000km away.

The strongest part of the signal lasted about five minutes, giving us an indication of just how rapidly the main collapse occurred.

But to establish that this collapse had generated the devastating tsunami, we needed to know precisely when that wave reached Tonga. That required a rather different kind of evidence.

The tower that stopped transmitting

At Kanokupolu, on the western side of Tongatapu, a telecommunications tower stood 180 metres inland and about 13 metres above sea level.

The earlier tsunami had already swept ashore and residents had evacuated, but the tower remained standing. A weather station attached to it sent its last scheduled data transmission at 6pm.

Eventually, the much larger tsunami arrived. It flattened the tower and tore it apart, with pieces later found hundreds of metres further inland.

But exactly when had that happened?

Our team worked with Tonga Communications Corporation to examine data traffic through the tower. The answer was remarkably precise: communications stopped at 6:45:24pm.

That timestamp provided another piece of the puzzle. The huge underwater acoustic signal indicated Hunga’s caldera had begun collapsing at about 6.28pm.

The destruction of the tower roughly 17 minutes later was consistent with the time needed for the resulting tsunami to develop and travel across the roughly 60km separating Hunga from western Tongatapu.

This satellite image shows ash-covered homes and buildings on the Tongan island of Tongatapu, days after the eruption of the Hunga Tonga-Hunga Ha'apai volcano on January 14, 2022. Maxar/Getty Images

Eyewitness accounts provided another check. People had experienced the earlier, smaller waves and had time to evacuate before the catastrophic tsunami arrived.

All of this evidence enabled us to reconstruct something that conventional seismic monitoring had largely missed: a sudden submarine caldera collapse that generated the eruption’s most destructive local tsunami.

Sound waves travel through the ocean at around 1.5km per second – more than seven times faster than a tsunami.

If monitoring systems can automatically recognise and locate these signals, they could provide early warning of volcanic tsunamis – much as existing systems do for those triggered by earthquakes.The Conversation

Shane Cronin, Professor of Earth Sciences, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau and Jose Carlos Borrero, Adjunct Assistant Research Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of Southern California

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

More trees are needed to cool down European cities in heatwaves – but they must be planted nearer to homes

Puerta del Sol square in Madrid with people walking across the square.
Madrid could benefit from more trees to create shade in the summer. Mistervlad/Shutterstock
Thami Croeser, RMIT University and Simon Hodder, Loughborough University

Heatwaves claimed the lives of tens of thousands of people in Europe’s capital cities this summer, as they experienced record temperatures.

In London, emergency wards filled with elderly patients injured after fainting in the heat. Meanwhile, the dry weather created subsidence and left homes with cracks.

In Paris temperatures exceeded 40°C in late June and people struggled to carry on their lives, and in Madrid, heatwaves burned thousands of hectares on the outskirts of the city.

How trees can help

Thami carried out preliminary research on the results of extreme heat on European cities this summer. The study looked into how many buildings have adequate shade from trees. The results were striking.

In London, Paris and Madrid over 90% of buildings did not have enough shade around them to prevent urban heat island effects. These were among the worst results in cities we studied, but even the best performers had a majority of residents without adequate heat protection – cities like Hamburg (56% unprotected) and Barcelona (70% unprotected).

This builds on past research that shows how major cities around the world – including in Europe – tend to struggle to reach useful levels of tree canopies to create shade close to homes and workplaces. It suggests that that homes should have a view of three trees and be within a 300 m walk of a park.

Early results for my research suggests that huge portions of European cities are exposed to avoidable heat island effects.

How urban heat islands work

On many days during summer 2026 it didn’t get much cooler in the evening. This is because of what is known as the urban heat island effect. Cities typically lack shade, due to high rates of tree removal, sparse planting, and poor tree health and there are vast amounts of asphalt, clay and concrete. These are almost the perfect materials to soak up and hold heat from all that direct sunshine. Unshaded asphalt can reach over 70°C on heatwave days.

Even after sunset, cities stay hot because roads, buildings and footpaths begin to radiate their absorbed heat back at us as they cool. The urban heat island effect can add significantly to ambient temperatures, making a day that is already very hot (perhaps 35°C) even more dangerous in high-asphalt, low shade locations (over 40°C).

What could help?

Tree shading is an effective strategy to address this urban heat, with a range of other mental and physical health benefits to local residents. Trees prevent solar radiation reaching heat-absorbing materials such as asphalt, and also keep the sun off our bodies. Tree shade has been shown to reduce the heat absorbed by pedestrians by up to 18°C.

Healthy trees also push water out of their leaves as they photosynthesise, which soaks up heat as it evaporates. This evaporative cooling effect adds an extra few degrees of cooling, in addition to shading people and preventing heat island effects, even during heatwaves as long as trees still have access to water.

Where trees are needed

Planting more trees in cities in the wake of this summer’s heatwaves is going to help cool urban areas down. The thinktank, the Create Streets Foundation, found the temperature on an exposed paved area in London during one heatwave was 55°C but was 25-30°C in a shaded area metres away.

Looking at a city such as London, you might argue that it already has plenty of trees: around 8 million.

But trees are only effective tools against urban heat when they’re close to homes. A lush shady park 800m away isn’t going to prevent dangerous localised heat island effects for you and your neighbours.

The other crucial factor is that there are thresholds of shade cover that have to be reached for trees to actually offer substantial cooling. A few isolated trees creating small islands of shade aren’t enough. Adding more tree canopy has been shown to be effective at preventing urban heat islands when it reaches 30-40% overall shade cover, within 60m of homes and workplaces.

It will also be important to plant trees that are best able to cope with increasingly hot temperatures in Europe.

Adding just a few degrees to an already hot day sharply ramps up the danger that heat poses. In locations where heat islands bump up the ambient air temperature from 33°C to 37°C, or 35°C to 41°C, there’s an increase in patients attending hospital admissions’ rooms due to heat related illness. When air temperature increases above 35°C the human body’s ability to manage the heat is greatly reduced; cardiovascular strain, dehydration, potentially leading to heatstroke and the need for medical intervention.

When it makes nights hotter there are other ramifications. It is during the cooler night hours that the body loses heat to reset for the following day. If the body is still trying to cope with warm temperatures, 24°C and above, this impacts recovery and impairs sleep quality. This means we start the next day in deficit, both physiologically and cognitively, to cope with another hot day. Repeated exposure to days of high heat mean that the deficit builds over time.

Adding more trees works

Medellin in Colombia is an example of what happens when more plants are added to urban streets.

In just a few years, millions of plants and over 12,500 trees were added to form a network of lush greenways across Colombia’s second largest city.

This project has resulted in significant drops in temperature (of 4.5°C in some areas, and 2°C citywide).

There are signs that Paris and London are aware they need to make changes. The recently announced Heat Ready London plan includes a focus on urban greening.

Paris is already starting to add more green space. The city’s school streets programme not only creates safe, car-free areas close to local schools, but also has added more trees. Evidence already suggests that surfaces in school streets are 5°C cooler than their traffic-heavy counterparts, with fewer trees.

As Europe prepares for more hot summers, planting trees close to homes needs to be high on the agenda to help people cope.The Conversation

Thami Croeser, Vice-Chancellor's Research Fellow, Centre for Urban Research, RMIT University and Simon Hodder, Professor in Environmental Ergonomics, Loughborough University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Using a radar satellite to track emperor penguins in winter is changing our understanding of the species

An emperor penguin in the Antarctic.
Grant Macdonald, Durham University

Freely available satellite radar imaging is being used for the first time to help track colonies of endangered emperor penguins in Antarctica throughout the winter months.

Typically satellite images need sunlight to be useful, and Antarctica is dark in the winter. This has meant that colonies have been hidden at a critical time in the emperor penguin breeding cycle, when eggs are laid, chicks hatch and adults take part in those iconic huddles.

Almost 70 colonies of emperor penguins, many of which have never been visited by humans, occupy the sea ice that is fastened to the coastline surrounding Antarctica.

Now using synthetic aperture radar (SAR), an instrument operating on satellites that sends microwave pulses down to Earth, and measures how those pulses return, our research team has been able to track what the penguins do during these months.

Unlike other forms of satellite imagery, SAR is not reliant on sunlight, or affected by cloud, and therefore provides radar imagery of Antarctica through the dark polar winter.

SAR’s signal is sensitive to the properties of what it interacts with, and has been used for years in the poles to research things like the properties of sea ice and melt on glaciers.

When looking at SAR images from the free European Space Agency satellite, Sentinel-1, showing the location of an emperor penguin colony during winter, my team started to notice a bright white splodge of pixels moving around against a backdrop of dark, smooth sea ice.

Features like icebergs or rough sea ice can look bright in SAR imagery, but it didn’t make sense for those to be moving around at that time of year, when the sea ice was fixed and stable. Could it be the emperor penguin colony?

We soon found the same thing at the locations of other colonies – clusters of bright moving pixels on stable ice. We were then able to obtain optical images from September when the sunlight first starts returning, and compare them with the SAR, and confirmed it was indeed the colonies we were observing.

penguins standing on snowy mound, ice landscape in background, blue sky
A group of adult and chick emperor penguins at Snow Hill Island, Antarctica. Peter Fretwell, British Antarctic Survey., CC BY

Tracking through the whole year

This finding opened up an exciting opportunity to track colonies throughout the whole breeding cycle, by combining SAR images in winter with optical images in spring/summer, and all using freely available data that has been routinely collected for years.

We went back through eight years, from 2017 to 2024, and followed three of the largest colonies year-round. We were able to follow their movement, sometimes even daily from early in the winter until chicks grow their first feathers in December and January.

Emperor penguin colonies in Sentinel-1 SAR imagery during winter. This image shows the Cape Washington colony.
Emperor penguin colonies in Sentinel-1 SAR imagery during winter. This image shows the Cape Washington colony. European Space Agency., CC BY

We observed that colonies were typically less mobile in the winter, before spreading out and moving greater distances in the spring and summer. Interestingly, we found that the Atka Bay colony moved up from the sea ice onto the glacier ice that flows from the continent in seven of the eight years in the early spring. The colony did this despite the sea ice – the typically preferred habitat for the species – being stable. We need more research to understand why this is.

Satellite remote sensing has been a crucial tool for observing the emperor penguins in the summer months since 2009. It was discovered then that colonies could be found in satellite images because of the dark guano stains they leave on the snow and ice. Overall, these observations have revolutionised our understanding of the species and have led to the discovery of many more colonies.

The Atka Bay colony of emperor penguins in satellite radar imagery during winter
The Atka Bay colony of emperor penguins in satellite radar imagery during winter. European Space Agency., CC BY

After a period of stability, Antarctic sea ice has declined markedly since 2016 and likely entered a new state, characterised by lower extent and increased instability. Earlier this year, emperor penguins were added to the International Union for Conservation of Nature’s red list and classified as endangered, predominantly due to projected declines in sea ice.

This makes better understanding and monitoring of emperor penguins more important than ever. The ability to observe colonies throughout the breeding cycle using freely available, routinely collected satellite data creates opportunities to better understand their response to changing environmental conditions.The Conversation

Grant Macdonald, Postdoctoral Researcher, Department of Geography, Durham University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

3D scans of Tasmanian tiger’s skull reveal it had crocodile‑style snapping jaws

Vera Weisbecker, Flinders University; Andrew Pask, The University of Melbourne, and Douglass S Rovinsky, Monash University

Some 90 years after the death of the last documented thylacine – better known as the Tasmanian tiger – the species remains a global symbol of human-made extinction.

The carnivorous marsupial fell victim to 19th-century colonists’ perception that unfamiliar creatures were primitive, vermin-like imitations of more familiar European animals. The species was later exterminated due to sensationalist claims that it was a ferocious, wolf-like predator of sheep.

However, our new study, published in Nature Communications, suggests the thylacine defied the colonialists’ assumptions in every way. It was unique among modern predatory mammals by subduing its prey with high-impact snaps of slender, oversized jaws.

Our focus was on one of the most widely cited cases of evolutionary convergence – the dog-shaped skull of the thylacine, which inspired its species epithet cynocephalus (“dog-head”). This is a striking similarity as thylacines are separated from dogs by more than 120 million years of evolution.

So we set out to understand how deep the similarity really goes.

Overview over the mammalian tree of life with thylacine in pink and wolf in orange. Modified from work by OrthoMaM: A database of orthologous genomic markers for placental mammal phylogenetics. Ranwez et al. (2007), CC BY-SA

A massive head with a flimsy face

We used 3D shape analysis to compare scanned thylacine skulls from museums around the world with those of other predatory mammals. This revealed that different regions of the thylacine’s skull resemble those of several other animals.

The thylacine’s long and thin snout looks pretty fragile, most like that of small foxes and jackals. By contrast, the back of the thylacine’s skull resembles that of wolves, dingos and dholes (also known as the Asiatic wild dog).

But the standout feature of this odd patchwork was the thylacine’s enormous head. Its relatively puny 17 kilogram body carried a skull as large as that of wolves, which are more than twice the thylacine’s weight.

So why this skinny jaw on an outsized head?

We suspect this combination allowed thylacines to subdue their prey with powerful snapping bites. Thylacine jaws are clearly built for speed: the longer a jaw is, the faster its tip moves during biting.

Combined with the animal’s famously large gape, this should increase the impact of the strike. Long jaws like this are usually quite weak, but the huge size of the thylacine’s skull would have added enough substance to withstand lethal snaps into potentially unsuspecting bandicoots.

A black and white image of a small tiger-like animal with black stripes on its back and its mouth wide open.
A yawning thylacine at Beaumaris (now Hobart) Zoo taken in 1933. Dr David Fleay

The mammalian answer to crocodiles?

But it is the features that are not found in other predatory mammals that may have taken the thylacine’s snaps to a new deadly level.

The thylacine’s upper jaw is exceptionally tall, with a distinctive “pinched” hourglass shape at the tip. This combination is perfect for resisting the stress of high-impact, upwards-directed bites. It also matches earlier results that thylacine canine teeth seem most suited to puncturing, crushing bites (rather than pulling, tearing, or holding).

Thylacines were probably the last modern predatory mammals to sport such a tall, mace-like snout. But similar jaw types are found across other vertebrates, such as crocodiles, and are usually interpreted as adaptations for hunting fast-moving prey.

But some extinct mammals also had thylacine-like snouts, most notably in the gigantic extinct predator Andrewsarchus.

Our results are particularly tantalising in view of earlier genomic work which suggested that natural selection acted on regulatory genes in some shared developmental pathways of wolves and thylacines.

It is possible these genomic similarities are behind some of the shared aspects of skull shape between wolves and thylacines. However, as we know wolves and thylacines did not fill the same ecological niche, we might ask how these genomic convergences produced such a uniquely specialised marsupial predator.

Skulls of a grey wolf, thylacine and red fox seen side by side.
Even though wolves, thylacines and red foxes are separated by millions of years of evolution, their skulls show striking similarities. Vera Weisbecker

A lesson for urgent and thoughtful future science

Our results highlight – yet again – that the thylacine’s eradication targeted an animal that only existed in the early colonial imagination. But they are also a timely reminder we cannot afford to repeat this mistake through negligence.

Australia has the worst mammal extinction rate in the world. Its wildlife faces escalating threats from environmental degradation and climate change, as well as new threats such as bird flu.

Museum-based research like ours is needed to illustrate how these statistics reflect irreplaceable biodiversity lost with every extinction.

But we also need to remember Western science is only part of the story – respectfully requesting knowledge from Indigenous custodians about the unique Australian wildlife should be key to our future research.

After all, the people who lived alongside thylacines for tens of thousands of years knew exactly what kind of animal it was.The Conversation

Vera Weisbecker, Professor in Evolutionary Biology, College of Science and Engineering, Flinders University; Andrew Pask, Professor, School of BioSciences, The University of Melbourne, and Douglass S Rovinsky, Associate Research Scientist, School of Biological Sciences, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week One September 2026: Issue 658 (published Sunday August 30)

 

Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay's 2026 Custodians of the Ocean program commences

Last Tuesday, August 18, marked the expansion of the Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay's 2026 Custodians of the Ocean program. 

FoBBB stated, ''It felt very special to begin with the Year 3 students at St Luke’s Bayview, the school that helped us pilot and shape the program in 2025.''

From classroom learning and special guests to hands-on activities, this day was all about sparking curiosity, building knowledge and helping our young custodians understand that their voices and actions matter.

''Their energy, questions and excitement were contagious — and a wonderful reminder of why we created this program in the first place.'' FoBBB orgainsers stated

''Co-created by Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay and Studio Oi, in partnership with the Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development, Custodians of the Ocean continues to grow and evolve — guided by science, community and, importantly, the curiosity and vision of the children themselves.

A huge thank you to everyone who has helped bring this vision to life. Here’s to inspiring the next generation to learn, care, share and take action for our oceans.''

The first Custodians of the Ocean session this year included a Q and A with Lara Gribbin, a young film maker whose film ‘The Reserve’ was recognised internationally, Neil Evers, who explained the connection to Sea Country local First Nations peoples have, along with other cultural learnings and on the beach activities.

The Reserve is a short film about Cabbage Tree Bay aquatic reserve in Manly, showcasing its role for the community and marine life.

A few photos from the day run below. With more local schools signing up for the Custodians of the Ocean program, this is proving an inspiration and empowering expereince for the next generation.

The Friends of Bongin Bongin Bay are a group of volunteers working to establish a marine sanctuary at Bongin Bongin Bay, Mona Vale Beach. Bongin Bongin Bay, also known as Mona Vale Basin, is a vibrant marine sanctuary rich with ocean life and cherished by the local community.

You can find out more at: bonginbonginbay.org

 

Rewilding project at Allenby Park shows promising results

Earlier this year, locally extinct native bush rats, known as ‘Boguls’, were reintroduced by the University of Sydney to Allenby Park at Allambie Heights as part of the Sydney Rewilding Initiative.

Several months on, monitoring results are showing encouraging signs, with camera footage confirming the animals are active and establishing themselves in the park.

The reintroduction aims to restore a species that once played an important role in local bushland ecosystems but had disappeared from the area due to habitat loss and introduced predators. These animals are small, shy and are not known to enter homes or premises.

A second group of Boguls was released in June 2026 to strengthen the population, with ongoing monitoring indicating the animals are surviving and adapting well to their restored habitat.

The project has combined habitat restoration, wildlife monitoring and fox control measures to support the species' return. Since the initial release, 22 foxes have been humanely removed from the area, helping to protect native wildlife.

Researchers are continuing to track the population and study the ecological benefits the species is bringing back to the park. As natural foragers, bush rats help with pollination, turn over soil and leaf litter, spread fungi and seeds and support healthy bushland ecosystems.

The Sydney Rewilding Initiative is also inviting local residents to share their views on local wildlife, nature and urban rewilding projects through a community survey. The feedback will help inform future rewilding initiatives across the region.

The council stated this week; ''We’re working with researchers to support the project through site management, monitoring and community engagement, while the University of Sydney leads the scientific research and animal reintroduction activities.''

To learn more about the project or complete the survey, visit the Sydney Rewilding Initiative website.

Photo: A Roncolato, Sydney Rewilding Initiative

 

Manly's Little Penguins to be vaccinated Against H5 Bird Flu + Lion Island Little Penguins Update

Announced: Friday August 28 2026

The NSW Government has commenced a rollout of targeted vaccinations for vulnerable species of birds to help protect them against H5 avian influenza (bird flu).

A combination of insurance populations in captivity and wild populations of birds will be vaccinated. This includes the Little Penguins in Manly and Barunguba Montague Island.

Taronga Conservation Society Australia vaccinated the first birds this week, with trial cohorts of Little Penguins, Carnaby’s Black Cockatoos and Red-tailed Black Cockatoos among the first species to receive the initial dose of the two-dose vaccine course.

Little Penguin  - photo by fir0002

The NSW Government is working with Taronga to vaccinate and monitor wild Little Penguins at Manly Point.

Other wildlife facilities across NSW will join the state’s vaccine program, ensuring as many species as possible can be covered.

The vaccine requires two doses, administered three-to-four weeks apart. Birds in trials must remain in a controlled environment while completing their primary vaccination course and for 14 days following the second dose so they can be closely monitored for any adverse effects.

The NSW Government is continuing to work with wildlife organisations and other relevant partners to assess potential vaccination sites and ensure appropriate infrastructure, safety measures, veterinary oversight and other requirements are in place before vaccination commences.

NSW is continuing to learn about how the vaccine performs in native wildlife. The controlled vaccination program will provide an opportunity to closely monitor vaccinated animals and identify any potential adverse effects as further plans to vaccinate are progressed.

Complementing the broader rollout of vaccinations, Taronga is leading a vaccine trial that will provide valuable data on immune responses, vaccine effectiveness and future vaccination strategies in threatened and zoo-managed birds.

NSW is taking a careful, evidence-based approach to vaccination, with animal welfare, safety and the latest scientific and veterinary advice guiding decisions about when we use vaccines.

Vaccination is not a standalone solution or a silver bullet for H5 bird flu. It is one tool within a broader response that includes surveillance, preparedness planning, biosecurity and conservation measures.

NSW continues to strengthen surveillance and preparedness for H5 bird flu and has established preparedness plans for priority wildlife sites across the state.

Bird flu has not been detected in commercial poultry flocks or captive birds anywhere in Australia and the risk to human health remains low.

The community also plays an important role in early detection. If you encounter a suspected sick bird or marine mammal, avoid contact, record what you see and report it immediately to the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline on 1800 675 888.

More than 5,000 calls have been received by the Hotline which has been up and running since June at the State Coordination Centre in Orange.

Premier of New South Wales Chris Minns said:

“The unfortunate reality is that H5 bird flu is a significant threat to our native bird populations.

“While no government can stop the virus from spreading, vaccination programs like this one rolling out at Taronga Zoo are part of our efforts to help protect some of Australia’s most beloved native birds.”

Minister for the Environment Penny Sharpe said:

“We are deeply concerned about the impact that H5 bird flu could have on our native wildlife.

“No government policy can stop this virus form spreading through our wild bird populations. What we can do to support our wildlife is vaccinate insurance populations, protect their habitat and eliminate invasive species.

“From captive wildlife to wild populations, we are carefully considering where vaccination can help protect our precious birds”

Minister for Agriculture, Regional and Western NSW Tara Moriarty said:

“This targeted vaccination program is another important step in NSW’s ongoing work to prepare for and respond to H5 bird flu.

“Vaccination is not a silver bullet, but it is one practical tool we can use alongside surveillance and preparedness planning to help protect vulnerable native wildlife.

“We know this disease presents risks for native wildlife and poultry producers which is why we having been planning for some time with our best veterinary and scientific advisors plus working closely with industry and wildlife groups.

Taronga Conservation Society Australia, Chief Executive Cameron Kerr AO said:

“Taronga is pleased to be working closely with the NSW Government on this nationally significant effort to help protect some of Australia’s most vulnerable bird species from the threat of H5 Bird Flu.

"As a conservation and science-based organisation, this vaccine trial represents an important opportunity to strengthen the scientific evidence base for avian influenza vaccination in threatened birds.

"Through this work, Taronga will generate valuable data on the safety and effectiveness of the vaccine across a diverse range of species, helping to inform future disease preparedness and response efforts across Australia’s unique wildlife.”

Member for Manly, James Griffin MP has welcomed advice from National Parks and Wildlife Services that Manly’s Little Penguin colony will be vaccinated as early as next week to protect them against the H5 avian influenza (bird flu). 

After seeking advice from National Parks and Wildlife Services, Mr Griffin has confirmed that the NSW Government is progressing vaccination of priority native wildlife against H5 avian influenza, with Manly’s little penguins identified as a priority species because of their conservation significance and the potential impacts of the virus.

“Our National Parks and Wildlife Rangers and staff do an outstanding job, and I cannot thank them enough for taking such prompt action to get ahead of this and protect our Little Penguins,” Mr Griffin said. 

“As the last remaining breeding colony on mainland NSW, Manly’s Little Penguins are one of the state’s most vulnerable bird species, and I am deeply concerned about the threat posed by the outbreak of H5 bird flu.”

“I also wish to take this opportunity to thank our local volunteer penguin wardens, who dedicate their time to patrol breeding areas every night from the beginning of the season and monitor the health of the colony.” 

The council has also welcomed the NSW Government’s announcement that Manly’s endangered Little Penguin population will be vaccinated against H5 bird flu, a critical step towards protecting one of Australia’s most vulnerable seabird colonies. 

Deputy Mayor Candy Bingham said the vaccination program was a positive outcome for the penguin colony and the broader Northern Beaches community.

“Our Little Penguins are so loved by our community and are an irreplaceable feature of our Northern Beaches local biodiversity,” Cr Bingham said. 

“Council had requested stronger protections for this endangered population, and we welcome the NSW Government’s decision to vaccinate the colony against H5 bird flu.

“The impacts of this disease on wildlife populations overseas have been devastating. While we recognise there are no silver bullets to stopping the spread of the virus here, we must do everything we can to help protect these endangered birds before any local outbreak affects the colony.

“Alongside vaccination, continued vigilance and preparedness by all levels of government and the community will remain essential as the situation evolves.”

The council stated on Friday it has been preparing for the impacts of H5 bird flu for several months, working with lead agency NSW Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development (DPIRD). 

Preparations include establishing a cross-Council Incident Management Team, identifying and mapping high-risk biodiversity areas, developing response plans and operational procedures, establishing reporting and escalation arrangements, and preparing staff, equipment and disposal processes to support a coordinated response if local cases are detected. 

“We will continue to monitor advice from NSW biosecurity authorities and work closely with partner agencies to support preparedness and response efforts.

“Residents are reminded not to touch sick or dead birds or wildlife, to keep pets away from affected animals and to report sightings through the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline on 1800 675 888,” Cr Bingham said.

Photo: Black-breasted Buzzard bird-flu vaccination at Taronga Zoo, Sydney. Photo: Taronga Zoo/NSW Government

The Great Big Little Penguin Count 2024

Building on the success of the inaugural 2023 Great Big Little Penguin Count, the 2024 little penguin survey extends our reach along the New South Wales coast.

The 2024 survey sites include:

  • Barunguba – Montague Island, Narooma
  • Broughton Island, Port Stephens
  • Big Island, Port Kembla
  • Brush Island, Bawley Point
  • Snapper Island, Batemans Bay
  • Cabbage Tree Island, Port Stephens
  • Lion Island, Broken Bay
  • Manly.

Counting little penguins across a broader range of sites will give us a better understanding of the little penguin population and their breeding habitats. This will also enable our scientists to:

  • monitor population changes more accurately over time
  • improve on assessing the impact of environmental changes
  • better inform conservation strategies to protect this species.

Thanks to our dedicated volunteers, local councils, and partner organisations who have contributed their time and expertise to make this year’s count a success.

To learn more about The Great Big Little Penguin Count and our ongoing conservation efforts, visit the Seabirds to Seascapes webpage.

2023 inaugural Great Big Little Penguin Count

Undertaken in 2023, the first ever Great Big Little Penguin Count provided scientists from the Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water with a baseline from which to measure changes to the population, assess future trends and help protect this iconic seabird.

Understanding how the little penguin population is faring along our coasts also gives us a valuable tool to gauge the health of our marine environment.

In 2023, surveys were conducted on:

  • Barunguba – Montague Island, Narooma
  • Bowen Island, Jervis Bay.
  • Broughton Island, Port Stephens
  • Tollgate and Snapper islands, Batemans Bay

Bowen Island is part of Booderee National Park, a Commonwealth reserve which is owned by the Wreck Bay Aboriginal Community.

Future surveys will be expanded to include additional islands, enhancing our understanding of the species' status across various breeding sites in New South Wales.

Many thanks to the trained volunteers, Parks Australia and Eurobodalla Council staff who assisted with this year’s Great Big Little Penguin Count.

About Seabirds to Seascapes

Seabirds to Seascapes, funded by the NSW Environmental Trust, is supported by project partners the Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water, the Sydney Institute of Marine Science, Taronga Conservation Society Australia and the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service.

Seabirds to Seascapes aims to improve marine ecosystem health and support important marine species by learning how coastal restoration influences and benefits marine habitat, animals and biodiversity.

The project focuses on habitat restoration in Sydney Harbour and will undertake a penguin count and seal survey along the NSW coastline.

Seabirds to Seascapes draws in the community to be an active part of this world-leading project, and builds capacity of those looking after our coastal, estuary and marine environments.

It supports collective efforts to protect, rehabilitate and manage habitats and ecosystems so native species can thrive.

Seabirds to Seascapes focuses on good and practical conservation to support vulnerable marine habitats and native species that are critical for a healthy and functioning ecosystem.

In a nutshell, it aims to:

  • learn how to best approach degraded marine habitat through restoring connected habitats
  • improve parts of Sydney Harbour's habitat to improve animal and plant life and broader biodiversity and ecosystem health
  • develop knowledge to be able to take these learnings and apply them to other marine environments
  • gain a better understanding of little penguin and fur seal populations and movements along the NSW coastline
  • engage with the local community and increase awareness of the importance of conserving biodiversity in our oceans and on our coasts.

We want people to learn what's happening underwater through citizen science opportunities and ignite their passion to care for our marine environment.

The project's 3 main initiatives:

  1. Project Restore – restoration of Sydney Harbour seascapes through installing Living Seawalls and replanting sea grasses and kelp.
  2. Penguin census – counting little penguins and monitoring breeding colonies and their foraging behaviours along the NSW coast.
  3. Seal survey – monitoring Australian and New Zealand fur seal populations in New South Wales.

Lion Island Little Penguin Colony: Monitoring-Restoration of Habitat Project

monitoring and habitat restoration project

BY: Foundation for National Parks and Wildlife

YEAR: 2021 

STATE: New South Wales 

FOCUS AREAS: Growing Parks/Saving Species/SDG 14 : Life below water/SDG 15: Life on Land/SDG 17: Partnerships for the goals

There is a lack of current data on the breeding success and health of the Little Penguin population at Lion Island more generally. This information is of importance as the population is a satellite population of the Manly Endangered Little Penguin Population, and health and breeding status can indicate wider population trends in Little Penguins in the Sydney area.

The project will conduct the following monitoring activities to address the above problems- microchipping and weighing adult birds, monitoring egg/chick success in natural and artificial burrows.

Project overview

The November 2018 wildfire on Lion Island and subsequent fire-fighting efforts resulted in the loss of natural burrows on Lion Island. This wildfire instigated the installation of 20 artificial burrows on the island to provide supplementary habitat.

The burrows are designed to be predator-proof and have not been tested in the field elsewhere. The take-up and success of the burrows on Lion Island is important to understand as it will inform the use of these burrows for other Little Penguin populations in Australia.

There is also a lack of current data on the breeding success and health of the Little Penguin population at Lion Island more generally. This information is of importance as the population is a satellite population of the Manly Endangered Little Penguin Population, and health and breeding status can indicate wider population trends in Little Penguins in the Sydney area.

The program will conduct the following monitoring activities to address the above problems- microchipping and weighing adult birds, monitoring egg/chick success in natural and artificial burrows.

The project will, also address the emerging and ongoing threat to penguin breeding habitat from weed incursions.

Ongoing bush regeneration work is essential in maintaining and improving the habitat and habitat suitability for little penguins on the island.

The specific aims of these activities include:

  1. Determine the abundance of the Lion Island Little Penguin population.
  2. Determine the breeding success and the number of breeding pairs of the population, so the population remains viable.
  3. To determine the level of interaction between the penguin populations at Manly and other nearby monitored colonies
  4. To determine the success of the new artificial burrows. The findings from ongoing monitoring will inform the use of the burrows on other penguin colony locations.
  5. Monitor the population in the post-?re environment and maintain community expectation that NPWS and the NSW State Government are committed to the continued monitoring of the population
  6. Reduce weed densities and improve the quality of penguin breeding habitat on the island.

Expected outcomes for the project:

  • – Increased knowledge of Lion Island population health and abundance
  • – Increased understanding of relationship with Manly population and indication of wider ecosystem trends
  • – Inform use and success of artificial burrows
  • – Decreased weed densities and improved habitat

PROGRESS OF THIS PROJECT

The project is ongoing and was funded by FNPW in 2021.

PROJECT PARTNERS

NSW National Parks & Wildlife Services is the lead organisation for this project.

Further information about our project partner can be found on their website: https://www.nationalparks.nsw.gov.au/

Previous reports:

More than 4,500 calls to Emergency Animal Disease Hotline as community asked to protect pet birds: NSW 

Minister for Agriculture and Western NSW - Issued: 26 August 2026

Minister for Agriculture Tara Moriarty today visited the State Coordination Centre (SCC) at the Orange Agricultural Institute where experts from across government are leading the NSW Government’s response to H5 bird flu.

More than 300 personnel have been working at the SCC since it was stood up in June, with dedicated teams of experts covering logistics, operations, communication and planning.

This includes staff from the Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development, the Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water and from Health and Aboriginal Affairs.

Public reporting is a critical part of the response to H5 bird flu, with more than 4,500 calls received by the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline since June. Every call from members of the community and NGOs involved with wildlife are triaged and investigated.

Presently NSW has had 13 events of H5 bird flu, predominately around the far south coast.

Governments nationally have agreed to report publicly on H5 bird flu using the term of ‘event’. An event is a single investigation that may involve one or more birds from a site, and the NSW Government will report H5 cases using this nationally consistent approach.

Bird flu has not been detected in commercial poultry flocks or captive birds anywhere in Australia and the risk to human health remains low.

As part of the visit to the SCC the Minister for Agriculture has highlighted the need for backyard chicken and captive bird owners to now take biosecurity measures to reduce the risk of their birds being infected or transmitting H5, including:

  • Maintain cleanliness in sheds, yards, aviaries and equipment
  • Provide clean water and keep birds away from natural water sources such as streams and ponds
  • Limit wild bird contact by placing food and water inside shelters, and using netting for free-range birds
  • Isolate new birds before adding them to a flock
  • Limit visitors and check if they’ve been around other birds
  • Practice good hygiene when interacting with birds.

If you encounter a suspected sick bird, or marine mammals, avoid contact, record what you see, and report it immediately to the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline on 1800 675 888.

All surveillance testing for H5 bird flu takes place at the Elizbeth Macarthur Agricultural Institute (EMAI) and is funded by the NSW Government.

For information on preparing your backyard to keep your birds safe - see the factsheet here

Minister for Agriculture and Regional NSW, Tara Moriarty said:

“The dedicated team at the State Coordination Centre are working every day to help keep NSW prepared for H5N1 bird flu.

“This work often happens behind the scenes, but it plays an important role in helping protect our primary industries, producers, wildlife and regional communities.

“I also wanted to make a call out to people who have backyard chickens or aviaries to now take precautionary actions, if they haven’t already, to protect their birds from H5.

“There is information available for people on how to protect their backyard birds and I recommend people check out the website and read the factsheet.

“Today’s visit to the state coordination centre is an opportunity to recognise the expertise, commitment and collaboration of the people working here in Orange and throughout the state. We will need them as we respond to the virus spreading across Australia through our wildlife.

“I want to thank everyone involved for the work they are doing everyday with industry, NGOs, each other and local councils to minimise the impact this virus is having.”

Chief Veterinary Officer Dr Jo Coombe said:

“Strong preparation and coordination are critical to protecting communities, industry and jobs.

"The work underway at the State Coordination Centre demonstrates the collaborative approach governments and industry are taking to respond to this evolving situation.”

H5 bird flu events in wildlife: Australian Government Update

As of 4pm AEST, 27 August 2026, Australia has 354 positive events of H5 bird flu in wildlife.

  • 10 in Western Australia (WA)
  • 203 in South Australia (SA)
  • 14 in New South Wales (NSW)
  • 2 in Queensland (QLD)
  • 112 in Victoria (VIC)
  • 13 in Tasmania (TAS)

As H5 bird flu is confirmed in more locations and species in Australia it will not be necessary to continue testing all species in known areas of transmission, or to test every animal involved in an investigation. Reporting will be targeted to provide a clear picture of the national H5 bird flu situation in wildlife in Australia and key developments.

Positive events by species

Source: Australian Government Bird Flu Updates webpage

Mammals impacted Update: South Australian Dolphin

Friday August 28 2026 Update - Source: SA's Department of Primary Industries and Regions (PIRSA)

A dead dolphin found at Goolwa on South Australia's Fleurieu Peninsula has returned a positive test result for H5N1 bird flu.

SA's Department of Primary Industries and Regions (PIRSA) said the detection in dolphins was a "new development in Australia", though several cases have been reported in other countries.

The state's chief veterinary officer Dr Skye Fruean said it was expected the dolphin had "eaten a bird or interacted closely with a wild bird".

"We know that dolphins are highly susceptible, which means they are at risk," she said.

Dr Fruean said there were few reports globally because infected dolphins were rarely found on shorelines.

The detection followed a positive result in a red fox found in Adelaide's north-west earlier this week.

The full announcement from Friday states:

There are 46 new confirmed H5 bird flu events in South Australia since yesterday’s update, including Australia’s first detection in a dolphin.

The increase in cases reported today reflects a change to the way H5 bird flu cases are confirmed in South Australia, helping to provide faster results and more timely reporting.

Under the updated approach to reporting, cases can now be confirmed when laboratory testing in Adelaide detects the H5 bird flu virus. Previously, most samples were routinely sent to the ACDP for additional testing before a case could be confirmed.

The change, which is supported through nationally agreed protocols, reduces delays and allows specialist national laboratory resources to be focused on more complex or unusual cases.

Samples will still be referred to ACDP where further analysis is required, such as when results are unclear or where additional information is needed to support the investigation. This means all of our previously suspect cases are now confirmed, and additional positive cases have been confirmed based on SA-based laboratory testing.

The new positive events include a common dolphin at Goolwa, which has been referred to ACDP for further analysis, and a red fox at Osborne, which was previously reported as a suspect event.

While the detection in the common dolphin is a new development in Australia, there is evidence of dolphins and porpoises catching H5 bird flu overseas. Dolphins would not commonly eat birds but it is not unusual for them to sometimes interact.

There are now 249 confirmed H5 bird flu events in South Australia. There are currently no suspect events.

There remains no H5 bird flu detections in poultry or other livestock. The risk to human health of H5 bird flu remains low.

Engagement with primary industries, the wildlife sector, and the broader South Australian community continues as part of the South Australian Government’s commitment to deliver the most comprehensive and effective wildlife and industry surveillance, reporting and preparedness efforts possible.

South Australians are encouraged to continue being vigilant in reporting sick and dead birds and other wildlife.

The public are reminded to contact their vet if they have concerns regarding their pets and H5 bird flu.

Avoid touching sick or dead birds and other wildlife. Record what you see. Report it to the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline on 1800 675 888.

For the latest updates, information and advice about H5 bird flu in South Australia visit birdflu.sa.gov.au.

Government to remove Australian Antarctic Program expeditioners from sub-Antarctic island as H5 bird flu threat approaches

Announced: Friday August 28 2026

The Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) is temporarily withdrawing staff from Macquarie Island research station due to the psycho-social risk to expeditioners of a potential H5 avian influenza (bird flu) outbreak.

Elephant seals live and breed close to station buildings at Macquarie island Photo: Barend Becker

The research station is currently home to 24 tradespeople, scientists and support staff. The island is located in the Southern Ocean, about 1,500km south-east of Tasmania.

“This is an unusual measure but it’s the most appropriate course of action based on our assessments of risk and operational realities,” DCCEEW Deputy Secretary Sean Sullivan said.

“Our first priority is the health and safety of our expeditioners.”

Macquarie Island is home to large elephant seal populations close to station buildings. Thousands of elephant seals are born close to the Macquarie Island research station every Spring.

While H5 bird flu has not yet been detected there, expert assessments predict a high likelihood of a significant mortality event during the upcoming breeding season.

Elephant seals have proved particularly susceptible to H5 bird flu, with pup mortality rates of more than 90 per cent discovered in some areas on the sub-Antarctic external Australian territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands.

“While the risk to humans of H5 bird flu is considered low, we can’t ignore the psychosocial risks of living near potentially large numbers of affected animals,” Mr Sullivan said.   

“Our expeditioners already live and work in one of the world’s most remote and challenging environments.

“It is important that we minimise any additional risks that could affect their wellbeing and the safe operation of our stations.”

The Australian Antarctic Division is currently working through steps to mitigate impacts on Australia’s international monitoring obligations, wildlife monitoring and infrastructure.

It is also developing plans to prepare the station for temporary closure.  

Overseas experience shows few direct actions can be taken to mitigate the impacts of H5 bird flu on native species. Owing to the island’s remoteness and harsh conditions, active control measures for wildlife are not planned at this stage.

Fortunately, wildlife on Macquarie Island exists in a largely undisturbed state.

The territory is free of most invasive species that threaten native species and ecosystems commonly found in mainland Australia.

This follows significant investment and effort in previous years to eradicate rabbits, rats and mice, which has boosted resilience and increased chances of recovery among island seals.

Australia’s icebreaking research and supply vessel, RSV Nuyina, will travel to the island in late September or early October to retrieve personnel and essential cargo.

“The Australian Antarctic Division is exploring options for monitoring the situation on Macquarie Island, with a view to returning expeditioners to the station in coming seasons,” Mr Sullivan said.

“We remain committed to maintaining a long-term presence on Macquarie Island.”

Macquarie Island Research Station. Photo; Brendan Barnes

Thousands of elephant seals are born close to the Macquarie Island research station every Spring. Photo: Elliot Martin

Australia’s bird flu response: too little, but it’s not too late

Australian crested tern perched by the ocean
tracielouise/Getty Images
Euan Ritchie, Deakin University

When news broke over the weekend that Australia’s first mainland bird flu case in a mammal – the death of a long-nosed fur seal – had been detected, I felt deep sadness and dread for what’s likely to come next. We should expect large scale deaths of mammals, in addition to birds.

The deadly strain of H5N1 bird flu has been spreading across Australia and devastating wildlife. So infection in a mammal was tragically just a matter of time.

This news comes after more than 1,000 crested terns and more than two dozen little penguins recently died in South Australia and Tasmania, respectively.

Australia’s federal, state and territory governments claim they’re well-prepared to manage this environmental and conservation crisis. Are they? There’s much that needs to be urgently improved.

Stopping the spread of bird flu is impossible, but we can still reduce the severity of its impacts on wildlife and the environment.

Three politicians wearing suits stand at podiums in front of the Australian flag.
Chief Veterinary Officer Beth Cookson, Minister for Agriculture Julie Collins and Minister for the Environment Murray Watt speak to journalists about bird flu at Parliament House in Canberra in early August. Mick Tsikas/AAP

Clear communication must start early

There is extensive information on the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry’s bird flu page.

However, government websites are not where people typically get their information. Before bird flu arrived in mainland Australia in June, there should have been a national public awareness campaign across traditional and social media platforms, and even via letters from local councils. This did not happen.

Some people are clearly unsure about which activities are safe, such as bird feeding, and how to best protect themselves and their pets.

They need clearer information on dealing with sick and dying animals, whose responsibility it is, and what help is available. These issues are causing angst among wildlife carers, veterinarians and local communities, with some councils calling for more funding as they face cleaning up large numbers of dead, infected birds.

In Portland, southwest Victoria, locals have been collecting and disposing of dead birds themselves. They hope to minimise the spread of H5N1 to other wildlife, including much-loved local animals such as Sammy the seal.

Well-resourced, specialist taskforces, such as what occurred in Scotland, would be a better and safer way to ensure suffering animals are humanely euthanised, and their bodies are collected within hours, not days. We cannot access everywhere, due to Australia’s size, but rapid action is possible in many places. This is one of the most practical ways to reduce the severity of H5N1 outbreaks. Reducing animal suffering and trauma for people should be a priority.

Government should be transparent

Australia is the last continent to be affected by H5N1 bird flu – we’ve had years to prepare. Despite this, an official risk assessment pinpointing which birds and mammals are most susceptible was only released about three weeks ago, on August 4. This followed sustained pressure from scientists and scientific organisations.

This risk assessment paints a grim picture. But predicting risk is made even harder by the absence of pertinent information, such as species’ genetic diversity and likely immune function. Had the assessment been released earlier, gaps in our knowledge could have been prioritised for further research before H5N1 arrived on Australia’s shores.

Furthermore, details of federal, state and territory government plans to protect wildlife and important locations (such as breeding sites) were not made public until very recently. Even now, not all plans have been released, and some of those that are public lack sufficient detail.

Two sealions on an Australian beach.
Mammals such as Australian sea lions are highly susceptible to bird flu. T. Ulrich/Getty

Slow start to vaccination, and not for mammals

A vaccination program for little penguins is underway at Phillip Island, and will hopefully protect these much-loved birds. Regrettably, these vaccinations commenced after the death of an infected little penguin, meaning it’s possible bird flu is already spreading across Phillip Island.

The program, which requires penguins to be injected with two doses several weeks apart, will likely not achieve maximum benefit for a few weeks. Given bird flu arrived roughly two months ago, its delayed start should be explained by government. It stands in contrast to New Zealand, where vaccination for five threatened bird species began before the first detection in the country.

The protection of marine and land mammals has also not been a high priority for government. There is currently no vaccine legally approved for use on mammals. However, promising trials have occurred in the Hawaiian monk seal and northern elephant seal.

Given Australia has a unique array of mammals and a dire mammal conservation record, it’s remarkable the federal government has not invested in a vaccine. It would have had the potential to protect species such as the Australian sea lion, Tasmanian devil, eastern quoll, and other threatened mammals.

Funding is piecemeal

Australia’s Minister for the Environment, Murray Watt, says government investment has strengthened wildlife populations and made them “more resilient” in the face of bird flu. This is highly questionable.

Australia’s list of threatened species continues to grow, and now numbers well over 2,000. Monitored populations of threatened shorebird species have more than halved since 2000, and similarly, threatened mammal populations have fallen by more than 30%.

The federal government has spent A$113 million on bird flu preparation and response, and states and territories more than $24 million. But this falls far short of what’s needed.

More broadly, spending on environmental protection and recovery is less than 1% of the annual federal budget and set to drop further to less than 0.5%. Calls for an immediate $200 million bird flu funding package have so far been ignored.

Not too late

Overall, government responses to this deadly bird flu outbreak have been insufficient and much too reactive, but it’s not too late.

Australia’s unique species and environments are already suffering enormously through fires, algal blooms, coral bleaching, invasive species and other impacts. Bird flu is another blow, and we are likely yet to have seen the worst of it.

Yet Australia has the financial capacity, scientific expertise and community goodwill to greatly increase our care for the animals and places we all know and love. Governments must rise to this challenge, and significantly boost our response to bird flu as a matter of urgency.The Conversation

Euan Ritchie, Professor in Wildlife Ecology and Conservation, School of Life & Environmental Sciences, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Backyard bird feeding could be a bird flu ‘superspreader’. An expert explains

Two rainbow lorikeet birds sitting on and feeding from a human hand.
Kamadie/Getty
Darryl Jones, Griffith University

Backyard bird feeding is one of our country’s most popular pastimes. Research reveals about half of Australian households feed wild birds, with many people doing so daily.

However, this practice could act as a superspreader event – where a disease infects an unusually high number of people or animals – of the H5N1 virus. This deadly strain of bird flu has already decimated wild bird and mammal populations worldwide. It is now spreading across Australia, most recently killing more than 1,000 crested terns and a long-nosed fur seal, the first detection in a mainland mammal.

Although many Australians feed wild birds, the practice is controversial. This is mainly due to concerns about people offering unsuitable foods and birds becoming dependent on humans.

So why is backyard bird feeding such a problem when it comes to bird flu? And can we do it safely?

A kookaburra holding a scrap of meat in a suburban backyard.
Bird feeding can attract all kinds of avian visitors. Jaana Dielenberg, Biodiversity Council, CC BY

Not just a hobby

People feed wild birds for various reasons, including to provide food during tough times or simply enjoy their presence. Most care deeply about their avian companions and believe feeding them is helpful.

However, they may not realise the danger this creates for the birds they love.

Feeding wild birds heightens the risk of disease transmission at feeding locations. When we offer supplementary food, such as seeds or meat scraps, this attracts birds of many different species in a combination and number that would not happen in nature. They may carry deadly diseases, such as the H5N1 virus, and potentially spread them to other birds.

This can create a transmission hotspot right on our back deck. And catching bird flu can push our most threatened species, such as the orange-bellied parrot, to the brink of extinction.

The fatal effects of H5N1 are not only contained to birds. Scavenger animals such as possums, red foxes and crows can be exposed to the virus while devouring the carcasses of infected birds. Humans in close contact with infected wildlife, such as wildlife carers and veterinarians, can contract H5N1. However, human infection is rare and typically only causes mild symptoms.

Cockatoos eating from a bird seed tray in a suburban backyard.
Wild birds don’t necessarily need the food provided by backyard bird feeders. Jaana Dielenberg, Biodiversity Council, CC BY

Stopping the spread

Backyard bird feeding may seem like a harmless hobby. But given how many people do it, and the risks it poses to both birds and people, bird feeding activities could lead to many more wildlife deaths.

So if you feed birds in your backyard, how can you do so safely?

The most effective strategy is to stop feeding birds altogether. If you don’t offer food to wild birds, they will be less likely to congregate in your backyard or garden. And they will be fine without your help. Our previous research found most birds that visit feeders obtain most of their nutrition from natural sources, such as insects and worms. So the food we provide is a snack, not an essential meal.

But if you do continue feeding wild birds, here are three precautions to take:

Offer less food

Having feeders full of seeds and leftover meat will attract more birds. So to discourage them from congregating, simply provide less food. Much like COVID-era social distancing rules, this will lower the risk of H5N1 transmission by keeping birds separate.

Avoid hand-feeding

Having a bird swoop down to snatch food from your hand is one of the most intimate interactions we can have with wildlife. But in the era of bird flu, this must stop. While humans are unlikely to contract H5N1, close physical contact with birds through hand-feeding is simply not worth the risk.

Keep everything clean

If you keep feeding wild birds, it’s vital to regularly clean all feeding surfaces and equipment using domestic bleach. If you’re not prepared to do this, you shouldn’t be feeding them at all.

Backyard bird feeding could worsen Australia’s current H5N1 crisis. Indeed, your avian visitors may complain if you give them fewer tasty treats or stop feeding them altogether. But these measures will protect both you and them from this deadly disease.


Please do not touch sick or dead birds or marine mammals. Record the location, take photographs from a safe distance, keep pets away and report the sighting to the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline on 1800 675 888.


The Conversation

Darryl Jones, Professor Emeritus, Centre for Planetary Health and Food Security, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

First bird flu death in an Australian mainland mammal is a grim milestone. We know how bad this can get

A log nose fur seal basks in the sun.
SANKA VIDANAGAMA/Contributor/Getty Images
Jane Younger, University of Tasmania

Australia has crossed another grim threshold in its H5N1 bird flu outbreak. For the first time, the virus has infected an Australian mainland mammal: a long-nosed fur seal found dead at Beachport on South Australia’s Limestone Coast, about a four-hour drive southeast of Adelaide.

This is a devastating development, although sadly not an unexpected one. H5N1 is already circulating in wild seabirds along the Limestone Coast, with many infected greater crested terns found at Beachport itself.

This seal likely caught the virus through contact with either infected birds or the environment they share. As of today, there is no evidence that it is part of a wider marine mammal outbreak.

One infected seal is not a seal outbreak. But we know from overseas just how quickly that can change.

We know how bad this can get

When H5N1 reached southern elephant seals in Argentina in 2023 more than 17,000 pups died. At one intensively monitored colony, mortality eventually reached 95%. Genetic evidence strongly supported transmission between mammals, rather than thousands of seals independently becoming infected from birds.

The devastation followed the virus into the Southern Ocean.

On South Georgia island (east of the Falkland Islands), the number of breeding female southern elephant seals fell by 47% between 2022 and 2024, following the arrival of H5N1.

A dead elephant seal in South Georgia, seen in early 2025 during the bird flu outbreak on the island.
Dead elephant seals in South Georgia, seen in early 2025 during the bird flu outbreak on the island. Jane Younger

Then, at Australia’s Heard Island (about 1,700 km north of Antarctica), an estimated 13,359 elephant seal pups are believed to have died during the 2025 outbreak.

Antarctic fur seals have also been hit extremely hard. Field observations suggest they may have suffered the greatest number of deaths of any species, although the scale of the outbreaks makes a reliable total impossible.

These are not isolated animal deaths. For already threatened species – such as the Australian sea lion, the Antarctic fur seal and the southern elephant seal – losses on this scale can push species closer to extinction.

What is a long-nosed fur seal – and what happens next?

Long-nosed fur seals, formerly known as New Zealand fur seals, occur in Western Australia, South Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand. The South Australian population is estimated at around 100,000 individuals.

We do not know exactly how the Beachport seal became infected, but infection could occur through direct contact with infected birds or other seals, or exposure to contaminated beaches or water.

Australia is also home to Australian fur seals and the endangered Australian sea lion, a species found nowhere else on Earth. Its entire population is estimated at fewer than 12,000 animals, around 85% of them in South Australia.

H5N1-infected birds have already been found at Seal Bay on Kangaroo Island, while mass bird deaths are occurring at the South Australian island group The Pages – both important Australian sea lion breeding locations.

Australia’s Macquarie Island (about 1,500 km southeast of Tasmania) is also home to southern elephant seals and endangered Antarctic fur seals – both species that have faced huge losses from H5N1 in other parts of the world.

Seal populations now need urgent surveillance. We can’t stop H5N1 spreading through a colony, but we need to know where it is, how quickly it is spreading and which populations are being hardest hit.

Why are seals so vulnerable?

Seals gather on the coast in dense colonies, in close contact with each other and in contaminated ground and water, creating opportunities for rapid transmission.

But the biology of the virus matters too.

H5N1 is fundamentally a bird virus, but the lineage that spread through marine mammals in South America acquired mutations that improve its ability to replicate in the cells of mammals.

Our recent research (yet to have been peer reviewed) found that H5N1 continued to evolve as it spread through seals, including more changes that help it replicate in mammals. But severe outbreaks in seals also occurred without these changes, suggesting seals may be particularly vulnerable to the virus.

We do not yet know which viral lineage infected the Beachport seal. Rapid genome sequencing will be important to determine whether it carries the mammalian-adaptive mutations seen overseas.

Australia needs a seal plan now

There are currently no commercially available H5 vaccines suitable for mammals available in Australia.

But there is promising overseas work.

In the United States, researchers tested a vaccine – originally developed for dairy cattle – in northern elephant seals. The vaccine was well tolerated and produced a clear, measurable antibody response. Researchers then extended the trial to endangered Hawaiian monk seals in rehabilitation.

This does not yet amount to a vaccination program for free-ranging seals, and the vaccine does not have regulatory approval for use in Australia.

Vaccinating every seal colony would also be impossible. Fur seals typically enter the water as soon as people approach, making vaccination infeasible for this species.

But Australia should urgently investigate whether targeted vaccination could protect select populations where intervention is both feasible and worthwhile – particularly endangered Australian sea lions, and southern elephant seals on Macquarie Island, which remains an enormously important Australian breeding population.

Vaccination will never stop H5N1 spreading through wildlife. But it may help prevent catastrophic losses in the species we can reach.

The Beachport seal is one animal – for now.

But this virus has already shown us what can happen next. Australia should use that warning while we still have time.

Please do not touch sick or dead birds or marine mammals. Record the location, take photographs from a safe distance, keep pets away, and report the sighting to the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline on 1800 675 888.The Conversation

Jane Younger, Senior Lecturer in Southern Ocean Vertebrate Ecology, Institute for Marine and Antarctic Studies, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Iconic Australian mammals could be at real risk from bird flu. Could we protect them using vaccines in baits?

three Tasmanian devils fighting over meat.
Ulrich Hollman/Getty
Andrew S. Flies, University of Tasmania and Prithul Chaturvedi, University of Tasmania

The deadly rabies virus was once common across Europe. A bite from an infected dog, wolf or fox could be fatal.

But then came a breakthrough: an edible vaccine. Since 1978, a billion baits containing the vaccine have been distributed by 30 European nations. Many European nations are now considered rabies-free.

Our research team has been developing edible bait vaccines for Tasmanian devils to protect them from devil facial tumour disease. This approach could be adapted to protect devils and other scavenging mammals from bird flu.

What’s missing is the right vaccine. Bird flu vaccines for mammals are still largely experimental. Getting a new vaccine tested and approved in time to be useful during this outbreak of bird flu would be very challenging – but not impossible.

The good news is that vaccine development took a huge leap forward during the COVID pandemic. Vaccines were being tested in humans about two months after genomic sequencing of the novel coronavirus.

Investing in new bird flu vaccines for wildlife will be useful to help prepare for future outbreaks.

How to dispense a vaccine

Tassie devils suffer from one of the world’s few known contagious cancers. When devils tussle and bite, they spread the tumour. Mortality rates are high.

In 2019, we began work on an oral bait vaccine to help prevent transmission of the disease. In fieldwork, we have tested use of a bait dispenser and several types of baits to increase how many are eaten by wild devils. Possums, quolls, pademelons and rats also eat these baits.

We recently developed a motion-activated smart bait dispenser able to recognise devils in milliseconds and deliver bait.

Our dispenser includes a microchip scanner so we know which animal likely took the bait and their current body temperature. Data is transmitted in real time. We don’t know if devil facial tumour disease or influenza would give devils a fever, but this system will help us find out.

In the lab, we developed a vaccine which stays stable in baits and can infect the cells of devil facial tumours. We hope to start small-scale trials in devils in the near future.

The smart bait dispenser we developed can detect Tasmanian devils.

Which species could this help?

We can’t vaccinate all Australian wildlife – and we don’t have the data to predict which Australian species will be most vulnerable to bird flu – or to future diseases.

Given this, it makes sense to try different vaccination methods and focus on threatened species. Official estimates suggest up to 10% of Australian mammal species are at high to extreme risk from bird flu.

We believe our approach could quickly be used for devils and scavenging mammal species if a new bird flu vaccine was developed. It could potentially work for colonies of birds which scavenge on land such as brown skuas – the first species found to have bird flu in Australia.

It’s important to protect scavengers, as these animals can get a massive dose of bird flu after eating from a carcass. This gives the virus more opportunities to mutate and adapt to their new hosts.

But our approach won’t work for seals, sea lions and other pinnipeds, as they do not eat while on land. It would also be challenging to use the dart guns used for animals such as bison and elephants. Hand injections or the use of needles on a pole could be an alternative.

We will need to find a solution. More than 13,000 southern elephant seal pups died after the H5N1 strain of bird flu arrived on Australia’s Heard Island last year. Testing confirmed the virus was present in carcasses.

But not all species are affected equally — infections were detected in six other bird and mammal species on Heard Island, but mass die-offs were seen only in elephant seals. An Australia fur seal has now died after infection.

eastern quoll eating meat.
Eastern quolls may also be at risk from bird flu. estivillml/Getty

Better vaccines urgently needed

To date, Australia has a single bird flu vaccine approved for emergency use in little penguins and captive birds.

This vaccine uses dead flu viruses that are designed to be injected. Unfortunately, this type of vaccine doesn’t work well for baits. We need to use weakened or modified live viruses, as they can more readily enter host cells to create an immune response.

In the United States, researchers have trialled a new vaccine which inserts a bird flu target into a weakened human virus. The vaccine protected mice from bird flu and induced a similar immune response in cattle. This approach is similar to both our Tassie devil tumour vaccine and a highly successful US rabies bait vaccine. This vaccine is generally distributed by aircraft with no follow up booster drops.

Oral rabies vaccines have been hugely successful despite the fact we don’t know how many baits each wild animal eats. Some may eat several and others none. To make sure this approach is safe, Canadian scientists tested much stronger doses on key species and found no ill effects. In the US, an exhaustive review found the approach was safe and effective.

Approving new vaccines for animals often takes years. Authorities often include strict dosing requirements. Both of these may have to change if we are to tackle bird flu in time.

The success of edible rabies vaccines suggests it’s worth making dose schedules more flexible. Vaccine development, too, could be sped up.

If we want better options to tackle bird flu and future wildlife diseases, we need to start now.The Conversation

Andrew S. Flies, Senior Research Fellow in Immunology, University of Tasmania and Prithul Chaturvedi, Doctoral Student in Medical Engineering, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Frequently fumigate the hen‑houses’: how ancient Greeks and Romans tried to treat sick birds

A tiled mosaic showing three birds drinking from a water fountain.
Marie-Lan Nguyen/Wikimedia
Konstantine Panegyres, The University of Western Australia

Since the highly pathogenic H5N1 bird flu was first confirmed in Australian wild birds in June, it has rapidly spread around the continent – and among different species. The virus has been linked to the deaths of more than 1,000 crested terns in South Australia, as well as two dozen little penguins in Tasmania. It has also jumped to long-nosed fur seals.

Attention has now turned to vaccination. Wildlife officers in Victoria have begun an unprecedented program to vaccinate thousands of little penguins, while the federal government has committed funding to protect vulnerable native birds.

The science is modern. But some of the practical questions are surprisingly old. Ancient Greek and Roman writers were already asking how birds became sick, what signs to look for, and what could be done when disease appeared in them.

We cannot identify any ancient disease securely as avian influenza. Ancient writers do, however, provide evidence for close observation of outbreaks of disease among poultry and attempts to prevent them.

Birds and people in ancient Greece and Rome

Birds were deeply woven into everyday life in ancient Greece and Rome. They were eaten, bred, sold, kept around houses and watched for religious signs. Their usefulness meant people observed them closely.

Discussing birds, the Roman encyclopaedist Pliny the Elder (23/24–79 CE) wrote that:

The people of Delos began the practice of fattening hens.

Birds were fattened and bought and sold as economically valuable sources of meat and eggs.

Birds could also live very close to people. Athenaeus, a Greek writer who lived around the late second and early third centuries CE, describes the purple gallinule as a bird which, once domesticated, lived familiarly within the household:

it keeps a close eye on the married women in the house, and feels so strongly about the situation, if one of them is seduced, that when it suspects that this is going on, it informs its master by hanging itself.

Birds also had religious importance. Greeks and Romans interpreted their flight, cries and feeding behaviour as signs from the gods, while Roman officials famously observed sacred chickens before major decisions.

So birds were not peripheral to human life. They were food, property and companions, and also part of religious life. This helps explain why illness among them was noticed so readily.

Did ancient Greeks and Romans observe bird health?

Ancient writers paid close attention to what healthy and unhealthy birds look like.

Aristotle (384–322 BCE), the Greek philosopher and naturalist, thought weather could affect them.

In his History of Animals, he writes that “for the birds it is the rainy years that are unbeneficial”, and then gives a very simple diagnostic sign:

When birds are in poor health their plumage shows it, for it is disturbed and does not have the same orderliness as when they are healthy.

It is a wonderfully down-to-earth observation: sick birds looked different, and their feathers gave them away.

Did ancient Greeks and Romans know about avian influenza?

Ancient writers could not identify avian influenza as we understand it today, and no ancient outbreak can be securely diagnosed as H5N1. But they clearly recognised diseases affecting poultry and tried to control them.

The best evidence comes from Columella, a Roman agricultural writer of the first century CE. In his On Agriculture, he discusses what he describes as a “fatal disease”, a kind of cold that affected poultry.

Its symptoms were swelling and pus in and around the eyes, loss of appetite, and mucus in the throat.

According to Columella, the first response was to maintain hygiene standards in the area:

we shall give them the purest possible water in the cleanest possible vessels.

Farmers, he advised, should

frequently fumigate the hen-houses and keep them cleansed from dung.

If “the pestilence persists”, Columella recommends remedies including garlic soaked in warm oil. In severe cases, when the pus “surrounds the eyes and the fowl now rejects its food”, he describes surgical treatment.

He also tried to identify causes. The disease, he says, arose especially when birds suffered from “the cold and from poor feeding”, or when “water standing in the poultry-yard is drunk”.

So it’s clear that even in antiquity people already connected bird health with clean water, waste removal and shared living conditions.

Is there an ancient lesson?

The lesson from antiquity is fairly simple. Columella noticed that the health of poultry depended partly on the conditions in which birds were kept: clean water, adequate food and clean housing mattered.

That has a clear modern parallel. H5N1 is caused by a virus, but close contact between birds and contaminated environments can help it spread.

The ancients did not understand the biological mechanism. But they already recognised that disease among birds can quickly spread, and that measures need to be taken quickly to prevent this.The Conversation

Konstantine Panegyres, Lecturer in Classics and Ancient History, The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Data centres and democratic decline could lead to more water conflict in the future

a bridge over a river with trees along the banks.
The Elbe River in Magdeburg, Germany, on Aug. 8, 2026. The river, which flows through the Czech Republic and Germany, saw record-low water levels amid intense droughts and heatwaves across Europe. (Roy Zuo/Wikimedia Commons), CC BY-SA
Ryan Durante, Balsillie School of International Affairs

Transboundary waters — rivers, lakes and aquifers residing in more than one country — are facing challenges due to climate change, with conflicts over these waters increasing.

Existing analyses of water conflict usually focus on basins in Africa and Asia, rather than those in North America and Europe, which have typically been more co-operative. But that could be changing.

Analysis from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change shows that climate change’s most pressing impacts in the coming decades will be on water resources, with implications for governance. This isn’t just an issue for rivers like the Nile: these impacts are happening everywhere, including North America.

Current analyses of water conflict do not properly consider the 21st-century landscape. My doctoral research focuses on transboundary water governance, climate change and water conflict.

I believe there are three distinct factors that may increase the likelihood of conflict over shared waters in North America and Europe in the coming decades: an increase in generative AI-driven data centres, a decline in democratic processes and debate, and climate-related uncertainty.

Transboundary waters in the 21st century

Droughts and water scarcity have long been considered factors in water conflict. In North America, the Colorado River basin is experiencing extreme water shortages, and water demands within the Great Lakes basin are increasing.

The Danube River, spanning 10 European countries, has seen record-low water levels this summer, causing power plants to shut down due to a lack of water. A recent United Nations report has warned that the world is in a state of “water bankruptcy,” as more than half of the planet’s large lakes have declined in storage size since the 1990s.

At the same time, water conflict events are also on the rise around the world. We need to better understand the factors causing it. Scholars have noted that while water scarcity or variability could indeed increase tensions between countries that share water resources, political and economic factors are more likely to spark actual conflict.

Data centres

a large green and purple banner that reads: no data centre
A banner against data centres in Lombardy, Italy, on July 11, 2026. (Lapalmaux/Wikimedia Commons), CC BY-SA

Generative artificial intelligence (genAI) technologies like AI chatbots and their infrastructure — data centres — require massive amounts of water. A recent study has estimated that AI could consume 1.7 trillion gallons of water globally by 2027. This would have catastrophic impacts on water resources.

A recent assessment by Stanford University researchers shows that of the 9,500 data centres on Earth, a majority are concentrated in North America and Europe, and one-quarter “already sit in locations where water demand exceeds local supply for at least part of the year.”

Data centres and genAI are becoming flashpoints of conflict. Local communities are pushing back against the construction of massive data centres that act like “server farms” for AI technology.

Protests have happened in major cities like Vancouver, in the working-class boroughs of New Jersey and villages in Lombardy, Italy. Communities are skeptical of the benefits of these centres, as reporting has shown their presence is linked to high water use and water pollution.

Local council meetings have become the new battlefield, where citizens are pushing back against data centres in their backyards, and urging pauses to construction or full moratoriums as New York State recently enacted.

Democratic decline and illiberalism

As right-wing populists, parties and policies gain traction in North America and Europe, liberal democratic institutions are weakening. The hollowing out of institutions in the United States and other western countries could impact the stability of longstanding water agreements between nations.

Combined with rising climate skepticism and a rejection of science as a basis for decision-making, this narrows the space for public and inter-state engagement.

In North America, U.S. President Donald Trump’s “America First” policies and climate denial are eroding co-operative norms and processes in the Great Lakes and on the Mexico-U.S. border.

Deep uncertainty

Satellite images showing a stretch of the Danube River north of Budapest, Hungary, in August 2025 (left) and August 2026. (OptimusPrimeBot/Wikimedia Commons), CC BY-SA

Experts have defined climate-related uncertainty as the “inability to predict the scale, intensity, and impact of climate change.” As the effects of climate change grow, previous predictions will no longer be adequate guides for future scenarios.

This means that the information and models that North American and European institutions have — once considered a key advantage in co-operative basin management — can no longer be relied upon to accurately manage transboundary waters.

There’s also disagreement on the very nature of climate problems and “which future state of the world will actually materialize.” This ambiguity means that there is no shared agreement on how to prioritize climate actions vis-à-vis national sovereignty concerns and water rights.

The fate of the 2015 Paris Agreement reinforces this point. No North American or European state is on track to keep emissions below 1.5 C and the U.S. has again withdrawn from the agreement. These uncertainties could disrupt transboundary water governance institutions (whether weak or strong) in the coming decades.

So, should we prepare ourselves for the “water wars” of the 21st century? No, not in the way that’s perceived in popular media. The picture is much more complex, but the absence of full-scale war doesn’t mean we’re in the clear.

The backdrop of the 21st century will be one where the world around us changes dramatically, and to protect our planet’s waters, we need to better understand these new economic and technological factors that underlie water disputes. That’s because the seeds of conflict are all around us.The Conversation

Ryan Durante, PhD Candidate, Global Governance, Balsillie School of International Affairs

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia’s backdown on data centres allows them to use energy from coal and gas. Here’s what that means

Racks of computers in a data centre
Jason marz/Getty
Ehsan Noroozinejad, Western Sydney University

It’s official: Australia’s data centre boom will not be solely powered by renewables.

At the National Cabinet meeting on Wednesday, the federal government softened its stance on using coal and gas to power energy-hungry data centres.

Initially, the government said it would require new data centres to rely on renewables, backed up by batteries and gas. However, this has changed. Its new standards, set to be legislated in early 2027, leave room for some jurisdictions to use fossil fuels instead. Queensland and the Northern Territory have welcomed this shift.

So what are these new standards? And how do they fit into Australia’s energy “clean energy” transition?

Desperate for data

In our increasingly online world, data centres are a critical piece of digital infrastructure. These facilities store and process data around the clock. And they are needed to meet surging demand for generative artificial intelligence (AI), used in everything from health care to journalism.

However, both in Australia and overseas, local communities are increasingly worried about the potential risks of a rapid data centre rollout. These include strained water supplies, less land for housing, and persistent noise. Higher power bills are another concern, given how much energy data centres consume. The Australian Energy Market Operator estimates they will represent 13% of national grid demand by 2035–36, up from just 3% in 2025–26.

This week, Australia’s state and federal leaders agreed to develop mandatory standards for large data centres. These will regulate how much energy, water and land these facilities use. They will also cover skills and training, such as providing apprenticeships for workers involved in constructing and operating data centres.

However, the new standards leave responsibility for planning approvals in the hands of each state and territory. And questions remain around whether the proposed rules would apply to existing data centres, of which there are more than 250 across Australia, not just future projects.

New standards are a step in the right direction. However, they leave some major regulatory gaps, particularly when it comes to individual states.

No national standard

The federal government’s previous position required new data centres to pay for grid upgrades, avoid pushing up household bills and source additional clean energy, rather than simply rely on existing supply.

However, the new standards grant carve-outs for Queensland and the Northern Territory to use coal and gas. Queensland argues its publicly owned electricity system allows it to manage any cost or supply issues. The NT argues it should be free to use local gas, given it lies outside the National Electricity Market, which is largely limited to the eastern states.

Technically, this state-by-state approach could work. Data centres need “firm” power, or electricity that is available when renewable generation drops or is disrupted. The Australian Energy Market Operator says batteries, pumped hydro and gas can act as firming technologies.

Enforcement is key

However, these carve-outs must not compromise the government’s goals of lowering climate emissions and ensuring that energy remains affordable.

That is why enforcement matters. Consider New South Wales, for example, whose new policy framework is built on six key principles. These include strong environmental and efficiency standards and no net costs to consumers and communities.

Developers wanting to build data centres that meet these requirements can get a faster 75-day assessment of their planning application. Non-compliant proposals are not automatically rejected, but do lose access to this fast-tracked process and can be modified, approved with conditions, or simply refused.

To properly enforce our new standards, Australia must learn from other regions.

The European Union requires major data centres to report their energy and water use. It is also developing a ratings system to compare how efficient each centre is, alongside minimum standards for energy consumption and water use.

In Ireland, the government considers various factors – including grid demand and broader renewable energy goals – when assessing new data centre proposals.

Ensuring communities benefit

Australia, like many countries, is racing to regulate its rapidly expanding data centre sector.

To do so, we can draw on international approaches that mandate clear approval processes and public reporting.

We must also engage communities throughout the development process, starting with early consultation. This will ensure data centre projects offer concrete benefits, such as shared energy infrastructure and structured apprenticeships, not just increased capacity.

We need more research about how data centres affect water supplies, peak power prices, noise levels and emissions. Importantly, studies must use real operating data, not just estimates provided by developers.

The federal government has given states and territories more say in how they power data centres. But strong enforcement is key to ensuring every project keeps energy costs low, protects the environment, and offers lasting benefits for local communities.The Conversation

Ehsan Noroozinejad, Associate Professor & Global Challenge Lead, Urban Transformations Research Centre, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Politics with Michelle Grattan: Andrew Charlton’s warning on data centres’ impact on power bills

Michelle Grattan, University of Canberra

Household and business power prices could rise if artificial intelligence (AI) data centres end up being powered by coal or gas generation, a federal assistant minister has said.

Cabinet Secretary and Assistant Minister for Science, Technology and the Digital Economy Andrew Charlton spoke to The Conversation’s politics podcast on Wednesday afternoon – before the details of a national agreement on AI emerged from a National Cabinet meeting between the prime minister and state and territory leaders.

During the interview, Charlton defended his government’s push for national agreement that new data centres be powered by new renewable energy projects, backed by gas, warning that the alternative would “push up the price” of power.

Look, I’m not agnostic to the outcome for Australians. I want to make sure that Australian households do not face higher power prices because of data centres. And if we are allowing data centres to use power from, for example, coal-fired generation, then they are going to be competing for that existing power from that source with households and businesses. That will push up the price.

If we allow data centres to use gas from the East Coast Reservation, for example, then they will be drawing gas that would otherwise be used by households and businesses. So the problem with that proposal is if we allow the data centres to draw on finite sources of energy, they will inevitably put upward pressure on the price of those finite sources.

However, if we require the data centres to bring new incremental energy, which is renewable energy, additional to what we already have, then they won’t push up prices for Australian consumers.

But Wednesday’s National Cabinet meeting ended with Queensland and the Northern Territory winning agreement that they could power their data centres with coal and gas.

That backdown came after Federal Energy Minister Chris Bowen had previously threatened to override state governments that didn’t use renewables to power their data centres.

‘Very serious’ public concerns

Charlton, who is playing a central role in shaping the government’s AI strategy, said he accepted that the public had “real” concerns about data centres.

I think the backlash against data centres is very serious. And the reason I think it’s very serious is because I think the concerns that many people have are real.

When you look at the United States, the consequences for local communities of the unplanned and unmanaged rollout of data centres has been very severe. I mean, if you think about energy costs in the United States, we’ve seen very significant increases in consumer energy prices.

In the largest electricity grid in the United States, the PJM grid, prices went up by more than 60%. Big part of that was due to data centres. There are families in the Unites States who turned on their taps after a cluster of new data centres was put near their homes and they lost water pressure.

So I think to the extent that the backlash against data centres is based on real community concerns, we should take it very seriously. That’s really the Australian government’s approach. It’s to make sure that those types of impacts don’t happen in Australia, to make that data centres don’t push up power prices, to make the data centres don’t complicate people’s access to water. And by addressing those very real concerns, thereby increase public confidence and reduce the backlash against them.

On AI and productivity

When asked if AI would be a “small silver bullet” to increase productivity, Charlton said:

I would hope so. Artificial intelligence is effectively a significant technological innovation and technological innovation is one of the primary drivers of productivity growth. Productivity growth […] is that enabling us to produce more output for the same amount of inputs. And artificial intelligence, because it will help us to do a lot of work, should be a significant source of productivity gains. How quickly those gains come is another question.

[…But] there’s no point getting productivity growth at the expense of employment, because then your total output does not go up. What we need is productivity growth that augments and enhances the human labour to make that human labour more productive, get higher returns from that human labour, and ultimately drive up wages and living standards. That’s the outcome that we want.

On managing AI risks

Charlton flagged further reform to come on AI safety:

We’ve already seen around the world in the last few elections significant attempts at interference. And artificial intelligence will be a tool for the people who want to interfere in elections. There’s no question about that.

Now, this is part of the government’s broader artificial intelligence safety agenda. That safety agenda is looking at a whole range of different risks that are posed by artificial intelligence. Risks, for example, to child safety, and that’s why minister Wells is leading the digital duty of care. Risks to privacy and that is why minister Rowland is leading reform in the Privacy Act. Risks in critical infrastructure, being addressed by minister Burke. Risks in the economy, being led by assistant minister Leigh. The government is working hard on all the range of risks that are posed by artificial intelligence.

On Australia’s inflation challenge

Charlton declared inflation is “a terrible feature of our economy”, while defending his government’s record in bringing it down from recent highs and acknowledging “there’s no question we’ve got more work to do”.

[Inflation] increases prices. It hurts the cost of living. It’s very damaging for family budgets.

The good news is that inflation has come down a lot in the last four years. Four years ago, inflation was in the sixes, it is now in the threes. That is still too high, as the treasurer has said many times. The government has been […] helping to put downward pressure on inflation by running responsible fiscal policy.

This government delivered two budget surpluses last term. That is two more than the Liberals delivered in their entire three terms in Parliament […] So there’s no question we’ve got more work to do in terms of getting inflation down. But this is a government, through fiscal discipline and through work on the productivity side and supply side of the economy, that’s committed to supporting those objectives.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

More in August 2026 report: Framework for NSW Data Centres Released

Proposed classification of proposed public land at Seaforth under Section 34 of the Local Government Act 1993: NBC Notice

Tuesday, 25 August 2026

In accordance with Section 34 of the Local Government Act 1993, the Northern Beaches Council hereby gives public notice of its intention to classify the land described below as Community Land.

  • Address: Rignold Street, Seaforth
  • Legal Description: Lot 1 DP 23224, Lot 3 DP 23224, Lot 4 DP 23224, Lot 5 DP 23224
  • Area: 9,244 square metres
  • Current Classification: Not classified
  • Proposed Classification: Community Land

Northern Beaches Council is proposing to acquire the subject land for public open space purposes and, if acquired, to classify it as Community Land, subject to a resolution of Council.

Submissions

Written submissions regarding the proposed land classification may be made to Council within 28 days of the date of this notice by:

Completing the submission form on Council's website

Emailing council@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Writing to Northern Beaches Council, PO Box 82, MANLY NSW 1655

All submissions received during the public notice period will be considered, and a further report will be presented to Council to determine the proposed classification of the land.

Submissions close 22 September 2026

Public comment opens on industrial port and dredging proposal threatening Exmouth Gulf-Ningaloo

Monday August 24, 2026

  • WA EPA has released Gascoyne Gateway’s environmental review documents for its proposed industrial port in Exmouth Gulf for public scrutiny. 
  • AMCS-Protect Ningaloo is campaigning to stop the port that would attract shipping through a critical humpback whale resting and nursing ground, require extensive dredging and cause other wide-ranging impacts.
  • Exmouth Gulf, Ningaloo will become WA’s newest marine park and is under formal assessment for National Heritage listing – AMCS-Protect Ningaloo maintains that an industrial port would be entirely incompatible with these vital conservation measures.

Australians have 12 weeks to voice their concerns about the industrialisation of Exmouth Gulf after Western Australia’s Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) today released the Environmental Review Document for Gascoyne Gateway’s port proposal for public comment. Submissions close 16 November 2026.

The Australian Marine Conservation Society states the proposal poses such widespread potential impacts to matters of national environmental significance that it has also triggered a federal assessment that will be part of this public comment period.

Gascoyne Gateway wants to build an industrial port 10km south of Exmouth town next to Qualing Pool – a rare freshwater oasis that the WA Government has earmarked as a class A nature reserve. The port would attract large vessels including fuel tankers, cargo ships, cruise liners and other heavy shipping into Exmouth Gulf, which the WA Government has earmarked for a marine park and which is under formal assessment by the Australian Government as a National Heritage treasure. 

This ecologically rich marine and coastal area is closely linked to the World Heritage-listed Ningaloo Coast and holds high conservation value. The area is home to many threatened and listed species, including dugongs, turtles, manta rays, sea snakes and dolphins, as well as corals, seagrass meadows, and sponge gardens. The proposed port would attract massive ships that would pass through a critical resting and nursing ground for one of the world’s largest humpback whale populations, posing serious threats of vessel strike and disturbance. 

Tens of thousands of people have joined AMCS-Protect Ningaloo, the Exmouth-based Cape Conservation Group and many local community members, in opposing the proposal since plans were first announced in 2020.  Over 20,000 emails have been sent to the current and past WA environment ministers calling for them to reject the proposal because it would fundamentally diminish the environmental values of Exmouth Gulf.

AMCS Chief Executive and Protect Ningaloo Director Paul Gamblin said: 

“The Gascoyne Gateway industrial port and dredging proposal is completely incompatible with the environmentally fragile Exmouth Gulf – Ningaloo’s Nursery – and would change this marine wonder forever.  

“An industrial port proposal, jutting nearly a kilometre into Exmouth Gulf and dredging of more than a million cubic metres of the seafloor in one of the world’s most important whale nursing grounds beggars belief.

“Tens of thousands of people have already made clear that industrialisation is unacceptable for Exmouth Gulf. People know that Exmouth Gulf obviously is no place for a port – its future is one of conservation and sustainable, light-touch economic activity, not industrialisation.

“Both the WA and federal governments have signalled that they are committed to protecting Exmouth Gulf so it’s time they made it clear that the future of this natural wonder is economic activity that treads lightly on its fragile environment. They must reject this proposal.

Cape Conservation Group Chair Denise Fitch said: “Exmouth Gulf is where Ningaloo’s whales rest and give birth, where our dugongs and manta rays feed. Dredging a port in the middle of this precious nursery goes against the spirit of stewardship that’s made Ningaloo the conservation and tourism success it has become. 

“Ningaloo is already under pressure from climate change. We’ve recently experienced unprecedented coral bleaching and seagrass damage from marine heatwaves, and further destruction from Cyclone Narelle. Now is not the moment to be adding industrial stressors to this fragile ecosystem. And this is no place for an industrial port. 

“We encourage those who know and love Ningaloo’s nursery to make a submission to the EPA and say no to this unwelcome proposal.”

Protect Ningaloo is calling on Gascoyne Gateway to do the right thing, as two other companies which pursued industrial projects in the Gulf have already done, and withdraw its proposal. 

Overview of Proposed Project

Gascoyne Gateway Ltd proposes to build, own and operate a multipurpose marine complex in Exmouth that will service a variety of vessels including but not limited to cruise liners and associated ecotourism activities, Defence and marine supply vessels. The project will not be utilised for livestock or iron ore.

The Proposal site is located 10 kilometres south of the Exmouth township and immediately south of the Ingram Street light industrial area; opposite the Exmouth landfill site and to the north of the Wilderness Estate residential area.

The proposal has a land-based component (including fuel storage and laydown, supporting marine facilities, desalination plant, renewables precinct, and access and utilities corridor), and a marine component (including marine infrastructure, vessel berths/channels, and anchorages).

An Environmental Review Document (ERD) has been prepared by Gascoyne Gateway Ltd in accordance with Environmental Protection Authority procedures and is released for public review.

The ERD describes the proposal, examines the likely environmental effects and the proposed environmental management procedures associated with the proposed development.

The Proposal includes a land based component (106.54 ha footprint within a 119.02 ha terrestrial development envelope) to support the marine infrastructure (61.63 ha marine footprint within and 79.44 ha marine development envelope) which includes a combination rock groyne and pylon steel construction to a berth-face. The berth face will require 13.5 m of cleared depth (at chart datum, equivalent to depth at LAT) to meet design vessel draughts, achieved by both natural depth and some dredging of sand and seabed limestone at the berth pocket. Marine construction includes piling and dredging, with dredge spoil used in the causeway construction. Three anchorage locations of 1nm diameter each are located in Exmouth Gulf approximately 9.5 km to the north east of the end of the causeway, within a nominal anchorage development envelope of 1153.14 ha. 

The ERD is available for download from Gascoyne Gateway Marine Complex | EPA Western Australia under 3. Assessment > Environmental Review.

The document is also available on the proponent’s website at Gascoyne Gateway Marine Complex.

Submissions should be made here: https://consultation.epa.wa.gov.au/assessment-and-compliance/gascoyne-gateway-marine-complex-per/

Submissions close November 16

Australian Bass and Estuary Perch season commences 1 September

Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development (DPIRD) Program Leader Fish Stocking and Enhancement Operations, Jim Harnwell, said a zero-bag limit is implemented each year in estuaries and rivers below impoundments between 1 June and 31 August. “Australian Bass and Estuary Perch undertake their annual spawning during late autumn and early winter in these waters each year,” Mr Harnwell said.

“The three-month closure plays an important role in protecting these iconic native species, when they form schools and migrate to estuarine areas with the salinity levels needed to trigger spawning.

“The spawning closure doesn’t apply in impoundments or rivers above impoundments, as these species do not breed naturally in these waters.

“From 1 September, fishers can once again take both Australian Bass and Estuary Perch in all waters, however they are reminded that strict bag and size limits remain in place.”

A bag limit of two and a possession limit of four applies to Australian Bass and Estuary Perch, whether for a single species or a combination of both.

Fishers are also reminded that when fishing in rivers, only one fish over 35cm in length may be retained.

Mr Harnwell said spring is one of the best times to take Australian Bass and Estuary Perch, with the fish typically moving further upstream and providing excellent wilderness-style fishing opportunities in smaller creeks and tributaries.

“With the spawning season now complete, conditions are looking promising for both species and we are expecting another great season ahead,” Mr Harnwell said.

“We encourage fishers to get out on the water and enjoy some fantastic fishing for Australian Bass and Estuary Perch this spring and summer”.

NSW DPIRD will continue stocking Australian Bass in impoundments across the State from October, with plans to also stock Estuary Perch into Brogo Dam later this year, to provide a variety of world-class sportfishing opportunities.

Fishers can check the latest rules in the NSW Recreational Fishing Guide, available from DPIRD Fisheries offices, bait and tackle shops, fishing fee agents or online.

Anyone planning on fishing in NSW should ensure they hold a current NSW Recreational Fishing Fee Receipt (unless exempt), which can be purchased online through Service NSW or from a fishing fee agent for as little as $7 for three days.

Suspected illegal fishing can be reported to the Fishers Watch Phoneline on 1800 043 536 or via the online reporting form on the NSW DPIRD Fisheries website.

Estuary Perch - Image credit - NSW DPIRD

ACCC proposes to re-authorise coordination of maintenance for LNG export facilities at Curtis Island

August 25, 2026
On 21 August 2026, the ACCC released a draft determination proposing to re-authorise the applicants to coordinate maintenance schedules and activities at their LNG facilities on Curtis Island. The coordination:
  • limits overlapping maintenance work
  • optimises efficiency, safety and environmental factors.
This conduct has been conditionally authorised since May 2016. The ACCC proposes to conditionally re-authorise the arrangements for a period of 10 years.

Because the existing authorisation expires on 31 August 2026, the ACCC also decided to grant interim authorisation. This means the applicants can continue to coordinate maintenance activities while the ACCC considers the substantive application.

The ACCC is now seeking submissions in response to the draft determination by 11 September 2026, before making its final decision.

Further details about the draft determination decision and how to make a submission, are available on the ACCC’s public register.

Curtis Island, near Gladstone Queensland, hosts major liquefied natural gas (LNG) export facilities that convert coal seam gas into LNG for international markets.

Description of Conduct
Australia Pacific LNG Pty Limited, QCLNG Operating Company Pty Ltd and GLNG Operations Pty Ltd (together, the Applicants) lodged an application for re-authorisation to continue to coordinate the timing and scheduling of maintenance events at their LNG facilities on Curtis Island for a further 5 years. The Applicants are seeking re-authorisation because an existing authorisation (authorisation AA1000544), granted with condition by the ACCC in 2021, expires on 31 August 2026.

The conduct is substantially the same as that which has been conditionally authorised by the ACCC since 2016.

Because the existing authorisation is likely to expire before the ACCC has made a final decision about the application for re-authorisation the Applicants also sought interim authorisation to enable the existing conduct to continue while the ACCC considers the application for re-authorisation.

On 21 August 2026, the ACCC issued a draft determination proposing to conditionally re-authorise the arrangements for a further 10 years. The ACCC also decided to grant interim authorisation while it considers the substantive application. Submissions on the draft determination are requested by 11 September 2026. If you wish to make a submission in relation to this matter, please lodge it via this web form.

An indicative timetable for the ACCC’s assessment is set out below.

Indicative date Stage in assessment process: 
6 July 2026: Lodgement of application and supporting submission.

14 July 2026: Public consultation process begins.

31 July 2026: Closing date for submissions including on interim authorisation.

21 August 2026: Draft determination including decision on interim authorisation.

11 September 2026: Closing date for submissions or request for pre-decision conference from interested parties or the applicants regarding draft determination.

September/October 2026: Final determination

Applicant(s)
  • SANTOS GLNG PTY LTD
  • QCLNG OPERATING COMPANY PTY LTD
  • AUSTRALIA PACIFIC LNG PTY LIMITED
  • PAPL (DOWNSTREAM) PTY LIMITED
  • CONOCOPHILLIPS AUSTRALIA OPERATIONS PTY LTD
  • GLNG OPERATIONS PTY LTD
Authorisation number(s): AA1000736-1
Applications
Document title Date
 Application Received (PDF9.41 MB) 6 Jul 2026

Seasonal Bushfire Outlook: Spring 2026

The Bushfire Seasonal Outlook for Spring was released August 19 2026 by the Australasian Fire and Emergency Service Authorities (AFAC), with fire authorities predicting a heightened risk of fire across northern and south-eastern NSW, south-east Queensland, north-eastern Tasmania, parts of WA, SA and Victoria, and large parts of the NT.


Below average rainfall has increased bushfire risk potential across northeast and eastern Tasmania, as well as parts of Victoria. In contrast, above average fuel loads and dry soil conditions are contributing to elevated fire risk across parts of WA.

AFAC CEO Rob Webb said: “This outlook highlights a heightened risk of fire across several parts of the country, driven by a combination of dry conditions in the east and increased fuel loads through parts of central and northern Australia. The variety of risk factors across different regions reinforces the need for communities to understand their local conditions and prepare early."

"While some areas are facing an elevated risk of fire this spring, bushfires can still occur in regions with a normal seasonal outlook. Communities are encouraged to stay informed, monitor local conditions and follow advice from their fire and emergency services as the season unfolds."

The areas marked in red on the map represent an increased risk of fire, largely driven by below average rainfall and dry conditions.

The Seasonal Outlook is the culmination of a complex analysis by expert fire specialists across Australia, and climate prediction and fire weather experts from the Bureau of Meteorology.

Get Ready Weekend 2026

Prepare for Bush Fire Season with Get Ready Weekend 2026

As the bush fire season approaches, now is the time to understand your bush fire risk and take simple steps to prepare your home, property and family. To help you get ready, the NSW Rural Fire Service (RFS) hosts Get Ready Weekend events across the state, providing free information, practical advice and resources to help you prepare before the fire season begins.

Use the map above to find your nearest Get Ready Weekend event or activation. With hundreds of events taking place across NSW, Get Ready Weekend is your opportunity to get practical advice from your local RFS brigade, ask questions about your property's bush fire risk and learn simple actions that could make a real difference this fire season.

Every event is different, but many include demonstrations, displays, family-friendly activities, practical advice from volunteers and resources to help you prepare for the bush fire season. You can also learn how to create a Bush Fire Survival Plan, prepare your home and property, understand the Australian Fire Danger Rating System (AFDRS), and discover the steps you can take to be better prepared.

Get Ready Weekend 2026 will be held across NSW, with most events taking place on 19–20 September.

Get prepared now at myfireplan.com.au

Flying-fox Census 

Do you live near a flying-fox roost? 
Join the next quarterly census to help us learn more about flying-fox population trends.

Flying-foxes travel long distances, so coordinated, cross-border monitoring is key. Your contribution to the National Flying-fox Monitoring Program will ensure governments around Australia, including our Saving our Species program, researchers and communities can make informed decisions to protect this species and their ecosystems.

These beautiful creatures are super important pollination contributors. Loss of habitat and rising temperatures is an issue for them locally.

Become a citizen scientist by learning more at https://bit.ly/NationalFlying-foxMonitoringProgram


Photos in graphic: Shane Ruming, Matthew Mo / DCCEEW

Katandra Bushland Sanctuary Season 2026

Dedicated to the Study & Preservation of Native Flora & Fauna of the warriewood, Mona Vale & Ingleside Area

Website: katandrabushlandsanctuary.com/home

Email: katandrainfo@gmail.com

Katandra is open to visitors 10am to 4pm every Sunday from July to October (inclusive). Group visits can be organised at alternative times. Please visit the Katandra Bushland Sanctuary website for more information.

Katandra Bushland Sanctuary is situated in on the face of the Ingleside escarpment, overlooking the Warriewood Valley and the seaside suburb of Pittwater's Mona Vale. Enter Lane Cove road via the traffic lights to access.

Sydney Spring Garden Competition

The Sydney Spring Garden Competition is one of Australia’s most prestigious and historic awards programs, recognising horticultural excellence and community pride throughout Sydney’s neighbourhoods. Inspired by the 1933 bequest of Lt. Col. Charles Ronald Christian, the competition celebrates outstanding front gardens visible from the road or footpath, with classes open to all types – from apartment balconies and terrace pots to heritage landscapes. 

Entries are judged by panels of horticulturists, landscape designers, retailers, community leaders and educators, offering participants detailed feedback on creativity, design and impact. Open to first-time gardeners and seasoned horticulturalists alike, the competition benchmarks individual achievement and neighbourhood contribution, helping to create more beautiful, cohesive communities across the city.

Entries are now open for the 2026 edition and close September 21, 2026

Enter here: www.rasnsw.com.au/competitions/flower-and-garden/sydney-spring-garden-competition

Stony Range Spring Festival 2026: September 13

PNHA Activities 2026

Our walks for 2026 are listed below. 

You are very welcome to bring friends and older children on these outings. Please book by emailing pnhainfo@gmail.com and include  your PHONE NUMBER so we can contact you in case of changes because of weather etc. 

Looking forward to getting out and about in our lovely area! 

Your PNHA Committee

Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

The Pittwater Natural Heritage Association has been formed to act to protect and preserve the Pittwater areas major and most valuable asset - its natural heritage.

PNHA is an incorporated association seeking broad based community membership and support to enable it to have an effective and authoritative voice speaking out for the preservation of Pittwater's natural heritage.

Our Aims

  • To raise public awareness of the conservation value of the natural heritage of the Pittwater area: its landforms, watercourses, soils and local native vegetation and fauna.
  • To raise public awareness of the threats to the long-term sustainability of Pittwater's natural heritage.
  • To foster individual and community responsibility for caring for this natural heritage.
  • To encourage Pittwater Council and the NSW Government to adopt and implement policies and works which will conserve, sustain and enhance the natural heritage of Pittwater.

Some of our interests and concerns include:

  • Native Tree Canopy
  • "Wildlife Friendly" Gardens
  • Weed Infestation
  • Keeping our Waterways Healthy
  • Beaches and Dunes

Act to Preserve and Protect!

If you would like to join us, please fill out the Membership Form. Visit: https://pnha.org.au

Sunday April 26 Fauna: Underpass below Mona Vale Rd East, Ingleside.

If you missed this walk last year, here’s your chance to see how fauna can move between areas of bushland, so important for finding territory, mates and food. 

Meet 9am at corner of Ingleside Rd and Laurel Rd East. Walk ends about 11am.

Saturday May 23: PNHA stall at Avalon Car Boot Sale, Dunbar Park Avalon.

From 8am to 2pm, we’ll offer Information on identifying and controlling weeds. See our posters about invertebrates in local gardens. Our famous $2 local flora, fauna and scenery cards will be for sale. Come and have a chat. 

Sunday May 24: Walk in Red Hill Bushland Reserve, Beacon Hill

Meet 9am on Lady Penrhyn Drive opposite no. 41A, close to the open gate. Flora, birds, views. Walk ends about 11.30. 

Sunday June 28: Crown to the Sea Walk, Newport

Meet 9am please note that the meeting point is on Burke Rd next to Porter Reserve. Walk ends about 12 noon. This walk goes through several very different bushland reserves with coastal heath and littoral rainforest.

Wildflowers, ferns and coastal views. Moderate fitness needed for some steep tracks and many steps. Limit: 15 people so please book early. We will provide the Crown to the Sea map to participants on booking.

Sunday July 26: Ingleside Chase Reserve

Meet 9am at end of Irrawong Rd North Narrabeen, walk ends about 11am. Birds and swamp forest along Mullet Creek. Swamp Mahoganies will be flowering attracting birds. Binoculars a must for this walk.

Saturday August 22. Spring in the Bush: The Chiltern Track, Ku-ring-gai N.P.

Meet 9am at track entrance with barred gate on Chiltern Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 11am. One of our favourite walks to see Sydney sandstone flora in spring. Native plant species list available. Birds too, often a Yellow-tufted Honeyeater here. The track is mostly level but very rough in places.

Sunday September 27. Spring in the Bush: Terrey Hills

Meet 9am at corner of Mallawa Rd and Bulara St, Terrey Hills. Walk ends about 11am. With a focus on botany, we’ll see flowering plants in the Proteaceae plant family, waratahs, endangered Grevillea caleyi , and others in the major Australian Proteaceae plant family. You can choose to lengthen this walk which connects to the Perimeter Track. Birds, too.

Sunday October 25: Katandra by Night

Meet 6.45pm at Katandra Bushland Sanctuary on Lane Cove Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 8.45pm. Sunset is about 7.15. The bush by night is wonderful. We hope to see fireflies again as on previous walks here in October. Bring a torch, or headtorch, preferably with a red light option so as not to dazzle possums. Moderate fitness needed for the bush track and steps. Limit: 15 people, so please book early. 

Sunday November 22: Deep Creek Reserve

Meet 9am in Deep Creek reserve, off Wakehurst Parkway. Walk ends about 11am. Birds and bushland. From the bridge across the creek we may see Dollarbirds, summer breeding migrants that nest in hollows, with their youngsters. Black Bitterns have been observed along the creek margins, so bring binoculars. 

National Parks protect Southern Right Whales with new ‘stay away’ distance of up to 500 metres

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) has issued a Special Order for all vessels to stay at least 500 metres, and swimmers 100m, away from all Southern Right Whales in NSW waters.

The Order will be in place until 30 November 2026, when the breeding and calving season ends in NSW.

Southern Right Whales attract a lot of attention as they stay close to beaches and move slowly on the surface. Although incredibly rare, they are easily spotted when they visit.

The Order comes after a mother and calf were recently spotted off Sydney, with curious boaters and locals venturing close to the pair.

The NPWS citizen science project ‘Right Whale ID’ has tracked individual whales through their unique white facial callosities for the past 6 years. Research has found that even a single swimmer approaching too enthusiastically can trigger a significant negative behavioural response in the whale.

Identifying one of the handful or so Southern Right Whales off the NSW Coast each whale season, as opposed to one of the 40,000 humpback whales, is fairly simple.

Any slow-moving, 14-16 metre long whale which is 500m or less off an ocean beach could be a Southern Right Whale.

Identifying features include:

  • a distinctive V-shaped blow when they exhale
  • large broad body size, absence of a dorsal fin
  • white markings (skin growths) on their faces and heads known as ‘callosities’
  • the tail/fluke is geometrically angular and usually black on both top and bottom sides.

Two distinctive colouration patterns. Photo courtesy: Leonardo Lanza 

Southern Right Whale tail fluke. Photo courtesy Michael Cantanzariti

Southern Right Whales have a distinctive V-shaped blow when they exhale

Unlike Humpbacks, mother and calf Southern Right Whales spend more than 90 per cent of their time in waters shallower than 20m, and often less than 500m from shore. While nursing , they move very slowly, engaging in a still, energy-saving behaviour called ‘logging’, which is floating at the surface for long periods.

These behaviours make them highly susceptible to disturbance from overly curious people swimming, paddling or boating too close for the mum’s comfort.

Disturbances can cost the animals precious energy budget as their responses often include significant increases in swim distances as they try to evade them. The disturbance effect is seen in tracking data over subsequent days.

NPWS asks people to comply with the keep-away distances to help protect these mammals.

Members of the public, partner organisations and NPWS staff will collect witness accounts when people venture too close to Southern Right Whales and proceed with investigations where warranted. Non-compliance could result in fines or court appearances.

If anyone spots a Southern Right Whale, please report to NPWS or ORRCA hotlines on 1300 072 757 (13000 PARKS) or (02) 9415 3333 immediately, which allows the Right Whale ID team to get on site as soon as possible.

NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service Marine Wildlife Project Officer Andy Marshall said:

“Doing the right thing by Southern Right Whales means the southeast Australian population has a better chance of recovering.

“I would like to think that future generations will be able to see these incredible animals and be awed by them, in the same way we are today.”

Distances prescribed under the Special Protection Approach Distance Order

Vessels, aircraft, swimmers - Special Protection Approach Distance

  • For vessels including jet skis, surfboards- Stay away 500 metres
  • Operating a crewed aircraft- Stay 610m away – either above or to the side of the whale
  • When swimming including snorkelling and diving- Stay away 100 metres

Mother and calf in Hermanus. Photo courtesy Martin Etsebeth

Solar for apartment residents: Co-funding

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW have solar installed, but the NSW Department of Climate Chnage, Energy, the Environment and Water are on a mission to change this.

Their Solar for Apartment Residents grant is co-funding shared solar panel installations on eligible apartment buildings and multi-unit dwellings and has already helped thousands of households.

They’ve extended the program to help more homeowners and renters reduce their energy bills and have also allocated extra funds through a separate Boost grant to help priority communities too.

Application closes: 4 December 2026, 5:00 pm

Share this with your Owners Corporation or Stata Manager and check your building's eligibility at: www.nsw.gov.au/grants-and-funding/solar-for-apartment-residents-soar-grant-program

 

Dedicated alpine weather page part of latest BOM website improvements

The Bureau of Meteorology has delivered its latest website update.

In this release navigation has improved, there’s a new dedicated alpine weather page in time for the ski season, and the weather map has more place names.

Bureau of Meteorology CEO Dr Stuart Minchin said the update was a direct response to community feedback.

“Since launch, we've had requests for more locations to be added to the weather map,” Dr Minchin said.

“Our website is there to serve all Australians. We've now added more than 100 place names, primarily in the Northern Territory and Queensland.

“We'll be adding hundreds more in the months ahead.”

The weather map will now remember users’ most recent pan and zoom position, keeping the settings the same for the next time the page is viewed.

For example, if your last visit was a maximum zoomed-in view of Mount Isa, Queensland, this is the view you'll see next time you visit the rain radar.

“Changes like these will make it easier for everyone to find what they need,” Dr Minchin said.

Other changes include the UV Index being restored to the hourly forecast and updating the presentation of flood warnings.

A new alpine weather page provides weather map layers for snow, wind and temperature, and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions in one page.

The updated Alpine regions page provides weather maps and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions.

Alpine regions offers information across 2 tabs:

  • Forecasts – alpine districts and locations
  • Map – 3 hourly snow, wind and temperature forecasts.

Navigating the website has become easier with changes to tabs and page layouts on a number of key pages such as Forecasts and observations, Coasts and Oceans and state, territory and district pages.

“People have told us that navigating to forecasts and observations for districts and states was hard,” Dr Minchin said.

“We’ve paid close attention to this feedback.

“Combined with last month's search improvements, this will make it easier for regional web users to find out if their district is expecting rain or sunshine.”

Updates will continue to be made to the website in response to the feedback received from the community.

Information about recent changes is available at bom.gov.au/website-help/website-updates

The ski season starts on the June long weekend and runs until October's long weekend in NSW. 

The Kiandra Alpine Club's Snow Carnival, 1900. Photo: Kerry

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at  sydneywildliferescueline@gmail.com

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period to 31 July 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Mona Vale Dunes bushcare group: 2026 Dates

What’s Happening? Mona Vale Dunes Bushcare group catch-up. 

In 2026 our usual work mornings will be the second Saturday and third Thursday of each month. You can come to either or both. 

We are maintaining an area south of Golf Avenue. This was cleared of dense lantana, green cestrum and ground Asparagus in 2019-2020. 600 tubestock were planted in June 2021, and natural regeneration is ongoing. 

Photos: The site In November 2019, chainsaws at the ready. In July 2025, look at the difference - coastal dune vegetation instead of dense weeds. But maintenance continues and bushcarers are on the job. Can you join us?

(access to this southern of MV Dunes  - parking near Mona Vale Headland reserve, or walk from Golf Ave.) 

For comparison, see this image of MV dunes in 1969!, taken from atop the home units at the end of Golf Avenue. 

2026 Dates

Bangalley Headland WPA Bushcare 2026

Watch out for PNHA signs telling you about bush regeneration and our local environment. This is one of many coming up.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

Australia’s lizards and snakes are in far more trouble than we thought. It’s time to act

A brown lizard, the long sunkskink - one of Australia's rarest and threatened reptiles - sits on a rock.
Jules Farquhar
Jules Farquhar, Monash University; Chris J Jolly, Macquarie University; Conrad Hoskin, James Cook University; David Chapple, Monash University, and Margaret Haines, Monash University

Australia is a land of lizards and snakes. From common blue-tongues in suburban gardens to rare shovel-nosed snakes in the desert, reptiles are a defining part of the continent’s wildlife.

But our new national review, by a team of 23 Australian herpetologists (reptile and amphibian experts), reveals they are in far more trouble than currently recognised.

We identified at least 127 threatened terrestrial lizard and snake species. That is 13.1% of the reptile species where enough information was available to assess their extinction risk, and almost twice the 7.1% officially classified as threatened in Australia’s previous nationwide assessment in 2017.

This does not mean the number of threatened lizard and snake species simply doubled overnight. It partly reflects better use of available information on species’ populations and threats, and the discovery of new species. But it is also symptomatic of our government’s environmental department struggling with intensifying threats and a backlog of assessments.

This matters because Australia is home to about 10% of the world’s lizard and snake species, and roughly 98% of them occur nowhere else. If they disappear here, they disappear from the planet.

Unknown species in greatest danger

In 2017, 43 Australian lizards and snakes were classed as “data deficient”. This might sound benign, but it means there was not enough information to assess how likely they are to become extinct.

Our review found evidence that up to 38% of these poorly known species are threatened. That rate is 5.4 times higher than those species we had enough information about in 2017.

Meanwhile, we keep discovering new species. Between 2017 and 2025, the number of recognised terrestrial lizard and snake species rose from 955 to 1,066. Many newly named species, such as Tagalaka slider and Dauan Island gecko, occupy small areas and little is known about them. Of 115 species for which a conservation assessment has not been attempted as of August 2025, modelling suggests about 25 may be threatened.

This creates a major conservation problem: we cannot protect a species until we know it exists, where it lives and what threatens it. Yet Australia’s capacity to describe and distinguish reptile species is declining when it’s most needed.

The threats are worse and converging

The 2019–20 Australian megafires showed us how quickly devastation can happen. The fire footprint overlapped the ranges of 445 lizard and snake species – nearly 40% of Australia’s known species. Monitoring found many populations persisted, but some declined sharply. For lizards and snakes confined to a single mountaintop or rainforest, one severe fire can destroy most of their habitat.

Climate change makes this worse. Some rainforest skinks are predicted to lose all of their suitable habitat by 2050, even under relatively optimistic emissions projections.

There are other pressures across the continent. Livestock and feral herbivores remove ground cover plants and damage reptile shelter. Invasive buffel grass transforms arid habitats and fuels hotter fires. Cats and foxes are estimated to kill 697 million Australian reptiles each year.

A snake rears back on a rock, staring at the camera.
The broad-headed snake is found only in the Sydney region. Previously considered to be vulnerable, its status was recently elevated to endangered, reflecting increased threats and population declines. Jules Farquhar

Threatened-species lists are inconsistent

Animal and plant species can be listed as being at risk under international, national, or under state and territory laws. However, these systems frequently reach different conclusions.

Of the 127 snake and reptile species on our updated list, 71 were listed as threatened by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (which tracks extinction risk), and 70 under federal law. Only 48 appeared on both lists.

And listings are only a starting point. Few threatened reptiles are the subject of funded recovery programs, and population monitoring remains patchy. Without repeated surveys, we don’t know if numbers are dropping, and their recovery becomes more unlikely.

Christmas Island provides a stark warning: its forest skink went from abundant to extinct in little more than a decade. By the time its decline was fully recognised, the chance to save it had been lost.

Now is the time to act

Australia needs properly funded recovery programs for all threatened lizards and snakes, not only a handful of well-known species. Long-term monitoring across the continent will tell us where they live. And we need targeted surveys for the least studied species before they disappear.

First Nations leadership and knowledge should be central to this work. Australia’s first Indigenous-led recovery plan, for the great desert skink, combines cultural knowledge, on-Country monitoring and shared control of actions such as fire and predator management.

For species already close to extinction, captive breeding and planned translocation – where species are moved from one place to another – can buy them time. Christmas Island’s blue-tailed skink vanished from the wild, but a captive population produced animals now breeding after being released on islands in the Cocos group.

In 2027, Australia will reassess the conservation status of all its lizards and snakes against IUCN Red List criteria. We have a chance to build a clearer national picture, measuring not only how close species are to extinction, but if our actions are helping them recover.

The warning signs are visible – we need to act to stop reptile species disappearing before we find them.The Conversation

Jules Farquhar, Senior Research Officer, Monash University; Chris J Jolly, Postdoctoral Research Fellow in behavioural ecology and evolution, Macquarie University; Conrad Hoskin, Professor, College of Science & Engineering, James Cook University; David Chapple, Professor in Ecology and Conservation, Monash University, and Margaret Haines, Research Fellow, School of Biological Sciences, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

From Australia to the Andes, we’re discovering new biodiversity hotspots worldwide

A white-necked jacobin hummingbird perches gracefully on a thin branch.
webguzs/Getty
David Lindenmayer, Australian National University

We share our planet with millions of plants and animals.

This variety of life is known as biodiversity, a term encompassing everything from microscopic genes to entire ecosystems, such as deserts and vibrant coral reefs.

Places that support a wealth of species are known as “biodiversity hotspots”. South America’s tropical Andes region – which has the world’s largest variety of amphibian, bird and mammal species – and the coastal forests of eastern Australia are just two examples.

Our new study suggests biodiversity hotspots are emerging in new, and in some cases unexpected, locations.

So why is this happening? And what does it mean for species across the globe?

Spotting a hotspot

Scientists generally agree there are 17 megadiverse countries worldwide, including Brazil, Indonesia, India and Australia. But even within their borders, there are regions that are particularly rich in species, such as the Amazon rainforests of Brazil and Ecuador.

Finding biodiversity hotspots relies on scientifically describing the key characteristics of each individual species that occurs in a particular place. This includes identifying the features that distinguish a new species from all other known species, before giving it a formal and unique Latin scientific name.

The problem is there are many species western science hasn’t even discovered. Research suggests about 80% of the world’s plants and animals are yet to be formally studied. This is true even for well-researched vertebrate groups such as mammals, birds and reptiles.

For instance, each year researchers discover more than 2,000 new vascular plant species, which are distinguished by a range of features such as their special tube-like tissues. However, studies show as many as 100,000 more plant species remain unknown to science. And of the mammal species we know about today, one in ten were discovered only after the 1990s.

Shifting locations

Our research suggests the discovery of new species is altering where we understand biodiversity hotpots to be located, including here in Australia.

In our new study, we examined discoveries of land-based species over 100 years to find out how they may have reshaped our understanding of global diversity patterns.

To do this, we identified when and where species were first found for each decade between 1920 and 2020. In the end, we collected data on more than 9,700 species of birds, 5,200 of mammals, 8,600 of reptiles and 7,200 of amphibians.

Our results suggest we’ve found and named nearly 40% of land-dwelling species over the past century. Most of these species discoveries have occurred in tropical regions such as the rainforests of Brazil, Ecuador and New Guinea. This aligns with the well-established pattern that polar areas, such as the Artic and Antarctica, typically have fewer species than tropical locations.

An aerial view of a fast-flowing river, surrounded by lush forest.
The Fuy river in southern Chile is part of the Andes region. Alexis Gonzalez/Getty

New Guinea’s montane forests – where plants grow on the slopes of mountains – had high discovery rates of new mammal species. When it comes to reptiles, Australia is a standout. The number of known reptiles nationwide has more than doubled over the past century, rising from 376 species in 1920 to 933 in 2020.

Our research suggests discoveries of new species are leading to the emergence of several biodiversity hotspots including Indonesia, the central Andes of South America and the island nation of Madagascar.

One-third of areas previously known for their rich amphibian life have been replaced by new amphibian hotspots, including the tropical forests of south-east Asia and the montane forests of the Andes. We observed a similar trend in reptiles. Roughly 20% of formerly recognised hotspots are now overshadowed by our new knowledge of regions with even higher reptile diversity, including the savannas and shrublands of northern Australia.

Why this matters

Understanding where biodiversity hotspots are, and how they are changing, is vital for conservation.

Our research suggests emerging biodiversity hotspots for reptile and frog species are increasingly in cooler environments, including the little explored cloud and montane forests of the Andes. However, by making these forests drier and warmer, climate change is threatening the survival of many newly discovered species.

These emerging hotspots are also vulnerable to deforestation and land clearing. Without major and immediate conservation action, the species living in these places will disappear, potentially before scientists even discover them. This is known as a “dark extinction”.

Protecting our biodiversity hotspots matters. But we cannot save species we don’t even know about, so we must invest in field surveys and taxonomy projects that lead to new species discoveries. Otherwise, these rich ecosystems will keep losing species that science never had the chance to name.The Conversation

David Lindenmayer, Distinguished Professor of Ecology, Fenner School of Environment and Society, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Nepal’s flash floods show the devastating power of ‘cascading hazards’

Milad Haghani, The University of Melbourne and Zahra Shahhoseini, RMIT University

A catastrophic flash flood has struck northern Nepal on the Tibetan border, killing at least 157 people and leaving hundreds missing, including at least 34 Australians. The death toll is expected to rise.

Foreign tourists are among those feared dead or missing. Nepal’s tourism ministry reported 403 tourists unaccounted for, including 341 foreign nationals.

Footage shows torrents of mud and debris sweeping through settlements and carrying buildings and vehicles with them.

Early evidence suggests this was not an ordinary rain-driven flash flood, but what disaster science describes as a “cascading event”. So what do we know so far?

Not an ordinary flood

Investigators are examining a chain of events high in the Himalayas where one natural hazard seems to have triggered another.

Such phenomena are known as “cascading hazards” – chain reactions where an initial event directly triggers a sequence of subsequent events, often creating a much larger disaster.

Climate change is known to be driving faster glacier melt in the Hindu Kush Himalaya region, but scientists say it is too soon to pinpoint its role in these floods.

We know the flooding struck the steep, fast-flowing Bhotekoshi river system near Nepal’s border with Tibet at around 9am local time on Wednesday morning. It travelled downstream through the mountain district of Rasuwa and into neighbouring districts, including Nuwakot and Dhading.

The flooding carried a huge volume of water. It’s reported the Trishuli River rose by as much as nine metres within 30 minutes at one monitoring point downstream.

In parts of the historic hilltop town of Nuwakot, local officials report scores or hundreds of houses being swept away. Nepal’s Department of Roads says at least 19 motorable bridges and around 40 kilometres of roads have also been damaged or washed away. A 42km road connecting Betrawati with the Rasuwagadhi border crossing between Nepal and China’s Tibet autonomous region has been destroyed at multiple points.

What caused such a massive flood?

Rainfall does not appear to explain the scale of the flood. No heavy rainfall was recorded in the affected area beforehand.

The strongest evidence so far points to a massive glacial collapse high in the mountains. Satellite images show a large section of glacier breaking away at an altitude of around 5,200 metres and falling more than 1,200m into the valley below.

This appears to have produced an enormous ice-rock avalanche, large enough to generate a seismic signal.

The key question is how that avalanche produced such a huge volume of fast-moving water and debris. The most compelling explanation so far comes from Nepal’s hydrology department. Satellite images appear to show the avalanche blocking the river with ice and debris about 20km upstream of the Nepal-Tibet border. It’s been suggested that water accumulated behind this temporary dam before it failed and sent a sudden surge downstream.

When one hazard triggers another

The disaster in Nepal shows why cascading events can be particularly difficult to anticipate, prepare for and survive.

The Nepal flood may have involved several links in a cascading chain. An ice and rock collapse produced an avalanche. The avalanche entered a river, where it may have blocked the flow and temporarily stored water. Its failure then produced or intensified the flood downstream.

Early accounts show the avalanche may also have picked up water, rock and sediment as it travelled, producing an increasingly destructive debris-rich flow.

Cascading hazards are different from “compound hazards”, where multiple hazards combine or occur together without one necessarily triggering another. In a cascade, it is the causal links between the hazards that matter.

These chains can also amplify as they progress. A hazard beginning in a remote location can trigger a much more destructive hazard affecting people far away.

As in the case of the catastrophe in Nepal, the hazard itself can also change form. What starts as an ice and rock collapse can ultimately reach communities as a debris-laden flood.

Beyond individual hazards

The Nepal disaster is still an unfolding event, and the exact sequence that produced the flood will become clearer in the coming days.

But it already points to a broader challenge for disaster risk management. We tend to classify and assess hazards separately, such as fires and floods.

But cascading hazards do not fit into conventional categories. Managing them requires understanding where individual hazards can occur, but also how one can trigger or amplify another.

Australia’s National Emergency Management Agency has warned that the growing trend of concurrent and cascading disasters is expected to continue and, in many cases, increase.

We need to better understand what these chains of hazards could look like in our own local environments, such as the intense storms and flooding that hit the Otways in Victoria in January. This will help us assess risk and plan for natural disasters.

The Conversation

Milad Haghani, Associate Professor and Principal Fellow in Urban Risk and Resilience, The University of Melbourne and Zahra Shahhoseini, Lecturer - Disaster Resilience Infrastructure, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Tsunami of dirt: what caused Nepal’s deadly glacial flood?

aftermath of flood, mud and broken buildings.
Prakash Mathema/Getty
Levan Tielidze, Monash University

More than 150 people are dead and hundreds more missing after an enormous wave of water, ice, mud and rock cascaded more than 170 kilometres down the Bhote Koshi River valley in Nepal. The valley is the main link between Kathmandu in Nepal and Lhasa in Tibet. At least 34 Australians are missing. There was little warning.

Footage of the debris-laden flash flood is shocking. It is, unfortunately, not surprising.

As an expert in glaciers, I have tracked their accelerating retreat around the world as they melt – and the disasters that can follow. Early analysis suggests the abrupt collapse of a glacier triggered the disaster.

As climate change intensifies, glaciers worldwide are melting – even in high regions such as the Himalayas. The Himalayas are especially vulnerable, because the steep slopes of many of these very tall mountains are made of permafrost – rock and soil frozen for centuries. As temperatures rise, these slopes are beginning to melt or destabilise. If an earthquake or slope failure occurs, it can trigger a sudden and devastating debris flow.

It’s too early to say this was the exact cause. But we know that the great ice stores of the Himalayas – known as the world’s “third pole” because it contains the largest amount of snow and ice after the Arctic and Antarctic – are no longer safe.

What do we know about this disaster?

What happened in Nepal is likely due to an enormous ice-and-rock landslide sweeping down a mountain pass and gathering up ice, water, rock, trees and dirt.

The landslide was so large it was originally thought to be an earthquake, as the seismic energy registered as a 4.4 magnitude quake on seismographs.

By the time it reached Gyirong Port – a China-Nepal border crossing – the wall of debris resembled a tsunami of dirt. Early estimates suggest the wave may have been 30 metres high.

People stare at a flood-damaged section of a highway in Nuwakot, central Nepal, following the flooding.
A flood-damaged section of a highway in Nuwakot, central Nepal, following the flooding. Subaas Shrestha/Getty Images

What are the likely causes?

Sometimes, disasters like these can be caused when glacial meltwater trapped in a lake by a landslide breaks free. One of these events – known as a glacial lake outburst flood – hit Nepal in 2024.

But early analysis suggests this isn’t the case here. Satellite imagery suggests the landslide may have carved away large parts of a glacier, triggering its collapse.

We don’t know yet what caused the glacier to collapse. But glaciers worldwide are broadly in retreat – and flood and debris flow disasters can follow.

A smaller flood hit the same district in Nepal last year, killing nine people. Also last year, a melting glacier in Switzerland triggered a huge debris flow that destroyed the village of Blatten. In 2023, a landslide and subsequent flood in my home country of Georgia killed 33 people at a mountain resort.

But this disaster is one of the largest so far.

Permafrost is vulnerable

The high-elevation glaciers of the Himalayas can respond differently to climate change than glaciers at lower elevations or in relatively warmer regions. Thawing and degrading permafrost can also contribute by making steep Himalayan slopes less stable.

Permafrost is ground containing rock, soil and ice that has remained at or below 0°C for many years. As the climate warms, the ground can thaw, weakening the ice that helps bind rock and soil together.

On steep mountain slopes, this loss of frozen ground can make slopes less stable and make rockfalls, landslides and other forms of ground movement more likely. An earthquake, rockfall or other disturbance can then trigger a rapid downslope movement of rock, soil and debris.

Can these disasters be prevented?

No one died when the Swiss glacier collapsed. That’s because early warning systems were in place. Authorities evacuated residents before it fell.

As temperatures rise and climate-related disasters become more frequent or severe in some regions, early warning systems will become increasingly important for villages and towns located near glaciers or thawing permafrost.

These systems can monitor rapidly rising river levels, intense rainfall and seismic waves to alert authorities before disaster strikes.

However, installing and maintaining effective early warning systems can require significant investment. That’s a challenge for lower-income and developing countries. In good news, the Green Climate Fund last year announced funding for better monitoring systems in Nepal.

There’s another problem, too. Meltwater from Himalayan glaciers feeds rivers that are vital to billions of people across Nepal, Pakistan, India and China.

As the climate warms, increased glacier melt can temporarily increase river flows and, in some places, contribute to flood risk. But as glaciers continue to shrink, their contribution may eventually decline and lead to less water availability – particularly during the dry season.

Rapidly reducing greenhouse gas emissions, investment in early warning systems and better monitoring of vulnerable mountain regions can help communities prepare. These measures cannot prevent every disaster, but they can save lives and give people a better chance to adapt to a changing climate.The Conversation

Levan Tielidze, Research Fellow in Glacial Geomorphology, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Historic sulphur emissions the likely cause of damage to Murujuga rock art: new research

A complex panel of animals at Murujuga.
Amy Stevens
Ben Mullins, Curtin University; Belinda Churnside, Indigenous Knowledge; Katy Evans, Curtin University, and Nicola Armstrong, Curtin University

Murujuga is a sacred cultural landscape of land and sea Country across the Burrup Peninsula and Dampier Archipelago, in Western Australia’s Pilbara region.

It contains an estimated 1 million to 2 million petroglyphs, or rock engravings, that tell the story of the relationship between Ngarda-Ngarli Traditional Owners and this landscape over at least 50,000 years. These petroglyphs hold deep meaning for Ngarda-Ngarli, embodying cultural, spiritual, ancestral and environmental knowledge.

In July 2025, the Murujuga Cultural Landscape was added to the UNESCO World Heritage List in recognition of its outstanding cultural and spiritual significance. This brought renewed attention to Murujuga, which exists alongside longstanding industrial complexes that process commodities such as liquefied natural gas (LNG). Concerns have been raised that industrial pollution is degrading the rock art.

At the heart of our work is a question: how can this extraordinary place, and the rock art it contains, be protected into the future?

Today we released the third annual peer-reviewed report of the Murujuga Rock Art Monitoring Program (MRAMP). This government-funded research effort doesn’t resolve every question – understanding a system as complex as Murujuga takes time. The research is undertaken by a team of more than 30 multidisciplinary researchers, and independently peer reviewed by a range of international experts. It is solely written by the researchers.

This work gives us a clearer picture than ever before of what’s driving changes observed in the rock surfaces.

A group of four rangers change equipment in a grassland area.
MRAMP rangers change samplers at an air quality monitoring station. Ben Mullins

A shift in the evidence

Last year we found some rock surfaces near industrial areas showed increased surface porosity, meaning there were measurable structural differences compared with rocks further away. These rocks have weathered or deteriorated more, and may be at greater risk of fading or flaking if this continues.

This year, we used an expanded dataset to build a more complete snapshot of porosity across Murujuga. Importantly, both datasets told the same story: there is a statistically significant porosity pattern across the peninsula, with higher porosity being found closer to industrial sites. Put simply, rocks closer to industrial sites are more porous than those further away.

Earlier monitoring pointed to nitrogen dioxide, the most abundant air pollutant gas at Murujuga, as a possible cause. But our data at the time couldn’t clearly separate its effects from other air-borne pollutants, particularly sulphur dioxide.

This year’s results change that picture. Several lines of evidence – atmospheric chemistry, rainfall pH and laboratory testing – now point to historic levels of sulphur dioxide from a range of industry and shipping, and the acid rain it can produce, as the most relevant factor.

The chemistry behind this is well understood: sulphur dioxide reacts in the atmosphere or on the rock surface to form sulphuric acid. This can dissolve the manganese and iron oxide minerals that give the rock varnish its dark colour, to create porosity.

Historic emissions the problem

These findings are significant, because sulphur dioxide emissions have fallen sharply since the 1980s, both at Murujuga and globally. Our evidence suggests it was historic peaks in sulphur dioxide, rather than current emissions, that made these rocks more porous.

It’s likely this process acted in conjunction with microbial activity on the rock surface.

Working out how those factors interact is a key task for our fourth and final report, out next year. Experiments to date suggest ammonia may influence some of the chemical and biological processes occurring on rock surfaces. However, current evidence suggests industrial ammonia emissions are too recent to explain the long-term porosity pattern observed across Murujuga. Historic sulphur dioxide remains the strongest explanation supported by the available evidence.

This conclusion rests on a large body of evidence. Across three years, we’ve measured rock surface condition 186,000 times. And these results have been backed by air quality monitoring across the peninsula, continuous rainfall chemistry sampling, and more than 5,500 laboratory tests on rock samples.

Together, they point to the same conclusion: the elevated rock porosity is most consistent with historic sulphur dioxide emissions, rather than current air pollution.

Rock art of terrestrial and marine fauna at Murujuga.
Rock art of terrestrial and marine fauna at Murujuga. Ken Mulvaney

What about current air pollution?

This is the question we’re asked most often. It deserves a careful answer.

During monitoring, we did not observe acid rain. Air quality has generally remained below environmental thresholds developed through our program. We have not found measurable acceleration of rock deterioration linked to current pollution. However, this is different from proving that no effect, however small, could ever occur.

All rock weathers naturally over time, and monitoring can only rule out effects large enough for current methods to detect. Other researchers, working with different experimental methods and smaller sample numbers have reached different conclusions.

Our research is built on three years of continuous, multidisciplinary monitoring, rather than a single study.

What happens now?

Damage to landscapes such as Murujuga rarely have a single cause. We’re tracking how many factors interact, sometimes over decades.

The fourth and final year of this research will focus on the interplay of air quality, rock surfaces and microbial communities. We will also complete the environmental criteria to protect Murujuga in the long term, with a focus on ammonia and ozone, in addition to sulphur dioxide and nitrogen dioxide. However, ongoing monitoring will continue to ensure the protection of the rock art.

Murujuga has been cared for by Ngarda-Ngarli for more than 50,000 years. Our hope is this evidence continues to support that stewardship, and helps protect this extraordinary cultural landscape for many generations to come.

The Murujuga Rock Art Monitoring Program is funded by the WA Department of Water and Environmental Regulation.The Conversation

Ben Mullins, Professor, School of Population Health, Curtin University; Belinda Churnside, Director, Murujuga Aboriginal Corporation Board, Indigenous Knowledge; Katy Evans, Professor, Curtin Frontier Institute for Geoscience Solutions, School of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Curtin University, and Nicola Armstrong, Professor of Statistics and Data Science, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Climate change may halve omega‑3 fatty acids in fish and the organisms they eat

Sardines lie in a net against a blue sea.
Damir Sagolj/Contributor/Getty Images
Bethany Rose Dawson, Adelaide University ; Camille Mellin, Adelaide University , and Evangeline Mantzioris, Adelaide University

You’ve probably heard eating fish and other seafood is good for your health. One of the main reasons is that seafood is an excellent source of two important omega-3 fats called EPA and DHA.

EPA and DHA are critical for the development and function of brains, eyes and healthy hearts. They also reduce chronic inflammation, which is linked to many chronic diseases. They can also reduce the risk of premature births and perhaps even some types of cancer.

While humans can produce EPA and DHA from ALA (an omega-3 fat found in plants) and it’s possible to get them from foods such as linseed and walnuts, seafood is the main source for most people.

However, our new study shows many fish and other seafood will become less rich in omega-3s over time, due to rising ocean temperatures as the climate changes. In fact, we found omega-3 could drop by 50% under very high warming scenarios.

This is very bad news for human health but also for the health of other animals in the food web.

What is the food web?

Marine algae are among the only forms of life that produce EPA and DHA omega-3s. Examples of marine algae include seaweeds and diatoms (a type of phytoplankton).

An example of a food web
The food web is a term that describes the feeding relationships of different species within an ecosystem. Source: NOAA, Ocean Food Webs Module, CC BY

Marine algae form the base of marine food webs – a term that means the feeding relationships of different species within an ecosystem. This means marine algae are crucial sources of micronutrients to all animals.

When animals, such as invertebrates like crabs and starfish, eat marine algae, they obtain EPA and DHA.

This is passed up the food chain as fish or other larger animals eat those invertebrates. Eventually, the EPA and DHA reaches humans through the seafood we eat.

However, if EPA and DHA levels get disrupted along the food chain, less of those crucial fatty acids are available for animals higher up – including humans.

What we did and what we found

Our systematic review aimed to understand how climate change may affect these essential fats.

We collected and analysed data from 489 separate experiments involving 132 marine species. These included algae, invertebrates and fish. Bringing together findings like this from many studies shows how marine life is changing globally.

We looked at two aspects of climate change – ocean warming and acidification. Since 1980, ocean temperatures have risen by 0.6°C and the number of heatwaves has doubled. By 2100, ocean temperatures could rise by 4.1°C.

The burning of fossil fuels is driving up CO₂ in the atmosphere, which causes ocean acidification. These environmental changes can have diverse effects on marine life.

We looked at what the research shows could happen in response to three levels of warming: low (0– 6°C hotter), medium (6–10°C hotter) and high (more than  10°C hotter).

Our systematic review found that warming of 0–6°C (which can already happen during marine heatwaves) led to 19% lower omega-3 fatty acids in fish in experiments lasting between 24 hours and six months.

That does not include the additional warming impact on the nutritional quality of food fish eat, which our study suggests would happen in the wild.

Under high warming scenarios (more than  10°C hotter), omega-3 reduced by 50% in fish, 34% in algae, and 51% in invertebrates.

Levels of saturated fats – which are less beneficial and abundant in many meats and dairy products – increased by up to 22%.

These disruptions along the food chain have the potential to reduce nutritional value throughout the entire marine ecosystem. This is a significant ecological and public health concern.

We found ocean acidification had less impact on fatty acids than warming, suggesting rising temperature is the dominant driver of this problem.

Why is this happening?

To survive, all living things need to maintain cell function under different environmental conditions.

Under warmer environments, cell membranes (which contain fats) become more flexible and fluid.

To counteract this, individual organisms can replace omega-3s with more rigid structural saturated fats.

These keep the membranes more stable – a process called homeoviscous adaptation.

Why is this a problem?

This is a problem globally. People in tropical regions often have poorer-quality diets and don’t consume enough of these omega-3 fats. And people in developed countries are also not eating enough omega-3 fats.

This problem will be harder to solve if climate change reduces the omega-3 in seafood.

This is especially relevant considering fish stocks are already under pressure from overfishing and other human impacts.

The ecological consequences are also far-reaching, as omega-3s are important for growth, reproduction and immune function in marine organisms themselves.

What do we need to do?

To limit the worst of climate change, experts have called for urgent cuts to greenhouse gas emissions.

Our research highlights the importance of managing food security. It is crucial to make sure essential nutrients can still be provided to human populations in their traditional foods in the future, even as the climate changes.

There is a huge amount of food waste, with up to 80% of fish parts discarded during food processing. Given the projected declines in nutrition into the future, these wasted fish parts could be better utilised.

This might, for instance, include making fish oil products rich in omega-3 and other nutrients, or using these fish parts as nutritional aquaculture feed.The Conversation

Bethany Rose Dawson, PhD Candidate, School of Biological Sciences, Adelaide University ; Camille Mellin, Senior Lecturer and ARC Future Fellow, School of Biological Sciences, Adelaide University , and Evangeline Mantzioris, Program Director of Nutrition and Food Sciences, Accredited Practising Dietitian, Adelaide University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Antarctic bacteria share ‘life‑support’ genes to survive extreme conditions

A trowel containing some soil
Ry Holland, CC BY
Yongyi Peng, Monash University and Ry Holland, Monash University

Antarctica is one of the driest, coldest places on Earth. Very little life survives its extremes.

In the soils dotted around the frozen ice sheets, however, communities of microbes do survive. And one of the keys to their success is a surprisingly communal strategy.

Unrelated organisms share the tools for survival by transferring genes among themselves, including genes that allow them to make energy from the air itself.

In new research, we studied the genomes of 676 microbe species and discovered that almost all of them (around 98%) showed evidence of swapping genes with other microbes. The study is published in Nature Communications.

Energy from the air

Our findings suggest this process, known as horizontal gene transfer, is a key to Antarctic microbe survival.

Genes involved in energy production were among the most frequently transferred. In particular, the genetic tools that allow microbes to generate energy from atmospheric gases, a process known as “aerotrophy”, were very commonly shared. This is probably because they help microbes harvest scarce resources from their harsh environment.

Aerotrophy allows microbes to use tiny amounts of gases in the atmosphere, such as hydrogen and carbon monoxide, as an energy source.

In most environments, aerotrophy is like a backup generator, allowing bacteria to survive when other resources such as food and sunlight are scarce.

But in Antarctica, it seems to be needed for everyday survival. The genes have been repeatedly passed between different and distantly related microbial species.

How do microbes share genes?

Imagine having the superhuman ability to make food from thin air and then randomly sharing it with some of your neighbours. While humans don’t work that way, microbes sometimes do.

Horizontal gene transfer is kind of like randomly airdropping bits and pieces of your genetic code to those around you, whether you’re related or not. It’s a useful way to gain new capabilities that may provide an advantage in challenging environments.

Humans only pass genetic information to their offspring, through what is known as vertical gene transfer. But horizontal gene transfer in microbes can happen in three different ways.

The first way is by scavenging free DNA in the environment, usually from dead cells. The second is by receiving DNA through microscopic bridges temporarily established between microbial cells. And the third way is via infection by a virus that accidentally brings some of its last host’s DNA along for the ride.

Microbes can acquire genes, but nature decides which ones stay

Adding a new genetic tool is only the beginning. After a microbe acquires a new gene, that gene must prove useful in its new host.

In microbes, if the transferred gene provides an advantage, it quickly becomes established throughout a population via natural selection. This process also weeds out harmful transfers.

Over many generations, small changes naturally appear in genes. For genes that provide important survival benefits, such as aerotrophy, changes that preserve their function are more likely to be maintained. Genes that no longer provide an advantage are gradually lost.

This process acts like a long-term quality check. Microbes can gain new abilities through gene exchange, but only the genetic tools that continue to improve their survival odds are kept. This helps explain why we continue to find the same energy-generating genes in distantly related Antarctic microbes, even across locations separated by thousands of kilometres.

Living off air underpins terrestrial Antarctic life

Aerotrophy appears to have helped Antarctic soils sustain diverse communities of microbes that play essential roles in Antarctic ecosystems. These microbes drive the flow of nutrients and energy through the ecosystems.

As Antarctica undergoes rapid environmental change, these microbial processes are also increasingly important to understand. Warming temperatures can alter microbial activity, potentially affecting the important processes that sustain these ecosystems.

Understanding how Antarctic microbes survive and respond to environmental pressures will give us new insights into how this ancient ecosystem might respond to warming.

Beyond their ecological roles, these microbes also challenge the way we think about Antarctica. Rather than an empty white continent, Antarctica harbours somewhat hidden but highly adaptable ecosystems filled with microbial life. These tiny survivalists have evolved strategies to endure some of the harshest conditions on Earth, including extreme cold and dryness, prolonged winter darkness, and nutrient scarcity.

By understanding how these microbes survive, scientists can learn more about the fundamental limits of life itself. Those insights could help us understand how organisms might survive in other extreme environments, including on future space missions or even on icy worlds beyond Earth.The Conversation

Yongyi Peng, PhD Candidate in Environmental Microbiology, Monash University and Ry Holland, Research Fellow in Microbial Ecology, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

We finally have some encouraging news on Great Barrier Reef water quality

aerial view of river mouth surrounded by rainforest.
Phil Copp/Getty
Zoe Bainbridge, James Cook University and Rebecca Bartley, CSIRO

Imagine a plume of brown sediment is washed off the land into Queensland rivers and carried out to sea. Here, it can settle on seagrass and inshore corals, potentially smothering them. River water often also carries nitrogen from fertiliser residue, which can fuel algal growth and damage coral health.

We have long known that poor water quality is a serious threat to areas of the Great Barrier Reef close to shore. The reef faces other major challenges, such as marine heatwaves driven by climate change that trigger large-scale coral bleaching. But unlike climate change, water quality is something Australia can directly control.

Since 2014, the federal and Queensland governments have collectively spent more than A$5 billion on catchment programs for reef health. Many of these aim to improve water quality by reducing fertiliser runoff from farmland and tackling erosion to stop sediment entering waterways.

Our new research shows water quality is improving in many rivers that flow to the reef. This is good news.

flood plume from a river spreading to coral reef, aerial view.
Flood plumes carry sediment and nutrients out to the Great Barrier Reef. Matt Curnock, CC BY-NC

What did we learn?

To find out if water quality is changing, our research team analysed up to 37 years of monitoring data from seven major river systems to track changes in fertiliser runoff (dissolved inorganic nitrogen) and suspended sediment. These are two of the five key pollutants scientists use to track changes in river basins. Our research is the largest and most comprehensive analysis of catchment water quality for the reef to date.

These river basins drain around two thirds of the Great Barrier Reef water catchments, an area the size of New Zealand. Given the complexity of the data, and the size of some catchments, we did not necessarily expect to detect measurable improvements in water quality.

However, the data showed small but measurable improvements in nitrogen and sediment across most monitoring sites. Rivers with improved long-term water quality include the Herbert, Burdekin and Pioneer Rivers, as well as the Tully and Fitzroy.

Our data show that water quality didn’t follow a predictable pattern of steady improvement. Most rivers improved in bursts, often following major shifts in rainfall patterns, cyclones, land use or fertiliser practices.

In 2028, Australia will have to report progress on its water quality plan to UNESCO, which has monitored the Great Barrier Reef since it was listed on the World Heritage List in 1981. Trends in these two pollutants will form part of this response.

Scientist collecting sediment laden water samples
A researcher collects water quality samples from an automated sampler. CSIRO, CC BY-NC

What changed?

In a companion study, we analysed what factors might be responsible.

To do this, we used data on how much fertiliser had been applied to key farmland cropping areas in these regions between 1910 and 2024.

This new data set showed synthetic fertiliser use peaked in the 2000s and 2010s and has now fallen in many sugarcane- and banana-growing regions. The drop is substantial. In 2024, fertiliser use was 25–49% lower compared with each region’s peak.

Importantly, less fertiliser didn’t mean less sugarcane. Crop yields have stayed steady. These declines likely reflect a combination of factors such as improved farm management practices, changes to land use and increasing fertiliser costs.

We’ve worked alongside many of these graziers and farmers through water quality projects and know the effort and costs involved in changing long-established farming practices. Farmers have to balance productivity, cost, time and ongoing challenges such as weather conditions and market demand.

Scientists speaking with graziers about water quality results in the Burdekin catchment
Scientists speaking with graziers about water quality results. NQ Dry Tropics, TropWATER JCU, CC BY-NC

There’s more to do

It’s encouraging to see signs of improvement. But our findings should not be interpreted as meaning all rivers in these catchments are now healthy.

Although the trends are improving, nitrogen and sediment levels in many rivers are still higher than the thresholds considered suitable for supporting healthy coastal and marine ecosystems, such as wetlands, seagrass and near-shore coral reefs.

This isn’t surprising. Environmental recovery rarely happens quickly or evenly. River catchments often take several years to respond to improvement efforts, such as riverbank revegetation for sediment erosion control.

That’s why long-term river monitoring data is so important. Without this, it’s difficult to distinguish short-term fluctuations from genuine change.

The reef still faces enormous challenges from climate change, extreme weather and ongoing land-use pressures, including tree clearing.

What our findings suggest is that water quality trends in many of the river catchments discharging to the Great Barrier Reef are moving in the right direction.

It has not been easy to get here. It has taken long-term effort from farmers, graziers, catchment managers and researchers. Our scientific evidence demonstrates previous management efforts have made an impact, at scale – and that current and future efforts are worthwhile.

In a world increasingly dominated by stories of environmental decline, these slow signs of improvement are worth celebrating.

We would like to acknowledge the research team: Cassandra James and Stephen Lewis (TropWATER, James Cook University) and Petra Kuhnert and Emma Lawrence (CSIRO).The Conversation

Zoe Bainbridge, Senior Research Fellow, TropWATER, James Cook University and Rebecca Bartley, Senior Principal Research Scientist, CSIRO

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Floating wetlands a promising way to decrease wastewater emissions: new research

Lukas Schuster, RMIT University; Martino Malerba, RMIT University, and Professor Peter Macreadie, RMIT University

Treating dirty waste water solves one environmental problem but creates another by releasing large amounts of climate emissions. As microorganisms break down sewage, they release carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide – three potent greenhouse gases.

Our new research found a surprisingly simple way to cut greenhouse gas emissions from open wastewater treatment lagoons: growing plants on buoyant rafts.

Water treatment companies have made progress in reducing emissions from their operations, including switching to renewable energy. But the greenhouse gases produced by the biological and chemical processes used to treat wastewater - particularly in open treatment ponds - are harder to tackle.

The first, full-scale trial of its kind worldwide, our project on Phillip Island in Victoria showed reductions in greenhouse gases by nearly a third over two years.

The floating wetland with workers monitoring the plants.
The floating wetland with workers monitoring the plants. Lukas Schuster

The climate problem hiding in wastewater

During wastewater treatment, organic matter and nutrients are broken down and removed by microorganisms, cleaning the water. But these microbial processes can produce powerful greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide.

Methane and nitrous oxide pack a much greater climate punch than carbon dioxide. Over a 100-year period, methane is about 27 times more powerful at trapping heat than carbon dioxide, while nitrous oxide is about 273 times more powerful.

Globally, wastewater treatment is estimated to account for around 7% of human-caused methane emissions and 10% of nitrous oxide emissions. Wastewater treatment companies currently have relatively few options for reducing these emissions, particularly from open wastewater lagoons.

Putting plants on the water

Floating wetlands are buoyant platforms planted with native wetland species, such as rushes, reeds and sedges. The plant roots hang down into the wastewater, creating a large surface area where roots, microorganisms and water can interact. The plants can absorb nutrients and pollutants, while microbial communities living on the roots can consume organic matter.

Floating wetlands are already being used to improve water quality in wastewater treatment lagoons, storm water ponds and other polluted water bodies around the world. One advantage is they can be installed on existing ponds and lagoons, without additional land or major changes to treatment infrastructure.

To investigate if they could also reduce climate emissions, we installed a floating wetland the size of nearly two tennis courts (330 m2) in an operating wastewater lagoon on Phillip Island, off the Victorian coast.

The lagoon contained two parallel channels. We installed the wetland in one, and planted it with three Australian native plant species: common reed (Phragmites australis), jointed rush (Baumea articulata) and marsh club rush (Bolboschoenus caldwellii). We used the other channel as a control, allowing us to compare them.

For two years, we continuously measured carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide emissions at the start and the end of each channel. We also measured water quality and nutrient concentrations each month.

A smiling man in a high vis jacket looks at equipment with a wetland in the background.
Lukas Schuster with some of the greenhouse gas loggers used to measure changes in greenhouse gasses. Lukas Schuster

A drop in emissions

The results were striking. Overall, greenhouse gas emissions from the channel containing the floating wetland were 22-31% lower than emissions from the control channel. Methane emissions fell by 32-66%, while carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide emissions were reduced by 24-36% and 18%, respectively.

Importantly, the reduction in emissions occurred within four to seven months of installing the floating wetland. We expected this drop in emissions to be linked to the plants removing nutrients from the wastewater, because nutrient removal can reduce the microbial processes that produce greenhouse gases.

However, we could not detect substantial reductions in nutrient concentrations until about 12 months into the study. This suggests that nutrient removal alone cannot fully explain why greenhouse gas emissions began to fall so early. There is still much we don’t know about exactly how floating wetlands reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

What does this mean for wastewater emissions?

Floating wetlands may be a promising way to decrease wastewater emissions. But there are still important questions.

Our experiment was confined to two channels within a large wastewater lagoon, rather than measuring emissions across the entire lagoon. Accordingly, the emission reduction potential across the entire lagoon remains to be tested.

We also conducted our study at a single site. Further studies are needed to test whether these results hold across different wastewater systems and lagoon settings.

There are practical questions too. The floating wetland used in our trial relied in part on plastic-based materials. Other floating wetland designs using natural or biodegradable materials may offer a reduced environmental footprint.

Nevertheless, our results provide encouraging evidence that a relatively simple intervention can reduce greenhouse gas emissions from open wastewater lagoons.

We would like to thank Dr Kavindra Paranage, Dr John Award, Dr Divina Navarro, Dr Chris Walker, Meg Humphrys, Mark Dishon, Zoe Geyer, Ilse Hall, Tamika Johnston, Melinda Glew and Johanna Randall for their contributions to and support of the project.The Conversation

Lukas Schuster, Research Fellow in Environmental Sciences, RMIT University; Martino Malerba, ARC DECRA Fellow, RMIT University, and Professor Peter Macreadie, Director - Centre for Nature Positive Solutions, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How will this year’s record‑breaking El Niño affect NZ and the world? 5 things to know

Kevin Carter/Getty Images
Kevin Trenberth, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

Months out from its projected peak, El Niño is already helping push ocean temperatures into record territory.

July brought the highest global sea-surface temperatures ever recorded for that month, partly fuelled by the fast-developing climate pattern. The latest forecasts suggest there is much more to come.

So, what exactly is El Niño, why is this one potentially so significant and what could it mean for New Zealand? Here are five things to know.

El Niño begins with a huge shift in ocean heat

El Niño is a natural climate pattern involving unusual warming of the central and eastern tropical Pacific Ocean, accompanied by changes in winds and atmospheric circulation.

Here’s how the process normally works. The sun heats the tropical ocean, while trade winds push warm surface water westward across the equatorial Pacific, causing it to pile up around Indonesia, northern Australia and Southeast Asia. Cooler water rises from below in the eastern Pacific.

This build-up means sea levels in the western Pacific “Warm Pool” average about 60cm higher than in the eastern Pacific off South America. Without the trade winds holding it there, that warm water would flow back eastwards. But there is a limit to how much can build up.

Exactly how an El Niño gets underway varies, with weather and tropical storms sometimes weakening the tradewinds and providing the trigger. Once it begins, warm water starts surging back eastwards across the Pacific.

It can take two to three months to cross the ocean, shifting thunderstorms and rainfall as it goes and influencing weather patterns far beyond the tropical Pacific.

El Niño events typically occur every two to seven years, most commonly every three to five. Sea temperatures typically peak around December, with the biggest atmospheric effects occurring around February the following year.

This El Niño will be one for the record books

By December 2025, the tropical Pacific was already primed for an El Niño. Westerly wind bursts associated with tropical storms then helped set things in motion, with subsequent surges reinforcing warming towards South America.

Signs of a major event emerged early this year. Former NIWA meteorologist Ben Noll raised the prospect in February, and by July was warning it could become a very strong – or “super” – El Niño.

Higher-than-normal sea surfaces (red) are visible in the central and eastern Pacific on June 8, 2026, a few days before El Niño was declared. NASA Earth Observatory/Lauren Dauphin, CC BY-ND

Current forecasts suggest the event will continue strengthening towards the end of the year, with sea-surface temperatures in key parts of the tropical Pacific reaching more than a record 3°C above average.

It will push global temperatures even higher

El Niño is unfolding against a backdrop of human-caused warming, with global ocean heat content reaching record levels in every year from 2017 to 2025.

A 1997-98 event contributed to 1998 becoming the warmest year of the 20th century. The 2015-16 El Niño pushed temperatures to another level, while records were reset again during the 2023-24 event.

Daily sea-surface temperatures across the world’s oceans between 60°N and 60°S. The four warmest years are highlighted, including 2026 to date. Temperatures normally peak around March, at the end of the Southern Hemisphere summer, as most of the world’s ocean lies south of the equator. C3S/ECMWF, CC BY

Strong El Niño events release some accumulated ocean heat into the atmosphere, temporarily boosting global surface temperatures. Global temperatures can therefore resemble a staircase, with major El Niños helping push them onto successively higher steps.

This developing El Niño could provide the next step, with record-high global temperatures possible in 2026 and even more likely in 2027.

Exactly how climate change is affecting El Niño remains uncertain. But there are indications warming may be altering the phenomenon itself, potentially increasing the risk of very strong events.

Its impacts will reach far beyond the Pacific

El Niño has profound consequences worldwide, influencing droughts, floods, storms and heatwaves, as well as agriculture, health, fisheries, wildfire risk and economic activity.

Some effects are already emerging. Dry conditions have disrupted crops in parts of Southeast Asia and Central America, while the UN World Food Programme estimates El Niño could leave nearly 50 million more people facing acute hunger by year’s end.

Much of El Niño’s global reach comes from its influence on rainfall. Exceptionally high sea surface temperatures in the tropical Pacific shift rainfall towards the ocean, often favouring drought on land. These changes alter atmospheric circulation and weather patterns much further afield, while increasing wildfire risk in dry areas.

Changes in temperature and rainfall can affect diseases such as malaria, dengue and cholera. El Niño also shifts tropical cyclone activity, typically increasing it in central and eastern parts of the Pacific while suppressing it in the tropical Atlantic.

Weakened upwelling off South America also reduces the supply of cold, nutrient-rich water, disrupting marine ecosystems and potentially causing dramatic declines in fisheries and seabird populations.

The economic effects can linger for years, with the potential to cause trillions of dollars in losses.

New Zealand could be in for a dry year

New Zealand is already experiencing some effects of El Niño, including the relatively sunny but cold southerly conditions seen through much of this winter.

Unlike many parts of the world, New Zealand often experiences cooler conditions during El Niño.

Strongest effects typically emerge later in the year. Across the Tasman, it can contribute to drought and wildfire risk in much of Australia, with smoke plumes from fires occasionally reaching New Zealand.

El Niño tends to bring drier conditions to northeastern parts of New Zealand, particularly the North Island, while the southwest – including Fiordland and the West Coast – can become wetter.

This map shows summer rainfall during the strong 1997–98 El Niño, shown as a percentage of normal. Rainfall was well below normal across much of the north and east of both islands, while western and southern areas – particularly the lower South Island – were considerably wetter. Earth Sciences NZ, CC BY-ND

Given the potential strength of this event, there is a real risk New Zealand could experience a so-called “dry year”, with consequences for agriculture and hydroelectric generation, and an increased risk of wildfires.

Farmers and others exposed to these risks should prepare for the possibility of drought as conditions develop.The Conversation

Kevin Trenberth, Distinguished Scholar, National Center for Atmospheric Research; Affiliate Faculty, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Green roofs can help cool cities in the summer heat, but building them is only the first step – many don’t survive

Vegetables and plants grow on a rooftop under a blue sky with tall buildings in the background.
The rooftop of the Javits Center in New York is still thriving, but others have struggled. Xinhua/Wang Lei via Getty Images
Taylor Wishart, University of Tennessee

As summer temperatures soar across the United States and Europe, cities are being forced to confront the difficult reality that they’re getting dangerously hot.

Record-breaking heat waves strain power grids, send people to cooling shelters and can make the top floors of some apartment buildings unlivable.

One way to help cool buildings is to install green roofs – living rooftops covered by plants that can transform heat-absorbing rooftops into cooling solutions.

An aerial view of Chicago's City Hall, with the half the rooftop made into a park
Chicago offers zoning incentives to encourage developers to build green roofs, like this one on City Hall. Patrick L. Pyszka, City of Chicago

Green roofs have long been promoted as a method to help cities stay cool. Often cities offer developers incentives to install them. But just building a green roof isn’t enough.

My research with colleagues shows that what happens after a green roof is built is as important as the decision to install a green roof in the first place. We found that many green roofs fall into neglect and don’t survive beyond a few years, likely due to the cost of maintenance. When buildings’ operational budgets are cut, landscape elements – including green roofs – are often altered or maintenance is scaled back to save money.

The view on the Chicago City Hall roof. Conservation Design Forum, CC BY-SA

What is a green roof?

Unlike a traditional roof made of asphalt, metal or tiles, a green roof is made up of layers, including insulation, water proofing and drainage, that allow plants to grow atop the building.

Depending on their design, these roofs can support everything from low-growing sedums to shrubs and trees. Rockefeller Center’s rooftop terrace gardens in New York City were designed in the 1930s to hold trees, grass, shrubs and seating areas to double as parklike respites far above the traffic. The roof of the California Academy of Sciences in San Francisco is fully covered by 2.5 acres of wildflowers, succulents and other native coastal flowers.

A rolling roof with window hatches is covered with low-lying green plants.
The California Academy of Sciences in San Francisco features a green roof with hatches that open to an atrium below. Anna Fox via Flickr, CC BY

These roofs are more than just decorative landscaping.

Plants absorb sunlight that would otherwise heat up the building below. They also cool the surrounding air through a process called evapotranspiration, in which they release water vapor. Additionally, they can reduce the amount of energy needed for heating and cooling buildings by acting as insulation. Green roofs also capture rainfall and prevent it from reaching storm drains, reducing flood risks and improving water quality in the community.

Three rooftops with green lawns and wide walking paths.
Rockefeller Centers’s rooftop gardens are designed like parks rather than wildlands. David Shankbone via Wikimedia Commons, CC BY-SA

Because of these benefits, organizations like the European Commission and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency have promoted green roofs in recent years as a way to reduce urban heat islands, make cities more resilient to extreme weather and improve biodiversity by supporting birds, butterflies and other insects.

Some cities even help pay for them by offering incentives, such as tax credits, stormwater fee reductions or sped-up permitting to encourage developers to install green roofs. Philadelphia, for example, offers businesses a tax credit that can cover up to 50% of green roof construction costs.

A blocks-long park several stories up, with people sitting on a green and walking on paths.
The public Transbay Joint Powers Authority built an extensive park and walking path covering the roof of a four-block-long bus terminal in San Francisco. It’s known as Salesforce Park because the company Salesforce, headquartered next door, bought the naming rights. When it opened in 2019, developers estimated it would save $6,500 annually in energy costs. Fullmetal2887 via Wikimedia Commons, CC BY

These programs recognize the public benefits that green roofs can give, but they tend to focus on getting the roofs built rather than on keeping them functioning long term.

Without maintenance, all the work and money invested by builders and the communities can quickly be lost.

What happens to green roofs in the long term?

Most green roof conversations focus on their design: How deep should the soil be? What plants should be used? How much can they cool a building? Less attention is given to what happens to the roof five, 10, or 20 years down the road.

To better understand the long-term fate of green roofs, we studied 46 green roofs across the southeastern United States. Rather than asking how well a newly installed roof performed, we asked whether it was still functioning and being kept up years after construction. The results surprised us.

Nearly half of the roofs were no longer functioning as intended. Nine had been abandoned, with vegetation loss and no maintenance. Twelve roofs had been removed completely.

Even a small, do-it-yourself green roof requires many layers to protect the structure from roots and provide drainage.

Even more interesting was what predicted a green roof’s success, or lack of it.

It didn’t matter whether the green roof had received LEED certification, formally recognizing it as sustainable design, or whether it was owned by a private corporation or a nonprofit. What mattered was whether building ownership had changed.

Every time buildings changed hands, green roofs either ended up abandoned or removed altogether, possibly due to a loss of knowledge about the roof. There is also the issue of cost; people who buy buildings with green roofs may have different budgets or priorities and do not necessarily want to spend the time or money to pay for them.

Larger-scale implication

Green infrastructure requires ongoing monitoring and care.

Plants need to be watered, fertilized and sometimes replaced. Irrigation systems need repairs. Invasive species need to be managed. Drainage layers need inspecting to prevent disastrous leaks that damage the building below. Maintenance on green roofs can cost anywhere from a few cents to over $3 a square foot per year and can be time-consuming depending on whether a roof needs to be weeded and watered by hand.

Without that care, many of the benefits used to justify the original investment can disappear.

A rooftop with sections of wildflowers and other plants.
The University of Tennessee-Knoxville’s Agriculture and Natural Resources Building has a lush, living roof where students and staff can enjoy nature. Mike McKinney/University of Tennessee

Imagine planting thousands of street trees, then never watering them again. That would be a poor investment. Yet people often assume green roofs will continue working indefinitely after installation without stopping to consider the work involved in keeping them alive.

Our research suggests that this assumption deserves a closer look.

Looking toward the future

Research consistently shows that green infrastructure plays an important role in helping cities adapt to a warming climate.

It can reduce urban temperatures, improve stormwater management, create habitat and make neighborhoods more comfortable.

Low-lying plants known as sedums cover the roofs at a community center.
Walter Reed Community Center in Arlington, Va., outside Washington, D.C., features a green roof that helps insulate the building. Arlington County, Va., CC BY-SA

But for green roofs to keep delivering environmental benefits decades after installation, communities may need to think beyond incentives for construction.

Long-term maintenance plans, clear ownership responsibilities and funding for stewardship may prove as important as the installation. Climate adaptation isn’t just about building new infrastructure, but also about making sure that infrastructure can continue to thrive years into the future.The Conversation

Taylor Wishart, Ph.D. Student in Environmental Science, University of Tennessee

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Antarctic krill fishing is now concentrated in the exact pattern conservation rules were designed to prevent

A large ship in the middle of the ocean has booms out with lines running into the water.
A trawler fishes for krill in the Southern Ocean. AP Photo/David Keyton
Kim S. Bernard, Oregon State University

The companies fishing for Antarctic krill have harvested so much so quickly that the season had to close in August 2026, three months before it was scheduled to end. That’s the second consecutive year of an early closing.

The fishing industry has said these developments are evidence that the management system is working as intended: Once the 620,000-ton limit, called a “trigger level,” is reached, fishing must stop. And the evidence indicates that the krill fishing boats do stop when the trigger level is hit.

However, as someone who has been studying Antarctic krill ecology and their role in the Southern Ocean ecosystem for 16 years, what currently concerns me most is how locally concentrated that harvest has become.

A person's hands hold dozens of tiny pink shrimp-like creatures.
Krill are tiny, but they are a vital part of the Southern Ocean’s ecosystem. Dan Costa/National Science Foundation

A key species for Antarctic marine ecosystems

Antarctic krill, Euphausia superba, is a principal food source for penguins, seals, whales, seabirds and fish. But krill are not distributed evenly across the Southern Ocean: They gather in dense, patchy groups in particular locations. They are most numerous in the waters off the Antarctic Peninsula stretching into the Scotia Sea.

Breeding penguins and seals depend on high concentrations of krill found relatively close to their colonies because they must repeatedly return to those colonies to feed their young. If they don’t find krill nearby, they can’t go much farther into the ocean to seek alternative prey without risking their young starving on the shore. More than 30 years of observations from the Antarctic Peninsula show why this concentration of krill matters. Models using those observations predict overall penguin performance – factors such as breeding success and foraging trip duration – to decline when fishing removes a high proportion of the krill available locally.

Baleen whales are more mobile, but they depend on exceptionally dense krill patches to make feeding worthwhile and often congregate in the same productive hot spots. There is growing concern around the overlap between the krill fishery and important feeding grounds of the recovering fin whale population.

Perhaps obviously, those locations are also attractive to fishing vessels, because it’s most efficient to catch large amounts of krill in those places. Krill meal is used as feed for aquaculture, pets and ornamental fish, among others. While some nations use krill meal as an additional food source for their people, human use of krill products is primarily through dietary supplements containing oils that are extracted from krill.

Efforts to manage fishing

An intergovernmental agency called the Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources, better known by its acronym CCAMLR, manages the Antarctic krill fishery, among other sea life in the Southern Ocean. It was created in 1982 amid concern that the rapidly expanding krill fishery could remove too much food from penguins, seals, whales and other predators. At present, 26 countries and the European Union are members of the commission.

In 1991 the commission set a precautionary threshold of 620,000 tons on the annual catch of krill across a region known as Area 48, which extends from the Antarctic Peninsula across the Scotia Sea. CCAMLR refers to this threshold as the “trigger level” because reaching it was intended to trigger a management system splitting the region into smaller areas, with their own specific catch limits, before catches could increase further.

The commission recognized that catching even a relatively small amount of krill could damage local ecosystems if it all came from a small area. In 2009, it placed regional caps within the 620,000-ton trigger level, limiting how much could be taken from each of four subareas within the broader Area 48: the Antarctic Peninsula, the South Orkney Islands, South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands.

Regional caps expire

While the regional caps were in effect, krill fishing ran the full year without ever hitting the trigger level.

The conservation measure that established the regional caps expired in 2024, and was not renewed or replaced. The trigger level remains in force, but companies are now allowed to fish for krill in whichever krill-rich areas they find most productive.

In each of the two seasons since then, fishing companies have hit the 620,000-ton trigger level months before the end of the season, in part by focusing their efforts on places where they can catch the most krill.

Global Fishing Watch’s vessel tracking shows that in 2026 the krill fishing fleet operated primarily in the Bransfield and Gerlache straits of the Antarctic Peninsula and northwest of the South Orkney Islands, with little to no fishing in the rest of Area 48.

Krill fishing is now happening in precisely the concentrated pattern the regional-cap conservation measure was created to prevent.

Two maps of a region of Antarctica and the Southern Ocean below the Atlantic show purple shading where krill fishing activity happened under two different sets of rules. More krill were caught in 2025 and 2026 than in the previous years, in a smaller area of the ocean.
Krill fishing under regional limits, seen on the left, was much more widespread than after the regional limits were lifted, seen on the right. Kim S. Bernard with data from CCAMLR and Global Fishing Watch, CC BY-ND

An opportunity

The concentration of fishing comes as the overall ecosystem is becoming more vulnerable as a result of climate change. The Antarctic Peninsula and Scotia Sea are among the fastest-warming places on the planet.

Decreased sea ice cover, changing wind patterns and warming ocean temperatures are already altering krill habitat and the Southern Ocean food web. A long-term analysis of the Antarctic krill population in this region found that their densities declined by about 59% between the late 20th century and more recent decades, with the sharpest declines in the northern part of their range.

Because of the rapid changes to the marine environment of the Antarctic Peninsula and the region’s exceptional ecological importance, Argentina and Chile have proposed a marine protected area to conserve important habitats, biodiversity and ecological processes. The proposal, developed through years of scientific planning, would also protect areas important to krill and the predators that depend on them. But eight years after it was formally submitted to CCAMLR, member nations have still not reached the consensus required to adopt it.

The CCAMLR members next meet in October 2026. At that meeting, members need to restore binding spatial limits on krill catches while agreeing on a more sophisticated ecosystem-based management system that distributes fishing at scales relevant to krill and their predators. The proposed marine protected area will also be up for discussion, again. The concerns that led to the committee being created 44 years ago – fears about krill fishing harming krill-dependent Antarctic wildlife – have not diminished over the decades.The Conversation

Kim S. Bernard, Professor of Biological Oceanography, Oregon State University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Iran oil spill: the war is leaving environmental scars that ceasefires cannot heal

The mangrove forests of Qeshm Island in southern Iran.
The mangrove forests of Qeshm Island off the coast of southern Iran. Nmarandi / Shutterstock
Nima Shokri, United Nations University; Technical University of Hamburg

Oil slicks moving along Iran’s southern coast have reached the Hara mangrove forests of Qeshm Island. Iranian authorities say the extent of the contamination is still being assessed and the source of the oil pollution has not yet been established. But several oil spills have been detected in the region since the war between the US and Iran began.

The Hara forests lie in the Khuran Strait, which separates Qeshm Island from mainland Iran. This waterway is close to the Strait of Hormuz – one of the most strategically important marine corridors on Earth. The Strait of Hormuz is normally discussed through the vocabulary of geopolitics: barrels of oil, shipping lanes, energy prices and global trade.

But beneath that geopolitical map lies another map that receives far less attention. The Strait of Hormuz and its surrounding waters are home to mangroves, coral reefs, seagrass beds, fisheries and coastal communities. They also provide the seawater upon which some of the world’s most water-stressed societies depend.

The Strait of Hormuz is not only an energy chokepoint. It is an ecological chokepoint. And prolonged conflict exposes both at the same time.

An oil slick on open water is a serious pollution event. But oil entering a mangrove ecosystem creates a different problem. Mangroves occupy the boundary between land and sea, with dense root systems that slow water movement and trap sediments.

The same characteristics that make these ecosystems extraordinarily productive also make them effective traps for pollutants.

While oil can be removed from the water surface, oil that penetrates shorelines and fine sediments can be much more difficult to address. Contamination can affect roots and seedlings and expose organisms living in or feeding on these sediments to pollution. Fish and birds can be affected through ecological pathways extending beyond the visibly contaminated trees.

Qeshm should also not be viewed in isolation. Earlier in the war, another oil slick near Kharg Island in the northern Persian Gulf was tracked. Satellite imagery indicated that currents were carrying contamination through the Khuran Strait towards the mangroves.

Researchers using satellite observations have also reported a marked increase in the frequency and extent of oil pollution in the Gulf since the beginning of the war. This is where the environmental significance of prolonged conflict becomes much larger than any individual spill.

What needs to happen now

The first priority in Qeshm must be containment. Preventing additional oil from entering the mangroves is far more effective than attempting to remove it once it has penetrated a complex inter-tidal environment.

However, containment alone is insufficient. Authorities need to establish the source and chemical characteristics of the contamination, map its spatial extent, combine field observations with satellite monitoring and sample water and sediments.

They will also need to establish baseline conditions in affected and unaffected areas and monitor mangrove condition, aquatic organisms and other ecological indicators over time.

Such efforts may themselves be constrained by the war. Conflict can make scientists, environmental agencies and emergency-response teams less able to reach the places where intervention is most urgently needed.

The response must also avoid causing additional damage. Following the 1989 Exxon Valdez oil spill off the coast of Alaska, high-pressure hot-water washing removed stranded oil but also caused substantial additional damage to shoreline organisms and habitats.

In mangroves, where roots and sediments are particularly sensitive to physical disturbance, similarly aggressive interventions can do more harm than good. Most importantly, monitoring of the Hara mangrove forests cannot stop when the coastline looks clean.

A map of Qeshm Island in southern Iran.
Qeshm Island in southern Iran, separated from the mainland by the Khuran Strait. Peter Hermes Furian / Shutterstock

There is a temptation during war to treat environmental damage as secondary: something to assess after questions of military strategy, diplomacy, energy supply and economic loss have been addressed. That hierarchy is difficult to defend.

Environmental systems are infrastructure. Mangroves protect coastlines and sustain marine ecosystems. Fisheries support livelihoods and food security. Soils support agriculture. Aquifers store water and coastal waters feed desalination plants.

Healthy ecosystems provide forms of resilience that become more – not less – important during periods of political and economic instability. Destroying or degrading them thus creates liabilities that can persist long after military operations have ended.

And unlike a bridge, pipeline or building, an ecosystem cannot necessarily be reconstructed. A mature mangrove forest is the product of biological processes that unfold over time. Lost ecological functions may take years to recover, and some changes may prove difficult to reverse.

This is why what is happening at Qeshm deserves attention well beyond Iran. The question is not whether this particular oil contamination represents an ecological catastrophe. We do not yet have the evidence to make that judgment. The more important question is what the event is telling us.

It is telling us that in a region where enormous volumes of hydrocarbons, dense maritime traffic, critical water infrastructure and fragile coastal ecosystems occupy the same narrow geography, environmental risk cannot be separated from geopolitical risk.

If the Iran conflict continues, the probability of further accidents, infrastructure damage, pollution and interrupted environmental management will increase. Some consequences, such as burning vessels, blackened coastlines or dead vegetation, will be immediately visible.

But others will accumulate quietly – in sediments, soils, groundwater, food webs and stressed ecosystems. It is these consequences that may ultimately prove harder to repair. While all wars eventually end, their environmental consequences do not necessarily follow the same timetable.The Conversation

Nima Shokri, Executive Co-Director, Institute for Water, Environment and Health (UNU-INWEH), United Nations University; Technical University of Hamburg

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Climate change is driving some entire communities to relocate – but simply moving isn’t enough

Ricardo Safra de Campos, University of Exeter; Nihal Ranjit, Indian Institute for Human Settlements (IIHS), and Tasneem Siddiqui, University of Dhaka

The abandoned houses of Old Podampetta on India’s east coast tell the story of a small fishing village that no longer exists. Families once woke up to the sound of the sea and made their living by reading the tides and winds. But years of coastal erosion and relentless cyclones eventually made staying impossible.

Similar stories are playing out across south Asia. Bangladesh and India recorded nearly 8 million people displaced within their borders by rapid-onset climate hazards in 2024 alone. Most were emergency evacuations before or after disasters such as cyclones, with people hoping to return home as soon as it was safe.

But for some communities, returning is no longer possible. Instead, they may undertake what is known as planned relocation: permanent movement away from places where climate change has made living increasingly unsafe. Some relocations are initiated by communities themselves, while others are planned and supported by governments.

Planned relocation may be an alternative to repeatedly being displaced and in some cases being forced to move to overcrowded and precarious urban settlements. But our research in Bangladesh and India shows that a successful relocation only becomes a durable solution when people can rebuild their livelihoods, relationships and sense of belonging.

More than a housing project

Abandoned home in India
Hollow doorways of an abandoned home in Old Podampetta. Nihal Ranjit

For people who previously lacked secure housing, relocation can provide shelter and legal recognition. In Bangladesh, an official address can help people access social security benefits and other government support, and secure loans or skills training. As one person we interviewed in Khulna district in the south-west told us:

Earlier, we were living as tenants. We lived in other people’s houses. From time to time, we lived in different places. We did not have a settlement in one place. We did not have a fixed house.

But a house alone is not enough. Another participant said their fear of cyclones had eased, but added: “Here there are no roads … Every time it rains, there is waterlogging in front of our houses.”

These experiences reflect a broader problem of reducing one risk while creating others. Relocation schemes by the authorities have often been poorly compensated and carried out with limited engagement with affected communities. Too often, they focus on moving people to safety without ensuring they can rebuild their lives.

Safety means secure work too

A new house does not replace a lost livelihood. Over the past few years, as part of a project investigating migration as a climate adaptation strategy, we’ve interviewed relocated residents from sites in Khulna and Chattogram, south-eastern Bangladesh, and Kendrapada and Ganjam districts of Odisha, a coastal area in eastern India.

Some households had better access to markets or housing. Others lost the land, forests, fishing grounds or informal work that had sustained them. One relocated participant in Kendrapada explained:

Even if someone wants to do farming they will not be able to do it. We were not compensated for lost agricultural land, we got land only to build a house. There is no work in this village.

They added: “We are having to buy everything here. We never had to buy rice, vegetables or fish [in the place where we lived before].”

In some places, the increased dependence on cash income and the lack of local livelihood opportunities encouraged people to migrate to other parts of Bangladesh and India. Family members working in these places sent back remittances which households use to improve their homes at relocation sites. Relocation does not necessarily end migration – it often changes what form it takes.

This helps explain why some communities resist relocation in the first place. Fishing households, for example, may remain on eroding coastlines because moving inland would mean losing access to the sea. For them, relocation would also mean a move away from work.

Jobs, transport, schools, healthcare and more all influence whether people are able to thrive in their new home. People also need opportunities to maintain cultural traditions at the same time as developing a sense of belonging in their new communities.

What makes planned relocation fairer?

“Is there a sadness greater than having to leave your place of birth?”, one relocated participant in Odisha asked us. They described leaving behind their farmland, trees and home, and arriving somewhere with “not even flowers to offer the Gods”.

Cultural losses such as these shape whether people feel settled, respected and able to rebuild.

Homes beside lagoon
Residents of this relocation site in Khulna, Bangladesh, still face regular waterlogging and floods. Photovoice participant

Our research suggests things are more likely to go well when communities help plan their own futures from the outset, rather than having decisions imposed on them. But even where communities have limited control over their relocation, it’s still better when people can adapt new spaces to their needs, creating areas for children to play and shared spaces for community activities.

New settlements also need to reflect local climate, culture and everyday life, with homes that support cooking, privacy, livestock and social interactions. And they of course must protect people from hazards such as extreme heat, flooding or cyclones.

The move is only the beginning

Planned relocation should only happen once people can no longer adapt safely where they already live. When it is unavoidable, governments need to plan for more than the move itself – they must help ensure people no longer face displacement-related disadvantages after moving.

Annotated map
Old Podampetta, bottom left, was the original coastal village. New Podampetta, top, is the relocated village 300m inland. Google Maps, CC BY-SA

Bangladesh has already begun to recognise this. Its 2021 National Strategy on Internal Displacement Management and the action plan that followed both adopt a rights-based approach to planned relocation, treating it as more than an emergency response.

One of the key lessons from those documents for future climate change-related relocation is that moving people away from danger is only the beginning. The people of Old Podampetta mostly moved to New Podampetta, a site just inland from the sea which the community themselves played a central role in choosing. Their new homes are safe from erosion and cyclones, and the proximity to the sea meant minimal disruption to their livelihoods.

Woman carries water barrel on street in Indian village
New Podampetta isn’t perfect. Salty tap water has forced people to fetch drinking water from several kilometres away or pay for it to be delivered daily. Divyanshi Vyas

Podampetta’s story is an example of how relocation can be approached more thoughtfully, by keeping community needs central and designing policy around them. After all, the real measure of success is developing relocation policies that allow affected communities to live with security, dignity and the possibility of a future in which they can thrive.The Conversation

Ricardo Safra de Campos, Senior Lecturer in Human Geography, University of Exeter; Nihal Ranjit, Senior Associate, School of Environment and Sustainability, Indian Institute for Human Settlements (IIHS), and Tasneem Siddiqui, Chairperson, Department of Political Science, University of Dhaka

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What if our cities were designed for wildlife as well as people?

Common swift flying at sunset
shutterstock. Paul Sawer/Shutterstock
Saman Sobhani, Aberystwyth University

On a warm evening in May, swifts scream over rooftops, chasing insects above the traffic. A fox slips along a garden wall while gulls squabble on a supermarket roof. We tend to treat these animals as visitors. But they’re residents too, living alongside us in places designed for people.

My recent research argues this needs to change. Instead of asking how nature can make cities better for humans, urban planners should consider what cities owe the many species that already live in them.

More than half the world’s population now lives in urban areas, while cities continue to expand into wildlife habitats.

In the UK, swifts provide a distinct example. They nest in gaps under eaves and roof tiles, which can disappear when older buildings are demolished, re-roofed or insulated. UK swift numbers have fallen by around 60% since 1995. In 2021, the species was added to a list of birds at greatest risk of extinction.

The issue isn’t simply how we can make cities greener. It’s who we think cities are for.

For my new study, I compared approaches to incorporating nature into urban planning, including environmental offsetting, sustainable development and nature-based solutions such as green roofs, street trees and wetlands. I also examined cases where governments and courts have given species and ecosystems a different status in decision-making.

The pattern I found was striking. These approaches have become increasingly good at showing how nature benefits people, but much less willing to ask whether other species have interests of their own.

Trees are planted because they cool streets. Wetlands are protected because they can hold floodwater. Parks are funded because they improve our health.

All of those benefits are important. But they can also leave nature looking like a service provider for people. If a tree no longer provides enough shade, or a wetland becomes more valuable as development land, what happens to the argument for protecting it?

This is where the idea of “multispecies justice” comes in. It starts from a different premise, where animals, plants and ecosystems are not simply amenities that provide benefits to people. They are co-inhabitants of places we share.

That changes the question urban planning asks. Instead of only considering what nature can do for us, it asks what responsibilities we have towards the species with which we live.

What would change?

This doesn’t mean turning cities into wildlife reserves. It can involve small changes to decisions that shape urban life.

For example, before restoring a river, planners could consider whether the proposed changes are likely to create conditions in which fish and frogs can thrive. They could then assess the project not only on its effects on flooding or visitor numbers.

A development could be designed around established wildlife routes rather than treating them as obstacles to mitigate later. Environmental assessments could consider what a new road does to the routes used by badgers, bats or other animals, alongside its effects on drainage and emissions. Some places might be left undisturbed during breeding seasons.

There are already examples of governments experimenting with this type of approach. In New Zealand, the Whanganui River was recognised as a legal person in 2017, with guardians appointed to represent its interests. Colombia’s Atrato River was recognised as a subject of rights in 2016, with a similar system of guardianship.

A view of the Whanganui River looking lush and green.
The Whanganui River in New Zealand. Robert Harding Video/Shutterstock

These cases aren’t straightforward solutions. The rights granted to rivers still have to operate within existing political and legal systems. Research suggests implementation in Colombia has been uneven.

But they illustrate a different way of thinking. Nature doesn’t have to justify its existence solely through the benefits it provides to people.

The idea is also beginning to appear in more conventional urban planning. Barcelona has built green corridors linking parks to the hills beyond the city so that wildlife can move through it.

In the UK, Scotland has become the first nation by law to require swift bricks in new buildings. These hollow bricks contain a nesting cavity and cost roughly £30 each. But its significance is larger than the brick itself. It treats the presence of another species as something that should be considered when we design buildings, rather than as an unexpected problem to deal with afterwards.

In England, efforts to require swift bricks by law were rejected by the House of Lords. The UK government has instead pursued their inclusion through planning policy and development requirements.

A different way of designing cities

None of this makes urban planning simple. Species can have competing needs, and protecting wildlife can sometimes conflict with other environmental or social goals.

A protected predator might threaten a vulnerable population. Preserving a habitat might complicate a development intended to reduce overheating. There won’t always be a simple answer.

But those conflicts already exist. The difference is that they’re often resolved using systems that give human interests the greatest weight. Multi-species justice asks us to make those choices more explicit.

Cities are already shared habitats. The birds nesting in our roofs, the insects in our gardens, the bats above our streets and the organisms in our soils are not simply passing through. They are part of urban life.

The challenge for planners is to decide whether they’ll continue to design cities primarily around human needs, adding nature where it provides a benefit, or begin to treat the flourishing of other species as a legitimate consideration in its own right.The Conversation

Saman Sobhani, PhD Candidate in Environmental Economics, Aberystwyth University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

From nightlife to life at night: cities must stay open later to beat the rising heat

two people sitting on park bench in shade, heatwave.
Simone Padovani/Getty
Andreina Seijas, Sciences Po

Summer in Europe is normally cause for celebration. Not this one, however, which will rank as one of the hottest on record. Wildfires have broken out everywhere from France to Greece, while intense drought has turned the grass in London’s famous Hyde Park brown. This week, much of Europe is sweltering through yet another heatwave.

Most European cities are designed to weather cold, not intense heat. But temperatures are now regularly climbing over 35°C. Prolonged, damaging heat is forcing rapid change. Rather than abandoning normal life, urban residents put it on hold until cooler conditions arrive in the evening.

These changes are already measurable. In our recent research, we analysed two years of bank card transaction data from three Australian cities to see what happened when the temperature rose over 35°C. We found overall spending fell 7% during heatwaves. Consumers spent less between midday and early evening, before spending stabilised after sunset.

As extreme heat becomes more common, it will affect businesses and organisations in more cities. More of life will have to happen at night.

people cooling off in evening using a misting fountain.
Intense heatwaves make daytime unpleasant or unsafe. But night infrastructure has to be ready. Pictured: people cooling off at a public misting fountain in Paris in June 2026. Remon Haazen/Getty

People stay home when extreme heat arrives

We used anonymised, large-scale bank card transaction data and daily temperature records from Melbourne, Sydney and Adelaide between January 2023 and December 2024. Temperatures reached 35°C or higher on 62 days over this period – 27 in Adelaide, 20 in Melbourne and 15 in Sydney. The dataset captures virtually all point-of-sale spending in three-hour intervals.

When temperatures rose above 35°C, daytime spending fell sharply, especially during the hottest part of the day – 12pm to 6pm. Some spending shifted to cooler periods, such as evenings or the days before, or after extreme heat.

Department and variety stores were among the hardest hit: despite being air-conditioned, spending was 35% lower between 3pm and 6pm on extremely hot days.

Spending on eating out, entertainment and shopping dropped off during the afternoon before recovering in the evening. Spending at convenience stores proved more resilient. Overall, some purchases were postponed but others were lost altogether.

The shift to cooler hours

Heat is no stranger to many cities around the world. But even these places are now finding it too hot.

The daily rhythm of urban life is changing in cities such as Dubai, where summer temperatures can now push past 50°C. The Middle East is warming faster than the global average. In response, authorities have opened floodlit public beaches, which remain open overnight.

In France, Paris and Toulouse have begun keeping parks, gardens and swimming areas open into the night. In Italy and Spain, tourists are increasingly exploring Rome and Seville after sunset. In Seoul, South Korea, more than 120 public libraries now stay open until 10pm to act as climate shelters.

Despite these examples, there’s little evidence of a wider shift. Authorities in many cities are not yet actively planning for a future where extreme temperatures make afternoons unpleasant or dangerous.

Most cities are still organised around a daytime model. Public transport becomes less frequent after the commuter rush in early evening, while community centres, childcare facilities and public buildings tend to close early. Parks often lack adequate lighting or safety measures to make it possible to visit in cooler evenings.

Efforts to make cities more resilient to climate change often focus on redesigning streets, cooling buildings and expanding tree plantings and other green infrastructure. These are essential. But they are only part of the story.

Cities will have to adapt not only through modifying spaces, but also by modifying times. Climate resilience is more than just what infrastructure cities provide – it’s when it is available.

lifeguard with surfboard walking up beach at nighttime, floodlights behind.
In 2023, Dubai began opening beaches at night to beat daytime temperatures now topping 50°C. Government of Dubai, CC BY-NC-ND

Rethinking the city after dark

To keep cities open later, authorities will need to strengthen social infrastructure – the network of public spaces, cultural institutions, libraries, sports facilities, community centres and other neighbourhood amenities crucial to everyday life in a city.

Public libraries are well-known heat refuges. But if they close before temperatures fall, it leaves people exposed.

Creating night cities doesn’t have to mean large-scale redevelopment. Often, it’s about changing existing patterns.

Sensible measures include:

  • boosting frequency and reliability of public transport in evenings, especially during heatwaves
  • extending opening hours for libraries and other community facilities
  • installing better lighting along pedestrian routes
  • ensuring public spaces remain safe and comfortable after dark.

It’s hard for some people to shift schedules to avoid the worst of the heat. Workers with fixed hours cannot simply move their working day, while carers and parents are constrained by school and care schedules. Older adults and people with limited mobility may also depend on public transport and services that become less available after dark.

That means time-shifting will have to be accompanied by investment in accessible evening infrastructure, as well as protections for the workers needed to keep cities running later.

Nightlife – or life at night?

As extreme heat reshapes daily life in more cities, authorities must plan ahead. We will need more research on how cities can best adapt their daily rhythms to rising temperatures.

It’s common to think of a city’s nightlife as revellers visiting bars or watching performances.

But in the very near future, nightlife may come to mean something else: normal life lived at night to avoid broiling by day.

Acknowledgements: Shashi Karunanethy and Dean Magee contributed to the Australian research.The Conversation

Andreina Seijas, Lecturer, Urban School, Sciences Po

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Careel Head Road Shops and the Bangalley- Burrowong Creeks: Some History 
Careel Bay Marina Environs November 2024 - Spring Celebrations
Careel Bay Playing Fields History and Current
Careel Bay Steamer Wharf + Boatshed: some history 
Careel Creek 
Careel Creek - If you rebuild it they will come
Church Point Public Wharf - 1885 to 2025: Some History 
Clareville Beach
Clareville/Long Beach Reserve + some History
Clareville Public Wharf: 1885 to 1935 - Some History 
Coastal Stability Series: Cabbage Tree Bay To Barrenjoey To Observation Point by John Illingsworth, Pittwater Pathways, and Dr. Peter Mitchell OAM
Community Concerned Over the Increase of Plastic Products Being Used by the Northern Beaches Council for Installations in Pittwater's Environment
Cowan Track by Kevin Murray
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund Allocations 2021
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund 2022-23: $378,072 Allocated To Council For Weed Control - Governor Phillip Park Gets a Grant This Time: full details of all 11 sites
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund Allocations 2023-2024
Crown Reserves Grants 2025 Announced: Local focus on Weeds + Repairs to Long Reef Boardwalk + some pictures of council's recent works at Hitchcock Park - Careel Bay playing fields - CRIF 2025
Curl Curl To Freshwater Walk: October 2021 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Currawong and Palm Beach Views - Winter 2018
Currawong-Mackerel-The Basin A Stroll In Early November 2021 - photos by Selena Griffith
Currawong State Park Currawong Beach +  Currawong Creek
Deep Creek To Warriewood Walk photos by Joe Mills
Microplastic assessment report 2026: Dee Why Lagoon Among Most Polluted in New South Wales - 56.55% of Manly Lagoon's plastic pollution is Artificial Turf - Pittwater Least Polluted
Milton Family Property History - Palm Beach By William (Bill) James Goddard II with photos courtesy of the Milton Family   - Snapperman to Sandy Point, Pittwater
Mona Vale Beach - A Stroll Along, Spring 2021 by Kevin Murray
Mona Vale Headland, Basin and Beach Restoration
Mona Vale Woolworths Front Entrance Gets Garden Upgrade: A Few Notes On The Site's History 
Mother Brushtail Killed On Barrenjoey Road: Baby Cried All Night - Powerful Owl Struck At Same Time At Careel Bay During Owlet Fledgling Season: calls for mitigation measures - The List of what you can do for those who ask 'What You I Do' as requested
Mount Murray Anderson Walking Track by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Mullet Creek
Muogamarra Nature Reserve in Cowan celebrates 90 years: a few insights into The Vision of John Duncan Tipper, Founder 
Muogamarra by Dr Peter Mitchell OAM and John Illingsworth
Narrabeen Creek
Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment: Past Notes Present Photos by Margaret Woods
Narrabeen Lagoon Entrance Clearing Works: September To October 2023  pictures by Joe Mills
North Narrabeen in 1911 - Panoramas taken for West's Lakeside Estate 
Out and About July 2020 - Storm swell
Out & About: July 2024 - Barrenjoey To Paradise Beach To Bayview To Narrabeen + Middle Creek - by John Illingsworth, Adriaan van der Wallen, Joe Mills, Suzanne Daly, Jacqui Marlowe and AJG
Palm Beach Headland Becomes Australia’s First Urban Night Sky Place: Barrenjoey High School Alumni Marnie Ogg's Hard Work
Palm Beach Public Wharf: Some History 
Paradise Beach Baths renewal Complete - Taylor's Point Public Wharf Rebuild Underway
Realises Long-Held Dream For Everyone
Paradise Beach Wharf + Taylor's Wharf renewal projects: October 2024 pictorial update - update pics of Paradise Wharf and Pool renewal, pre-renewal Taylors Point wharf + a few others of Pittwater on a Spring Saturday afternoon
Pictures From The Past: Views Of Early Narrabeen Bridges - 1860 To 1966
Pittwater Beach Reserves Have Been Dedicated For Public Use Since 1887 - No 1.: Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Bungan Beach and Bungan Head Reserves:  A Headland Garden 
Pittwater Reserves, The Green Ways: Clareville Wharf and Taylor's Point Jetty
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Hordern, Wilshire Parks, McKay Reserve: From Beach to Estuary 
Pittwater Reserves - The Green Ways: Mona Vale's Village Greens a Map of the Historic Crown Lands Ethos Realised in The Village, Kitchener and Beeby Parks 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways Bilgola Beach - The Cabbage Tree Gardens and Camping Grounds - Includes Bilgola - The Story Of A Politician, A Pilot and An Epicure by Tony Dawson and Anne Spencer  
Pittwater spring: waterbirds return to Wetlands
Pittwater's Koalas Driven to Extinction: Some History
Pittwater's Lone Rangers - 120 Years of Ku-Ring-Gai Chase and the Men of Flowers Inspired by Eccleston Du Faur 
Pittwater's Great Outdoors: Spotted To The North, South, East + West- June 2023:  Palm Beach Boat House rebuild going well - First day of Winter Rainbow over Turimetta - what's Blooming in the bush? + more by Joe Mills, Selena Griffith and Pittwater Online
Threatened Species Day 2025 + A few insights into Pittwater's Past + Present Threatened Species 
$378,072 Allocated To Council For Weed Control: Governor Phillip Park Gets a Grant This Time: full details of all 11 sites - Crown Reserves Improvement Fund (CRIF) March 2023
Topham Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP,  August 2022 by Joe Mills and Kevin Murray
Towlers Bay Walking Track by Joe Mills
Trafalgar Square, Newport: A 'Commons' Park Dedicated By Private Landholders - The Green Heart Of This Community
Tranquil Turimetta Beach, April 2022 by Joe Mills
Tree Management Policy Passed
Trial to remove shark nets - NBC - Central Coast - Waverly approached to nominate a beach each
Turimetta Beach Reserve by Joe Mills, Bea Pierce and Lesley
Turimetta Beach Reserve: Old & New Images (by Kevin Murray) + Some History
Turimetta Headland
Turimetta Moods by Joe Mills: June 2023
Turimetta Moods (Week Ending June 23 2023) by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: June To July 2023 Pictures by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: July Becomes August 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: August Becomes September 2023 ; North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Warriewood - Mona Vale photographs by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods August 2025 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Mid-September To Mid-October 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Late Spring Becomes Summer 2023-2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Warriewood Wetlands Perimeter Walk October 2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: November 2024 by Joe Mills

Pittwater's Birds

Attracting Insectivore Birds to Your Garden: DIY Natural Tick Control - small bird insectivores, species like the Silvereye, Spotted Pardalote, Gerygone, Fairywren and Thornbill, feed on ticks. Attracting these birds back into your garden will provide not only a residence for tick eaters but also the delightful moments watching these tiny birds provides.
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2017: Take part from 23 - 29 October - how many birds live here?
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2018 - Our Annual 'What Bird Is That?' Week Is Here! - This week the annual Aussie Backyard Bird Count runs from 22-28 October 2018. Pittwater is one of those places fortunate to have birds that thrive because of an Aquatic environment, a tall treed Bush environment and areas set aside for those that dwell closer to the ground, in a sand, scrub or earth environment. To take part all you need is 20 minutes and your favourite outdoor space. Head to the website and register as a Counter today! And if you're a teacher, check out BirdLife Australia's Bird Count curriculum-based lesson plans to get your students (or the whole school!) involved

Australian Predators of the Sky by Penny Olsen - published by National Library of Australia

Australian Raven  Australian Wood Duck Family at Newport

A Week In Pittwater Issue 128   A Week In Pittwater - June 2014 Issue 168

Baby Birds Spring 2015 - Rainbow Lorikeets in our Yard - for Children 

Baby Birds by Lynleigh Greig, Southern Cross Wildlife Care - what do if being chased by a nesting magpie or if you find a baby bird on the ground

Baby Kookaburras in our Backyard: Aussie Bird Count 2016 - October

Balloons Are The Number 1 Marine Debris Risk Of Mortality For Our Seabirds - Feb 2019 Study

Bangalley Mid-Winter   Barrenjoey Birds Bird Antics This Week: December 2016

Bird of the Month February 2019 by Michael Mannington

Birdland Above the Estuary - October 2012  Birds At Our Window   Birds at our Window - Winter 2014  Birdland June 2016

Birdsong Is a Lovesong at This time of The Year - Brown Falcon, Little Wattle Bird, Australian Pied cormorant, Mangrove or Striated Heron, Great Egret, Grey Butcherbird, White-faced Heron 

Bird Songs – poems about our birds by youngsters from yesterdays - for children Bird Week 2015: 19-25 October

Bird Songs For Spring 2016 For Children by Joanne Seve

Birds at Careel Creek this Week - November 2017: includes Bird Count 2017 for Local Birds - BirdLife Australia by postcode

Black Cockatoo photographed in the Narrabeen Catchment Reserves this week by Margaret G Woods - July 2019

Black-Necked Stork, Mycteria Australis, Now Endangered In NSW, Once Visited Pittwater: Breeding Pair shot in 1855

Black Swans on Narrabeen Lagoon - April 2013   Black Swans Pictorial

Blue-faced Honeyeaters Breeding In Pittwater

Brush Turkeys In Suburbia: There's An App For That - Citizen Scientists Called On To Spot Brush Turkeys In Their Backyards
Buff-banded Rail spotted at Careel Creek 22.12.2012: a breeding pair and a fluffy black chick

Cayley & Son - The life and Art of Neville Henry Cayley & Neville William Cayley by Penny Olsen - great new book on the art works on birds of these Australian gentlemen and a few insights from the author herself
Crimson Rosella - + Historical Articles on

Death By 775 Cuts: How Conservation Law Is Failing The Black-Throated Finch - new study 'How to Send a Finch Extinct' now published

Eastern Rosella - and a little more about our progression to protecting our birds instead of exporting them or decimating them.

Endangered Little Tern Fishing at Mona Vale Beach

‘Feather Map of Australia’: Citizen scientists can support the future of Australia's wetland birds: for Birdwatchers, school students and everyone who loves our estuarine and lagoon and wetland birds

First Week of Spring 2014

Fledging - Baby Birds coming to ground: Please try and Keep them close to Parent Birds - Please Put out shallow dishes of water in hot weather

Fledgling Common Koel Adopted by Red Wattlebird -Summer Bird fest 2013  Flegdlings of Summer - January 2012

Flocks of Colour by Penny Olsen - beautiful new Bird Book Celebrates the 'Land of the Parrots'

Friendly Goose at Palm Beach Wharf - Pittwater's Own Mother Goose

Front Page Issue 177  Front Page Issue 185 Front Page Issue 193 - Discarded Fishing Tackle killing shorebirds Front Page Issue 203 - Juvenile Brush Turkey  Front Page Issue 208 - Lyrebird by Marita Macrae Front Page Issue 219  Superb Fairy Wren Female  Front Page Issue 234: National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos Front Page Issue 236: Bird Week 2015 Front Page Issue 244: watebirds Front Page Issue 260: White-face Heron at Careel Creek Front Page Issue 283: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count  Front Page Issue 284: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count Front Page Issue 285: Bird Week 2016  Front Page Issue 331: Spring Visitor Birds Return

G . E. Archer Russell (1881-1960) and His Passion For Avifauna From Narrabeen To Newport 

Glossy Black-Cockatoo Returns To Pittwater by Paul Wheeler Glossy Cockatoos - 6 spotted at Careel Bay February 2018

Grey Butcher Birds of Pittwater

Harry Wolstenholme (June 21, 1868 - October 14, 1930) Ornithologist Of Palm Beach, Bird Man Of Wahroonga 

INGLESIDE LAND RELEASE ON AGAIN BUT MANY CHALLENGES  AHEAD by David Palmer

Issue 60 May 2012 Birdland - Smiles- Beamings -Early -Winter - Blooms

Jayden Walsh’s Northern Beaches Big Year - courtesy Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

John Gould's Extinct and Endangered Mammals of Australia  by Dr. Fred Ford - Between 1850 and 1950 as many mammals disappeared from the Australian continent as had disappeared from the rest of the world between 1600 and 2000! Zoologist Fred Ford provides fascinating, and often poignant, stories of European attitudes and behaviour towards Australia's native fauna and connects these to the animal's fate today in this beautiful new book - our interview with the author

July 2012 Pittwater Environment Snippets; Birds, Sea and Flowerings

Juvenile Sea Eagle at Church Point - for children

King Parrots in Our Front Yard  

Kookaburra Turf Kookaburra Fledglings Summer 2013  Kookaburra Nesting Season by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 1.5 and 2.5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 3 and 4 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow Kookaburra and Pittwater Fledglings February 2020 to April 2020

Lion Island's Little Penguins (Fairy Penguins) Get Fireproof Homes - thanks to NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service and the Fix it Sisters Shed

Long-Billed Corella

Lorikeet - Summer 2015 Nectar

Lyre Bird Sings in Local National Park - Flock of Black Cockatoos spotted - June 2019

Magpie's Melodic Melodies - For Children (includes 'The Magpie's Song' by F S Williamson)

Masked Lapwing (Plover) - Reflected

May 2012 Birdland Smiles Beamings Early Winter Blooms 

Mistletoebird At Bayview

Musk Lorikeets In Pittwater: Pittwater Spotted Gum Flower Feast - May 2020

Nankeen Kestrel Feasting at Newport: May 2016

National Bird Week 2014 - Get Involved in the Aussie Backyard Bird Count: National Bird Week 2014 will take place between Monday 20 October and Sunday 26 October, 2014. BirdLife Australia and the Birds in Backyards team have come together to launch this year’s national Bird Week event the Aussie Backyard Bird Count! This is one the whole family can do together and become citizen scientists...

National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos

Native Duck Hunting Season Opens in Tasmania and Victoria March 2018: hundreds of thousands of endangered birds being killed - 'legally'!

Nature 2015 Review Earth Air Water Stone

New Family of Barking Owls Seen in Bayview - Church Point by Pittwater Council

Noisy Visitors by Marita Macrae of PNHA 

Pittwater Becalmed  Pittwater Birds in Careel Creek Spring 2018   Pittwater Waterbirds Spring 2011  Pittwater Waterbirds - A Celebration for World Oceans Day 2015

Pittwater's Little Penguin Colony: The Saving of the Fairies of Lion Island Commenced 65 Years Ago this Year - 2019

Pittwater's Mother Nature for Mother's Day 2019

Pittwater's Waterhens: Some Notes - Narrabeen Creek Bird Gathering: Curious Juvenile Swamp Hen On Warriewood Boardwalk + Dusky Moorhens + Buff Banded Rails In Careel Creek

Plastic in 99 percent of seabirds by 2050 by CSIRO

Plover Appreciation Day September 16th 2015

Powerful and Precious by Lynleigh Grieg

Red Wattlebird Song - November 2012

Restoring The Diamond: every single drop. A Reason to Keep Dogs and Cats in at Night. 

Return Of Australasian Figbird Pair: A Reason To Keep The Trees - Aussie Bird Count 2023 (16–22 October) You can get involved here: aussiebirdcount.org.au

Salt Air Creatures Feb.2013

Scaly-breasted Lorikeet

Sea Birds off the Pittwater Coast: Albatross, Gannet, Skau + Australian Poets 1849, 1898 and 1930, 1932

Sea Eagle Juvenile at Church Point

Seagulls at Narrabeen Lagoon

Seen but Not Heard: Lilian Medland's Birds - Christobel Mattingley - one of Australia's premier Ornithological illustrators was a Queenscliff lady - 53 of her previously unpublished works have now been made available through the auspices of the National Library of Australia in a beautiful new book

7 Little Ducklings: Just Keep Paddling - Australian Wood Duck family take over local pool by Peta Wise 

Shag on a North Avalon Rock -  Seabirds for World Oceans Day 2012

Short-tailed Shearwaters Spring Migration 2013 

South-West North-East Issue 176 Pictorial

Spring 2012 - Birds are Splashing - Bees are Buzzing

Spring Becomes Summer 2014- Royal Spoonbill Pair at Careel Creek

Spring Notes 2018 - Royal Spoonbill in Careel Creek

Station Beach Off Leash Dog Area Proposal Ignores Current Uses Of Area, Environment, Long-Term Fauna Residents, Lack Of Safe Parking and Clearly Stated Intentions Of Proponents have your say until February 28, 2019

Summer 2013 BirdFest - Brown Thornbill  Summer 2013 BirdFest- Canoodlers and getting Wet to Cool off  Summer 2013 Bird Fest - Little Black Cormorant   Summer 2013 BirdFest - Magpie Lark

Summer BirdFest 2026: Play antics of New Locals - Blue-faced Honeyeaters Breeding In Pittwater

The Mopoke or Tawny Frogmouth For Children - A little bit about these birds, an Australian Mopoke Fairy Story from 91 years ago, some poems and more - photo by Adrian Boddy
Winter Bird Party by Joanne Seve